CERT.

CHK’DAPP’D

PROTECTION ENGINEERING
DESCRIPTION

DEPARTMENT
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED FOR

NEW 380KV BSP# ( )

IN (LOCATION)
CERTIFIED

PTS # ( )
BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 1
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION

1. GENERAL

1.1 INTRODUCTION

1.2 Protection IEDs

NO.

1.3 PROTECTION SCHEME

2

1
3

REVISIONS
1.4 Fault recorders & fault locators
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
1.5 Protection alarm
CHK’D BY:

1.6 Protection communication requirement

APPROVED

2. DETAILED PROTECTION REQUIREMENT

3. PROTECTION MODIFICATION AT THE REMOTE ENDS

4. RELAY PANELS REQUIREMENT

CERTIFIED

4.1 Control & Protection Supplies.

4.2 Isolation of VTs and Shorting, Isolation & Earthing of CT’s.
BY:

DATE: 4.3 Miscellaneous.

5. SUBMITTALS & DRAWINGS

6. RELAY LITERATURE & SUBMITTAL OF SETTINGS
7. APPENDIX
8. MISCELLANEOUS
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. GENERAL
1.1 INTRODUCTION:
This document covers the protection requirements for the new 380kV BSP and its
DESCRIPTION

associated remote end protection Modifications covering all plant primary equipment
devices as described in TOL# XXXXXX dated XXXX & TOL # XXXXXXXXX dated: xx
xxxxxx& PTS XXXXXXX Section 03- Rev XXXX.
The main purpose of this PR is to provide the necessary guide line for the vender helping
them to meet the essential National Grid SA projects requirement. It is necessary to read
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS it with SAS appendix XIV & communication requirements appendix VI; all relays shall be
supplied from the latest list of National Grid SA unified list of approved relays, however
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: recommend list of relays has to be approved by National Grid SA PED before purchasing
it for the subject Job.
CHK’D BY:

Any Discrepancy in the protection related items in the PTS & Drawings must be brought
APPROVED
to the PED notice during Pre-bid stage itself and no changes shall be applied by the
Contractor on his own without obtaining prior PED consent & approval.

PED interpretation & decision shall be final & binding for the Project Contractor in case
of any conflict. It shall also be noted that this Protection Appendix takes precedence over
the conceptual drawings, various material/Engineering standards on Protection related
items. Therefore, the Contractor shall thoroughly read and understand this Protection
Appendix.

CERTIFIED
It is in this Project Contractor’s total responsibility to perform all necessary
modifications, provide all required materials including missing and replacement of
BY: defective devices/schemes, and test & commission various protections and associated
DATE:
schemes including remote end modifications as required and indicated under various
Attachment Parts of this Appendix to the full satisfaction of the Company (PED).
OPDS is applicable for the Project. It shall be noted that Main I from One Supplier shall be
as per the OPDS finalized with That Manufacturer and Main 2 from Other Manufacturer
shall be as per the OPDS Finalized with other Manufacturer.

ASSOCIATED SPECIFICATIONS

 All Relays supplied shall meet the latest revision of IEC publication 60255
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Relay case shall meet the requirement of IP 50 category-2 as defined in IEC
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 60529 with respect to ingress protection.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Standard Relays and Relays System ANSI C.37.90
 The latest issue of IEC -61850 communication standard shall be met
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 National Grid SA - TMMS; TES; TCS; STD; SEED

1.2 PROTECTION IEDs

 The Protection IED’s used for the purpose of accomplishing this project should be
DESCRIPTION

intelligent, phase selectable, numerical, electronic devices, with multiple protection

functions, included in the same Protection IED’s unit. Also, it’s shall be integrated in
the SAS and shall be compatible with IEC 61850 connectivity/functionality
facilitated with PRP.

 It is important that the utilized Protection IED's shall be physically separate devices
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
from Control IED's.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Relays (IEDs) shall be from Relay Approved List (Latest version), NO
DATE:
unapproved devices shall be introduced or be approved during the project
CHK’D BY:
execution. The Approved Ordering Code for the Protection IEDs shall be
mentioned in the Equipment list (Quoted equipment) of the Bid Document.
APPROVED

 Protection IEDs shall be as per the approved Optimized Panel design from
Different Manufacturers. Any deviation in the Approved Ordering code and
Optimized Panel Design Ordering Code shall be given in tabulated Form with
the Bid document with technical reasoning for the new Code. It is subject to
PED Approval.

 For the integration of conventional type equipment like Tripping Relays,

IN/OUT Relays, CT Supervision Relays, DC Supervision Relays,, Inter trip
Send/Receive shall be through Main Protection IEDs provided Main
CERTIFIED
Protection IEDs shall have minimum 20% Spare points for future use.

BY:
The Following signals shall be integrated with SAS through Common BCU (I/O
DATE: Box) in Station General Alarm Panel SAS Integration.
a) Main Protection IED Fail (Watch Dog Contact).
b) Main DC of Main Protection IED Fail.

 For Transformers& Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protections One I/O Box shall
be installed in the respective Protection Panel (One per Transformer/Shunt
Reactor)for mechanical Protection Signaling integration with SAS. The Main
Protection IED fail and Main DC of protection IED fail shall be integrated with
THIS DOCUMENT IS SAS through the I/O Box to be installed in the Transformer/Shunt reactor
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING Protection Panel.
MATERIALS

The Following signals shall be integrated with SAS through Common BCU (I/O
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

Box) in Station General Alarm Panel SAS Integration.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

a) I/O Box Fail (Watch Dog Contact).

b) Main DC of I/O Box Fail.

 Both MAIN-1&MAIN-2 protection and Main / Backup respective protection sets

DESCRIPTION

shall be separated electrically and mechanically in terms of protection relays,

physical position in cubicle(s), DC supply, CT cores, VT windings, breaker trip coils,
and cabling. No single failure of any component shall affect both MAIN-1&MAIN-
2or Main & Backup protection function.
 The relays at each end (i.e. local and remote ends) shall be diversified i.e. relays of
NO.

1
3

same functionality at the same end shall be from different manufacturers to insure
REVISIONS
the maximum security of protection, but shall insure similarity with the relevant
ARS
remote end unit.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Each protective relay, auxiliary relay, lockout relays etc. which either initiate
tripping function (lockout) relays, and/or tripping to circuit breakers or initiate
APPROVED
annunciation etc. shall be provided with positive means of indicating either by flag
or LED.

 All definite time delayed tripping relays shall be provided with flag or LED
indications only on their respective timer units but not in its instantaneous units.
Hand electrical reset/Auto Rest targets/indications shall be provided on all relays
as required.

 All protective relays, auxiliary relays, lockout relays, tripping function relays etc.
shall be provided with adequate contacts for following functions. If necessary
CERTIFIED
auxiliary relays shall be provided to accomplish these requirements.

 Annunciation
BY:
 Sequence of event recorders
DATE:

 Remote indication on SCADA

 Fault Recorders
 20% (Not less than 2) spare contacts in each auxiliary Relay.
 The system data (the currents, the voltages, system frequency etc) shall be available
in the protection IEDs and shall be stored during pre-fault and post fault conditions
for analysis purposes.
 The system data (the currents, the voltages, system frequency etc.) shall be available
THIS DOCUMENT IS in the protection IEDs and shall be stored during pre-fault and post fault conditions
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING for analysis purposes.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 For all 380kV, 132/115/110kV and 33/34.5kV System the Protection IEDs shall be
independent of Control IEDs. In addition to Control IED BCU one Multifunction
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Numerical type Protection IED with 50/50N+51/51N as main function shall be

provided in each 33kV BS CB LV Compartment. The Built in function of
50/50N+51/51N IED shall be used as CBF protection of BS CB. The BCU &Forced
cooling Current Sensors if required in 33kV SW panels shall be connected to
DESCRIPTION

Metering class CT of LV Incomer and BS.

 For 13.8kV system Capacitor Bank, BS and LV Incomer shall have independent
Control IED. The control IED for 13.8kV BS shall be the BCPU and Built in functions
of BCPU shall be used as 50/50N+51/51N &CBF protection of BS CB. The Forced
cooling Current Sensors in 13.8kV SW panels shall be connected to Metering class
NO.

1
3

CT of LV Incomer and BS.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: Relay will be rejected in case of technical problem reported.
CHK’D BY:

1.3 PROTECTION SCHEME

APPROVED
 High fault detection reliability shall be ensured by arranging that any system fault
condition for 380kV and 132/115/110kV system is normally be detected by at least
two independent protective systems. Following fault detection, trip commands shall
be immediately initiated to the appropriate circuit breaker trip coils.

 As far as possible, no single failure of secondary equipment shall result in an un-

cleared fault, To achieve this, 380kV circuit breakers, 132/115/110kV Circuit
Breakers shall each have two Trip Coils. 380kV & 132/115/110KV CBs to trip on
fault shall receive two discrete trip signals from two main protections such that
either signal on its own will cause tripping.
CERTIFIED

 The 34.5/33kV & 13.8kV CBs should also have two trip coils. Protection system one
shall operate through trip coil one and Protection System 2/Control Operations
BY:

DATE: through Trip Coil 2 where two sets of protections are proposed. The CBF shall
operate through Trip Coil1 and trip Coil2. In case of main & Back Up protection the
Main Protection Shall Operate through Trip Coil 1 and Back up through Trip Coil
Two.
 The two main protections will generally be fed from separate CT’s.
 Adjoining zones of protection will utilize current transformers from the “remote”
side of the circuit breaker in order to achieve overlap. To achieve full reliability and
availability the two main protections shall be from two different approved
THIS DOCUMENT IS manufacturers and shall be in independent protection panels.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 In applications where cross tripping is eminent and cannot be avoided e.g. inter-
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND tripping of tripping function (lockout) relays, approval by the COMPANY shall be
DATED
requested.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The protection scheme shall be designed such that if all protections of any one
group are not available, the other group shall protect the primary equipment.
Complete redundancy shall be maintained including DC supply wiring, cabling and
cable selections etc. such that non-availability of any protection, group of
DESCRIPTION

protections, DC supply, cables/cabling etc. shall not be the cause that equipment is
not adequately protected.
 During the approval of AC/DC schematic drawings any device required to complete
a specific logic of the scheme as required in National Grid SA specifications and
protection requirements shall be provided.
NO.

1
3

 For schematics the actual auxiliary contacts of the Plant primary equipment. Shall
REVISIONS
be used. The use of repeat Relay contacts in essential circuits shall be eliminated.
ARS
 If unavoidable to use Repeat Relays for contact multiplication then these Relays
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: shall be heavy duty and having Operating time not more than 10mS. The Contacts
multiplication if used in Fault Recorder or SOE point list then the Operating Time of
APPROVED Contact Multiplication Relays shall not be more than 1mS.

1.3.1 CT supervision for High Impedance Protection

 For all High Impedance Protections the Contractor shall install independent CT
Supervision Relays. On Detection of CT Open Circuit it should Short and Isolate the
CTs from the Protection to avoid any mal operation of the Protection. There must be
local at the Protection Panel and at Station HMI & remote at CRCC Alarm in case of
CT Open Circuit Detection. The CT Supervision shall have adequate time settable in
range of 2-14 Sec with steps of 500mS.
 The Built in feature of the Multifunction High Impedance Protection IED shall be
CERTIFIED

accepted with external CT Shorting & Isolation facility provided that 87 Relay has
independent elements for each phase for Fault detection and CT open Circuit
Detection. The each element shall be independently Settable and shall have settable
BY:

DATE:

time Delay of 0-15 Sec in steps of one second. In this case external CT shoring &
isolation Device with heavy duty contacts shall be provided.
 All Current transformers having Vkp≥2000V shall be protected through Metrosil.
1.3.2 Series Stabilizing Resistors & Shunt Resistors for High Impedance
Protection

 The Numerical type Relays adopted for High Impedance Function are mostly
Current Calibrated require external series stabilizing Resistors of adequate Size and
Rating. Having setting value such that with Relay Operating Current not more than
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 100mA the Voltage can be set in range of 50-300V.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 In additional to above to achieve the required Sensitivity of the protection as per

system requirement the Contractor shall install variable shunt Resistors of
adequate size and rating. These Resistors shall be coated type and high Quality.

It is applicable for all High Impedance Protections provided under this project.
DESCRIPTION

1.3.3 AC Auxiliary Supplies

The AC Auxiliary supplies shall be derived from the AC DB through MCBs of adequate
Rating with Auxiliary Alarm contact.
NO.

 One AC Feeder for each Set of Panels per each Bay for 380kV & 132/115/110V
2

1
3

REVISIONS system.
 Two three Phase AC Feeder for Each 380/132/115/110kV Bays LCC Panels.
PREPARED BY: ARS  One three Phase AC Feeder for 33/34.5kV system for each BS SW Panels.
DATE:  One three Phase AC Feeder for 13.8kV system for each BS SW Panels.
CHK’D BY:  One AC Feeder for 33/34.5kV BB Protection Panels.
 One AC Feeder for set of three 33/34.5kV Out Going/Capacitor Bank Protection
Panels.
APPROVED  One AC Feeder for set of two13.8kV Consumer Feeder protection Panels
 One AC Feeder for Set of 13.8kV Capacitor Bank Protection Panels.
 One AC Feeder for 13.8kV BB Protection Panels.
 Three 4-Phase AC Feeders for each SGT, GT, Line SR, Bus SR etc.
 One 3-Phase Feeder for Fan group 1.
 One 3-Phase Feeder for Fan group 2.
 Two 3-Phase Feeders through Auto Changeover for Tape Changer
Motor Derive Unit.
 Auxiliary Supplies for LCP shall be taped from above Supplies by
Installing MCB of adequate rating in the LCP.

 All Single Phase MCB shall be SPN (Single Pole+ Link) type and all 3-phase MCB
shall be TPN (Three Pole + Link) Type.

1.3.4 (125V )DC Auxiliary Supplies

CERTIFIED

 The 125V DC supplies shall be to National Grid SA Spec. TES-P-119.30 -01, but it
shall be noted that the operative voltage range of the equipment being supplied is
BY:

DATE:

usually 100-137.5V and therefore the battery voltage under all operating conditions
including the 10 hour standby period shall remain within these limits.
 There shall be two Battery Banks and two Chargers for 380kV System and Two
Battery Banks and two Chargers for 132/115/110kV & Bellow Voltage Levels.
There will be one Portable Battery Charger to be connected with any of the two
Battery systems in case of Emergencies.
 There will be independent DCDB for 380kV System with Following Buses through
ATS protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 1- 380kV Protection Bus.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS 2- 380kV Control Bus.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
3- 380kV BB Protection Bus.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

4- 380kV Indication Bus,

5- 380kV Communication Bus (PSE & Media Converter Supplies).
6- Common Supplies Bus
 There will be independent DCDB for 132/115/110kV System with Following Buses
DESCRIPTION

through ATS for Protection.

1- 132/115/110kV Protection Bus.
2- 132/115/110kV Control Bus.
3- 132/115/110kV BB Protection Bus.
4- 132/115/110kV Indication Bus,
NO.

1
3

5- 132/115/110kV Communication Bus (PSE & Media Converter Supplies).

REVISIONS
6- Common Supplies Bus.
ARS
7- 33/34.5kV System Bus.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: 8- 13.8kV System Bus.

 Use of the DC supplies for the 380kV systems shall be such that battery No.1
APPROVED

supplies trip coil 1 of each 380kV circuit breaker and those protection known as
first main protections. Battery No. 2 shall supply trip coil 2 of each 380kV circuit
breaker and those protections known as second main.

 Similarly, use of the DC supplies for 132/115/110kV systems shall be such that
battery No.1 supplies trip coil 1 of each 132/115/110kV circuit breaker and those
protection known as first main protection. Battery No. 2 shall supply trip coil 2 of
each 132kV circuit breaker and those protection known as second main.

CERTIFIED
 Other protection supplies shall be derived from the same battery as is used for the
trip coil with which the protection operates. Those protections which operate both
trip coils shall be fed from supplies as specified on an individual basis.
BY:

DATE:
 All DC shall be fed to the equipment by separately MCBs radial feeds supervised at
the end of the loop. The DC distribution circuit’s protection shall be as described in
different section of this PTS
 The 33kV Supplies shall be taken from the 33/34.5kV Bus of the DC DB Trip coil one
and the associated supplies from DC system 1 and Trip Coil 2 with associated
supplies from DC system2 and shall be branched in the respective panels as detailed
in respective sections of this PR.

 The 13.8kV Supplies shall be taken from the 13.8kV Bus of the DC DB Trip coil one
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR and the associated supplies from DC system 1 and Trip Coil 2 with associated
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING supplies from DC system2 and shall be branched in the respective panels as detailed
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED in respective sections of this PR.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 DC supply to protection relays shall not be removed when the relays are switched
out by using Protection IN/OUT facilities. DC supply is necessary for on-load,
directional checks & trouble shooting. This shall be incorporated for all relays
having IN/OUT switching facility.
DESCRIPTION

 Supply supervision for all AC and DC circuits i.e. i) AC Auxiliary Supply Supervision
(MCB Auxiliary Contact); ii) CT Circuit Supervision (Independent CT Supervision
Relay) ; iii) DC Supply Supervision (MCB Auxiliary Contact+ DC Supervision
Relay); iv) Trip Circuit Supervision ( Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relay);
shall be provided in such a way that it shall cover the majority of wiring from supply
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS point to the end of the loop. All wiring shall be on point to point bases to achieve
maximum supervision. Notwithstanding these requirements, it will be contractor’s
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: responsibility to ensure that each protection scheme functions satisfactorily.
CHK’D BY:

 There should be 30% spare MCBs available in each category for future use after
APPROVED

commissioning.

1.4 FAULT RECORDERS & FAULT LOCATORS

 The standalone Fault recorders and fault locators shall be installed at the BSP to
record analogue and event information during faults or disturbances on the extra
High Voltage, the high voltage and the low voltage systems. Sufficient provision
shall be given to accommodate all S/S analogues and digital inputs, and maintain
spare capacity for any foreseen future expansions, FDR system shall cover existing
CERTIFIED bays spare bays and the future bays in addition to above 20% spare analogue and
digital channels evenly distributed on the all offered FDR units. The FR shall at

BY:
least record the relevant information as shown down below.
DATE:
 In case of Existing remote end substations being equipped with fault recorder units,
the consistency shall be maintained in the same S/S and enhance the existing units
to accommodate all needed channels, in addition to using the IED’s facilities.

 Transient Fault Recorder System shall be integrated with the substation SAS system
so that all FR Data shall be available at Engineering work station (ENG. WS) for
down loading and analyses at the substation level. All required software/programs
for uploading & downloading/retrieving data and fault analyses shall be installed in
THIS DOCUMENT IS the ENG. WS. The ENG. WS shall be of adequate Capacity considering future loading
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING also.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 National Grid SA fault recorders/locators system from different manufacturers exist

each comprising Master Station communicating with a number of remote
substations. The Bidder shall bring the FDR system compatible with these systems.
FDR system shall be connected with the Master stations at PED-C office, P & T office
DESCRIPTION

through SEC WAN communication cloud.

 The Contractor shall prepare the list of IP Addresses and send for Approval to
concerned Division/Department for final Approval. The IP Addresses shall be
prepared on the bases that communication shall be possible with each FDR unit
individually and independently.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 For connectivity with the ENG. WS or with the master stations any additional, the
ARS
contractor shall follow the Telecom & SAS Engineering requirements.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 There must be Compatible Software in the SAS so that Fault Recording/Event

recording in the Protection IED and the TFR shall be available at Engineering Wrok
APPROVED

Station and Remote Master Stations.

1.4.1 Analogue Channel Allocation for 380kV System

The fault recorders channels allocation for each device in the substation shall follow
the Description of Channels as given below which are of arbitrary nature and may
be modified afterwards as appropriate as per PED-C requirements:-

1.4.1.1 Analogue Channel.

Each Feeder, Transformer, SVC, SR & Spare Bays Current Allocation. - IR, IY, IB, In -

CERTIFIED
63kA FSD

Each Feeder, Transformer bay, SVC, SR & Spare Bays Voltage Allocation- VRN, VYN,
BY:

DATE:
VBN- 300kV FSD

SGTs, & SR Neutral Current - IN- Primary FSD. 4000A.

SUGT Neutral Current Alarm. IN- Primary FSD. 4000A.

1.4.1.2Event Channel
A.380 kV OHL/UGC including Spare Bays : C. 380 kV BUSBARS:
1. 87B1-1A Operated.
1. MAIN-1 87L -1 Trip 2. 87B1-1B Operated.
2. MAIN-1 21-1 Start. 3. 87B1-2A Operated.
THIS DOCUMENT IS 4. 87B1-2B Operated.
NOT TO BE USED FOR 3. MAIN-1 21-1 Trip F. 5. 87B2-1A Operated.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 4. MAIN-1 21-1 Trip D. 6. 87B2-1B Operated.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 5. MAIN-1 21-1 Receive 7. 87B2-2A Operated.
DATED
6. MAIN-1 67N-1 Start. 8. 87B2-2B Operated.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

7. MAIN-1 67N-1 Trip F.

8. MAIN-1 67N-1 Trip D. D. 380 KV CBs[Including Line SR CB]
9. MAIN-1 67N-1 Receive
10. IT Receive 1F. 1. CB KXX CBF Prot.1Operated.
11. IT Receive 1D. 2. CB KXX CBF Protec.2 Operated
DESCRIPTION

12 MAIN-2 87L-2 Trip 3. CB KXX Open

13. MAIN-2 21-2 Start.
14. MAIN-2 21-2 Trip F. E. 380kV Line/Bus Shunt Reactor.
15. MAIN-2 21-2 Trip D. 1. Main Protection (87C1/87TEE1)
16. MAIN-2 21-2 Receive Operated.
17. MAIN-2 67N-2 Start. 2. Main Protection (87C2/87TEE2)
Operated.
NO.

18. MAIN-2 67N-2 Trip F.

2

1
3

3. Back up Protection Operated.

REVISIONS 19. MAIN-2 67N-2 Trip D. 4. Reactor 87 R1 protection Operated
20. MAIN-2 67N-2 Receive 5. Reactor 87 R2 protection Operated.
PREPARED BY: ARS
21. IT Receive 2F. 6. 50N/51N of Reactor Operated .
7. CB Open Position.
DATE:

22. IT Receive 2D.

8. CBF1 Operated.
CHK’D BY:

23 87 TEE 1 Operated 9. CBF 2 Operated.

24. 87 TEE 2 Operated 10. SR Mechanical[Buchhalz]
APPROVED
Protection Operated.
B. TRANSFORMERS [SGT]:
1. SGT Prot. 1 87T1 Trip. F. S/S GENERAL ALARMS
2. SGT Prot. 2 87T2 Trip. 1. Fire Protection Operated.
3. REF 1 Operated. 2. Under Frequency Operated
4. REF 2 Operated. 3. Under voltage Operated
4. Over Voltage Operated.
5. 51P Operated
(Independent channel for each operating
6. 87TEE 1 Trip
zone/Section/Bay).
7. 87TEE 2 Trip.
G. Spare Bay for Future SVC.
8. Tertiary Winding OC Trip.
1. 87TEE 1 Operated.
9. Tertiary Winding EF Trip. 2. 87TEE2 Operated.
CERTIFIED 10. 64 1 of Grounding transformer 3. SVC Connect. Prot. 1 Operated
11. 64 S of Auxiliary Transformer 4. SVC Connect. Prot. 2 Operated
12. 51NS Operated. 5. CBF1 Operated.
6. CBF2 Operated.
BY: Note: (9, 10&11 in case of Loaded Tertiary).
7. CB Open Position.
DATE:
Additional 25 Channels for future SVC
Protection.
SUGT Bay
1. 87TEE 1 Operated.
2. 87TEE2 Operated.
3. SUGT Connect. Prot. 1 Operated
4. SUGT Connect. Prot. 2 Operated
5. 85R1 Received.
6. 85R2 Operated.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 1.4.2 Analogue Channel Allocation for 132kV, 33kV & 13.8kV System
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 1.4.2.1 Analogue Channel including Spare & Future Bays
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

132kV System Current Allocation: IR, Iy, IB, In -Primary FSD

40 kA.

Voltage allocation : VRN, VYN, VBN - Primary FSD 80 kV r.m.s.

Transformer Current Allocation

DESCRIPTION

33kV Neutral Current IN Primary FSD 6000 kA.

If Low Voltage Neutral Current Summated 13.8kV IN Primary FSD 2.4 kA.

If Low Voltage Neutral Current not summated IN Primary FSD 800A.

132kV SR Neutral Current IN- Primary FSD. 200A.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
1.4.2.2 Event Channel.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
A. OHL/UG Cable including spare B. SGT 132kV Side
CHK’D BY:
Feeders
1. 132kV Protection 87C1 Operated.
1. MAIN-1 87L -1 Trip 2. 132kV Protection 87C2 Operated
3. 64 of Grounding Transformer
APPROVED
2. MAIN-1 21-1 Start.
Operated if fitted.
3MAIN-1 21-1 Trip F. 4. 51N Operated.
4. MAIN-1 21-1 Trip D. 5. Transf. Mechanical [Buchhalz]
5. MAIN-1 21-1 Permissive Receive Protection
6. MAIN-1 67N-1 Start. Operated .
7. MAIN-1 67N-1 Trip F. 6. CB Open Position.
7. CBF1 Operated.
8. MAIN-1 67N-1 Trip D.
8. CBF 2 Operated.
9. MAIN-1 67N-1 Permissive Receive
10. IT Receive 1F. C. DOUBLE BUSBARS
11. IT Receive 1D.
12 MAIN-2 87L-2 Trip 1. 871A Operated.
CERTIFIED
13. MAIN-2 21-2 Start. 2. 872A Operated.
3. 871B Operated.
14. MAIN-2 21-2 Trip F.
4. 872B Operated.
15. MAIN-2 21-2 Trip D. 5. Check Zone Operated.
BY:
16. MAIN-2 21-2 Receive 6. Bus Coupler Open Position.
8. Bus Section Open Position.
DATE:
17. MAIN-2 67N-2 Start.
18. MAIN-2 67N-2 Trip F. 9. Bus Coupler CBF1 Operated.
10. Bus Coupler CBF2 Operated.
19. MAIN-2 67N-2 Trip D.
11. Bus Section CBF1 Operated.
20. MAIN-2 67N-2 Receive 12. Bus Section CBF2 Operated.
21. IT Receive 2F. 13. Bus Coupler O/C & E/F
22. IT Receive 2D. Protection Operated.
14. Bus Section O/C & E/F
Protection Operated.
Note: 25 Spare channels for each
Future Bay.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

D. 100 MVA 132/33kV TRANSFORMERS E. Shunt Reactor ( 132kV Bus)

1. Transformer Set 1Operated. 1. Back up Protection

2. Transformer Set 2 Operated. Operated.
3. SBEF Protection Operated. 2. Reactor 87 R1 protection
4. Buchholz Operated. Operated
DESCRIPTION

5. CB Open Position. 3. Reactor 87 R2 protection

6. CBF Operated. Operated.
7. Transformer Fire Protection 4. 50N/51N Reactor R1
operated Operated .
5. CB Open Position.
6. CBF1 Operated.
7. CBF 2 Operated.
NO.

8. SR Mechanical [ Buchhalz]
2

1
3

REVISIONS Protection Operated.

PREPARED BY: ARS F. 57/67 MVA 132/13.8kV G. 33 kV

DATE:
TRANSFORMERS
CHK’D BY:
1. 33kV BB Protection Section A
1. Transformer SET 1 Protection Operated.
Operated. 2. 33kV BB Protection Operated
APPROVED
2. Transformer SET 2 Protection Section B.
Operated. 3. 33kV BB Protection Operated
3. SBEF Protection Operated. Section C.
4. Buchhalz Protection Operated 4. BS CBF Operated.
5. CB Open Position. 4. 33kV capacitor bank protect SET
6. CBF1 Operated. 1 Operated.
7. CBF2 Operated. 5. 33kV capacitor bank protect SET
2 Operated.
6. 33kV Capacitor bank OV/UV
protection.
7. Capacitor bank neutral
Unbalance current.
(Independent channel for each
CERTIFIED
operating zone/Section/Function).
H. 132kV 50MVAR Capacitor Bank. I. 13.8 kV

1. Connection Protection (87C1) Operated. 1. 13.8kV kV BB Protection Section A

BY:
2. Connection Protection (87C2) Operated. Operated.
DATE:
3. Back up Protection Operated. 2. 13.8kV BB Protection Operated
4. Capacitor Bank 87 CB1 protect. Operated Section B.
5 Capacitor Bank 87 CB2protect. Operated 3. 13.8kV BB Protection Operated
6. 50N/51N Reactor R1 Operated . Section C.
7. CB Open Position. 4. BS CBF Operated.
8 CBF1 Operated. 4. 13.8kV capacitor bank protection
9. CBF 2 Operated. Set 1 operated.
10. SR Mechanical Protection Operated. 5. 13.8kV capacitor bank protection
11. Neutral Current Unbalance Operated. Set 2 operated.
12. Voltage Diff Protection Operated. 6. 13.8kV Capacitor bank OV/UV
13. Negative Sequence Operated. protection.
14. UV Operated. 7. Capacitor bank neutral
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 15. OV Operated. Unbalance current.
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
8. BS O/C & E/F Operated.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1.5 Protection alarm

 The starting /or operation of any IEDs functions as shown in the above events shall
be locally and/ or remotely indicated as the case may be, any flag operation shall be
DESCRIPTION

manual reset except where the indication is for transient operation such as voltage
drop where it resets after the improvement of voltage and it need not be left in the
system.

 Protection alarms shall be taken directly from the IEDs, and to SAS operating
stations and to the CRCC/ERCC/WRCC through the gate ways. For conventional type
NO.

1
3

equipment the integration with SAS shall be through Independent I/O Boxes.
REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS  All alarms indications shall be as per the National Grid SA specifications 38-TMMS-
DATE: 05 and TES-P-119-27. The Alarms indications shall be available at Station HMI and
CHK’D BY:
grouped Alarms to Remote Control Centre through SCADA Gate Ways.
 The Remote SCADA Alarm indications shall be as per TES-P-107-02.
APPROVED
 The independent SOE point list and Alarm List shall be submitted.
 The Station HMI point list and SOE point list shall as per the National Grid SA
Specifications TES-P-108-20.
 For GIS Gas Pressure low Stage I & Stage II shall be individual Alarms for each phase
and each compartment. GIS Gas Pressure High Alarm if available shall be one for CB
Compartment and one Common for all GIS Compartment.
 CTPU/CT Metrosil shall have independent Alarm per each CT core.
 Keeping in view the limitation of I/O points in BCU the gouging of Alarms at BCU for
MCBs shall be allowed provided satisfying the respective specifications. The Alarm
Organization List shall be subject to PED Approval.
CERTIFIED

 The SOE point List and HMI Signal List shall be independent on Station HMI. The SOE
BY: point list shall also be available at Engineering WS and at remote Master stations.
DATE:
 If BCU is not meeting with the requirements of National Grid SA for individual Alarms
at station HMI and requirements of SOE point list with 20% spare after
commissioning then additional Panels shall be installed in the 380KV GIS room
&132kV GIS room to meet with the requirement. Same is also applicable for
33/34.5kV SW Room and 13.8kV SW Room

1.6 Protection communication requirement

 All protection devices inside the substation to be linked to the substation LAN
THIS DOCUMENT IS system and the National Grid SA network cloud via a WAN link (E1 or Digital Multi-
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Channels) this is to be coordinated with concerned Department.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The contractor has to do all the needed work and install all the required hardware
as part of this contract in proper liaison with the concerned National Grid SA
departments

 The integration of Protection IEDs with SAS shall be though Optical fiber network.
DESCRIPTION

All protection IEDs irrespective of Voltage level must have dual active port to
communicate on PRP.

 The fiber optic communication and the PSE used for protection purpose between
the relays at the two ends of the circuit shall be as per the requirement detailed in
NO.

the ATTACHED FIG.#1 &FIG.2. 380kV system shall have independent PSE as
2

1
3

REVISIONS described in respective Appendices.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 The inter-tripping requirement between the two ends of the circuits for 380kV
CHK’D BY:
System shall be through independent PSE while 132kV shall utilize the built in IED's
communication facilities at the two ends, for inter-trip send and receive.
APPROVED
Redundancy shall be maintained to achieve safe and secured inter tripping.

 A suitable fiber optic cable supervision to be provided with local and remote
indication; and in case of fiber optic cable failure; the unit protection shall be stable
up to twice the relevant circuit rating.

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2. DETAILED PROTECTING REQUIREMENT

The above plant primary equipment shall be protected in line with the below appendices
& the Optimized PLD Scheme for the selected manufacturer:-
DESCRIPTION

Scheme Appendix # OPDS #

2.1 380kV OHL Protection without Shunt
Appendix # E-01 OPDS-XXX-001
Reactor
2.2 380kV OHL Protection with Shunt Reactor Appendix # E-02 OPDS-XXX-002
2.3 380kV Under Ground Cable Protection OPDS-XXX-003
Appendix # E-03
NO.

Without Shunt Reactor.

2

1
3

REVISIONS 2.4 380kV Bus Shunt Reactor . Appendix # E-04 OPDS-XXX-005

PREPARED BY: ARS 2.5 380kV Spare Bay for SVC. Appendix # E-05 OPDS-XXX-006
DATE:
2.6 502 MVA 380kV/132-115-110kV/13.8kV OPDS-XXX-007
Appendix # E-06
CHK’D BY:
SGT Protection.
2.7 100/120 MVA 380/33kV Transformer OPDS-XXX-
Appendix # E-07
APPROVED
Protection. 011&12
2.8 380 kV Bus Bar Protection. Appendix # E-08 OPDS-XXX-009
2.9 380 kV Circuit Breaker Fail Protection. Appendix # E-09 OPDS-XXX-010
2.10 OPDS-XXX-013,
132-115-110 kV Bus bar Protection. Appendix # E-10
014& 015
2.11 132-115-110 kV Protections of OPDS-XXX-008
Appendix # E-11
300/400/500 MVA SGTs.
2.12 OPDS-XXX-016 &
132-115-110 kV Feeder Protection Appendix # E-12
017
2.13 132kV 50MVAR Capacitor Bank Protection. Appendix # E-13 OPDS-XXX-018
2.14 132-115-110kV 40MVAR Reactor 1 & 2 OPDS-XXX-019
Appendix # E-14
CERTIFIED Protection.
2.15 132/34.5-33kV 100MVA Transformer OPDS-XXX-020
Appendix # E-15
Protection. &21
2.16 34.5-33kV Bus Bar Protection Appendix # E-16 OPDS-XXX-022
BY:

DATE:

2.17 OPDS-XXX-023
34.5-33kV Feeder Protection Appendix # E-17
&024
2.18 10 MVAR Shunt Capacitor Bank Protection Appendix # E-18 OPDS-XXX-025
2.19 132/13.8kV kV 50/67MVA Transformer OPDS-XXX-026
Appendix # E-19
Protection
2.20 OPDS-XXX-027 &
13.8kV Feeder Protection. Appendix # E-20
028
2.21 13.8kV, Bus Bar Protection. Appendix # E-21 OPDS-XXX-046
2.22 13.8kV, 7MVAR Shunt Capacitor Bank OPDS-XXX-029
Appendix # E-22
THIS DOCUMENT IS Protection
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 2.23 380kV Under Ground Cable Protection
FOR ORDERING Appendix # E-23 OPDS-XXX-04
MATERIALS With Shunt Reactor.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
2.24 380kV Generating Bay SUGT Connection
DATED
Appendix # E-24 OPDS-XXX-030
Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.25 380kV Spare Bay For Future SUGT OPDS-XXX-031

Appendix # E-25
Connection Protection.
2.26 132kV Spare Bay for Future SVC. Appendix # E-26 OPDS-XXX-047
2.27 380kV OHTL Protection with Shunt reactor OPDS-XXX-049
Appendix # E-27
and FSC.
DESCRIPTION

2.28 380kV OHTL Protection without Shunt Appendix # E-28 OPDS-XXX-048

Reactor and FSC.
2.29 SVC Step Down Transformer Protection Appendix # E-29 OPDS-XXX-050
2.30 SVC MV Side BB Protection Appendix # E-30 OPDS-XXX-051
2.31 SVC Component Protection Appendix # E-31 OPDS-XXX-052
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
2.32(380kV )CB Pole Discrepancy Protection
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The Contractor shall provide independent Pole Discrepancy protection and shall be
CHK’D BY:
integrated with SAS through independent I/O Box. It includes all380kV/230kV CBs
including Spare Bays the outdoor/Hybrid CBs associated with Shunt Reactors.
APPROVED

POLE-DISCREPANCY PROTECTION SCHEME REQUIREMENTS

 All single pole circuit breakers shall be equipped with pole-discrepancy protection. It
include all single pole mechanism operated CBs including spare bay CBs,
GIS/AIS/Hybrid CBs of Shunt Reactors etc.

 The pole-discrepancy protection shall use auxiliary contacts in the different phases, so
that a trip function shall be achieved for discrepancy for both closing and opening
operations of the breaker.

CERTIFIED
 The pole-discrepancy protection for CB shall be two-stage type. The stage one tripping
relay shall be self-reset type with hand-reset targets and Stage II Tripping relay shall
be L/O Type with H/E Rest Facility.
BY:

DATE:  Upon occurrence of pole-discrepancy, the time-delayed functions (Relay) shall be

provided in two-steps.

o The first-step (about 100 m sec settable in range of 50-1000 m sec) shall re-
trip the breaker with discrepancy through Self Rest Relay and shall operate
through Trip Coil 1 and Trip Coil2. The time delay shall be sufficient enough
to avoid mal-functions due to the differences in operating times of different-
poles and shall have additional adequate safety margin.

o The second-step shall be time delayed (150-200 msec. settable in range 50-
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
2000msec) so that if the attempt to trip the CB from first-step of discordance
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS protection is successful, the function from second-step is inhibited. If first-
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED step is unsuccessful, all adjacent CB’s to the faulty breaker in the station shall

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

be tripped. Remote CB tripping shall also be initiated through I/T Send on

85S1-2 and 85S2-2.

 In addition to above, each step shall have adequate contacts for annunciation. SOE
and SCADA functions shall be provided and wired accordingly. Additionally having
DESCRIPTION

20% spare contacts for future/emergency use.

 Pole- discrepancy protection shall trip respective circuit-breaker(s) via its own
tripping/auxiliary relays (one for each step). It shall not utilize any lockout relay (e.g.
breaker-failure lockout, bus bar protection lockout or other lockout relays etc.).
 To avoid continuation of 94PD (PD Stage I) and continuous signal to TC1 & TC2 of the
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS PD Condition CB the NC Contact of 86PD (PD Stage II) shall wired in circuit of 94PD

PREPARED BY: ARS to rest when PD Stage II Operate.

DATE:  Each CB shall have independent TCS Relays for TC 1 and TC2.
CHK’D BY:

APPROVED DC SUPPLY
DC Supply for pole Discrepancy shall be directly derived from DCDB Control Supply
Bus for each CB through MCB of adequate rating. There should be one DC Supply for
Stage I and Stage II. The Supply shall be branched in the panel for Stage I & Stage II
through MCB of appropriate Rating with Auxiliary Alarm Contact. Each radially fed DC
Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop. The independent Matrix of CB
Auxiliary Contacts shall be provided for Stage I & one independent for Stage II.
All trip circuits & DC supplies shall be supervised.

PANELS REQUIREMENT
CERTIFIED

1- PD Panel One per Diameter.

2- TCS Panel one per Diameter.
BY:

DATE: For 380kV Shunt Reactor CB the PD protection CBF1 & CBF2 Protection and TCS
Relays shall be installed one protection Panel.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-032&33. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document
is attached with the PTS.

2.28 PROTECTION REQUIRMENTS FOR AUX. SUPPLY ARRANGEMENTS

THIS DOCUMENT IS
33-34.5/400-230V OR 13.8KV/400-230V
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 2.28.1 In case SGTs with unloaded Tertiary
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  The Auxiliary supply shall directly be taken from the 33-34.5kV or 13.8kV Switch
Board.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The 33-34.5kV Or13.8kV Feeders connected to the Auxiliary Station Service

Transformers shall be protected through Multi phase OC & E/F protection.
 Protection Details of Two No. 33-34.5kV or 13.8 kV Switchgear Panels from the BSP
DESCRIPTION

33-34.5kV or 13.8kV switchgear Panel Board to be connected with the Station

Service Transformers have been discussed in the respective section of this PR
Appendix VII.

 All 33-34.5kVor 13.8kV CBs shall have two Trip Coils and shall have complete trip
circuit supervision Relays such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
NO.

1
3

whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not.
REVISIONS
 The RMU if asked in PTS shall be as the National Grid SA Specification and shall have
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
one Protection Class CT (400-200/1A 5P20 15VA) & one O/C & E/F Multifunction
CHK’D BY:
Protection IED from National Grid SA Approved List with Approved ordering code
shall be connected with the CT. On Detection of the Fault O/C & E/F Relay shall Trip
APPROVED
the RMU CB.
 The LV star side of both Aux. Transformers shall be protected by REF (64) connected
to CTs as shown in the optimized PLD to trip 33kV/13.8kV CB & LV through 86S trip
relay.
CT shall be 4000/1A Class PX with Vkp≥500V, Rct≤10Ω &Imag≤ 50mA [3 Ring type CTs
shall be provided on the Cable connecting the Auxiliary Transformer LV side
connection with the Main ACDB and one CT in the Neutral earth connection of the
Auxiliary Transformer. The CTs shall be connected form the Unit zone of protection for
[REF 64N-1]
CERTIFIED  Also each Aux. T/F neutral shall be equipped with Standby E/F [51N] protection to
trip LV 400 V CB and 33kV/13.8kV HV CB through 86S Trip Relay

BY:
One additional Ring Type CT 4000/1A Class 5P20 15VA shall be Provided in the
DATE: Neutral earth connection of the Auxiliary Transformer for 51N Protection.

 All mechanical protections such as W/T alarm/ trip, O/T alarm, Buchhalz alarm/trip
etc as per normal practice shall also be provided for the Aux Transformers, to trip the
HV and LVCB as required.Winding Temperature Stage II shall operate through 94LV
and Trip only LV CB. Buchhalz stage II shall operate through 86S. The 94S shall be with
H/R flag and Self Rest Contacts.

 If the Station Service Transformers shall also be connected to distribution network through

THIS DOCUMENT IS RMU the Contractor shall propose adequate protection subject to PED-C approval.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  The 400Volt switchgears shall consist of Interlocked CBs to receive supply from any
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED one of the secondary winding of 2000/2500KVA transformers. Also there shall be PLC

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

based auto transfer equipment to select one incomer at a time and supply the
downstream load. For Auto Transfer scheme the Contractor shall refer to main PTS.
The possibility of inadvertent paralleling the 400V sides of the Aux. Transformers
should be completely eliminated. The Logics of the Auto Transfer scheme shall be
DESCRIPTION

subject to SEC’s decision during detailed design stag

2.28.2In case SGTs with Loaded Tertiary

 The Auxiliary Supply shall be taken from the Tertiary Winding of the SGT.

 The feeders from the proposed SGTs tertiary bushings shall be controlled by 13.8 kV
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS free standing circuit breaker units. Restricted E/F Protection (64-1REF) of the
tertiary winding shall cover the grounding transformer and the 13.8kV Circuit
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: breaker by appropriately deploying the CTs in the Switchgear panels. The 13.8kV CBs
CHK’D BY:
which will be connected to SGT’s tertiary windings shall have two trip coils and all
protection should operate both coils. The each trip coil shall be provided with trip
APPROVED
circuit supervision such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether
the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not.

Protection Scheme

 The each of these CBs shall be provided with a single multifunction numerical relay
having the following functions as back up protections to the downstreamequipment.

 Phase IDMT (all curves) O/C+ E/F protection.

 Definite time low set and High set O/C+ E/F protection.
 CBF protection to trip the SGT after suitable time delay.

CERTIFIED

 The Auxiliary Station Service Transformers shall be fed from the 13.8 kV CBs The
Delta primary side including the connecting cable shall be protected by REF (64-2) to
BY:

DATE:
trip both HV CB and LV CB.

 The LV star side of both Aux. Transformers shall be protected by REF (64-3) connected
to CTs as shown in the optimized PLD to trip both HV CB and LV CB through 86T-S trip
relay as required.

 Also each Aux. T/F neutral shall be provided with suitable class CTs for Standby E/F
protection to trip LV and HV CB.

 All mechanical protections such as W/T alarm/ trip, O/T alarm, Buchhalz alarm/trip
THIS DOCUMENT IS etc as per normal practice shall also be provided for the Aux Transformers, to trip the
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
HV and LVCB as required.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 If the Station Service Transformers shall also be connected to distribution network through
RMU the Contractor shall propose adequate protection subject to PED-C approval.

 For LV Side of Station Service Transformers the same protection as stated for
DESCRIPTION

Unloaded Tertiary.

 The 400Volt switchgears shall consist of Interlocked CBs to receive supply from any
one ofthe secondary winding of 2000/2500KVA transformers. Also there shall be PLC
based auto transfer equipment to select one incomer at a time and supply the
downstream load. For Auto Transfer scheme the Contractor shall refer to main PTS.
NO.

1
3

The possibility of inadvertent paralleling the 400V sides of the Aux. Transformers
REVISIONS
should be completely eliminated. The Logics of the Auto Transfer scheme shall be
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
subject to SEC’s decision during detailed design stage.
CHK’D BY:

2.29 UNDER VOLATGE LOAD SHEDDING REQUIRMENTS

APPROVED The contractor should also install under voltage scheme at the S/S for 33/34.5kV and
13.8kV outgoing Feeders to provide flexible load shedding system in case of prolonged
voltage dip.

2.29.1 Under Voltage load Shedding Scheme for 33/34.5kV Feeders

The under voltage load shedding equipment at the Substation Detailed scheme
shall be as follows:

 The Voltage Detection shall be from 132/115/110kV Bus voltage PT. The
CERTIFIED
132/115/110kV BB VT installed at the S/S is three phase VT.
 In case of 380/33-34.5kVSGTVT selection shall be from 380kV Bus.
BY:

DATE:
 The Auto change over scheme shall be installed PT Bus 1A and 1B and PT Bus2A and
2B.

 Under voltage Relay shall be connected with the output of the Auto change over
scheme. There must be two sets UV Relays one shall be connected with Bus PT 1A, 1B
through auto changeover and other with Bus PT 2A, 2B through auto changeover.

 The under voltage sensors shall be equipped with filters and render the Relay to
follow the potential levels of the phase quantities of fundamental frequency only.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Spurious signals are to be effectively kept away.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  The zero sequence voltage sensors shall also have the proper filters to keep off the
DATED
spurious information.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 All the under voltage elements shall be supplemented with the timer of adequate
settable range

 Each stage of UV Relay when detected on all the three phases shall activate the self-
DESCRIPTION

reset trip Relay (94UV 33/34.5kV).

 The 94UV 33/34.5kV shall trip all the 33/34.5kV outgoing feeders through
Disconnectable links so that any order of priority can be selected as and when
required.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  One set of 94 Tripping Relays shall be provided activated from UV Stage I, Ii & III

PREPARED BY: ARS

from Bus 1A/1B and 1A/2B. 94UV shall operate through Trip Coil 1 only.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  The 94UV shall Trip the respective CBs and initiate CBF of the associated CB give
local and remote Alarm
APPROVED

 UV shall initiate FR, SOE, give local and remote indication.

 Each stage shall have IN/OUT selection locally from the UV Load shedding panel and
Station HMI as well as remotely through SCADA Gate ways with local as well as
remote indication.

 The UV-device shall be operated by the respective PT supply of 380kV or

132/115/110kV voltage as stated above and shall pick up at 35 to 40 % of rated
voltage and fast resetting quality with high drop off to pick up ratio.

CERTIFIED
 The AC/DC supply for the control circuits shall be supervised and initiate alarm after
the preset time delay which shall be provided in the monitoring element through a
BY: separate timer. Each radially fed DC supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop
DATE:
 Alarms organization shall follow Spec. 38-TMSS-05 & TES-P-119-27 with the
following addition: Since the under voltage load shedding is not specifically
mentioned in spec. 38-TMSS-05 & TES-P-119-27. The following alarms/Indications
have to be added for each Under voltage Relay. and given locally, at Station HMI and
remotely to CRCC via SCADA Gateways for each UV scheme .
 Under Voltage Stage 1 operated.) one Common Alarm
 Under Voltage Stage 2 operated.) to CRCC
 Under Voltage Stage 3 operated.)
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Under voltage faulty.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Under voltage scheme out.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  IN/ OUT Position.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

PANELS REQUIREMENT
1- One Panel BS A & B .
2- One Panel BS C .
DESCRIPTION

2.29.2 Under Voltage Load Shedding Scheme for 13.8kV System

 As stated for 33kV system independent UVLS scheme shall be provided for 13.8kV
system.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 The UV Condition Detected by the Set of UV Load Shedding Relays as stated above
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
shall activate another set of Self Rest Tripping Relays for each Bus Section to Tripp
CHK’D BY: the 13.8kV Feeders through Disconnectable links.

APPROVED
DC SUPLLY
To avoid any intermixing of Supplies for 33kV and 13.8kV load Shedding. Volt free
contacts of respective tripping Relays shall be used. For Each feeder the Tripp supply
shall be taken from the respective Feeder. To achieve maximum supervision the
wiring shall be made on point to point bases. Each radially fed DC supply shall be
supervised at the end of the loop.

PANELS REQUIREMENT
1- One Panel BS A & B .
2- One Panel BS C .
CERTIFIED

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
BY: OPDS-XXX-042 & 044. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
DATE:
Document is attached with the PTS.

3. PROTECTION MODIFICATION AT THE REMOTE ENDS

3. 1- General Requirements
At the remote end of the subject BSP i.e. at S/S's number (-----) & (----) the 380KV &
132kV feeders shall be protected With protection identical to subject BSP end to ensure
compatibility, accordingly, the above mentioned appendices apply for all the local &
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
remote ends.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS Any modification needed for the CT’s or for devices shall be part of this contract.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 23
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

For remote ends modifications, any modification needed in the protection panels,
control panels/Station HMI or alarm fascia shall be fully covered under bidder's scope of
work. The contractor shall insure that all the needed changes for annunciation & fault
recording at the remote end are brought out in line with the ongoing National Grid SA
DESCRIPTION

practice to satisfy the latest standards as part of this PR.

It is obligatory on the contractor to check the existing CT’s at the remote ends and
ensure their compatibility to the new end CT’s and to the technical satisfaction of the
used devices and the site conditions, any change needed is part of this contract , and to
the satisfaction of National Grid SA engineer within the binding contractual obligations.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The bidder shall survey the remote circuit’s ends, any electromechanical or static relays
PREPARED BY: ARS in the subject remote end circuits shall be replaced by new numerical relays identical to
DATE:
the subject substation end relays
CHK’D BY:

In case the remote end circuits are equipped with the multifunction latest relays which

APPROVED
are confirming to the list of approved relays, relays approved ordering code, void from
outstanding technical problem, the remote end relay FPFM & FPSM shall be retained and
the new local end relays for FPFM & FPSM shall match with the remote end. It shall be
in line with the scheme requirement and subject to the approval of protection
engineering Div. during the bidding stage.

3. 2 Specific Requirements

-----------------------------------------------(Will be detailed on individual bases).

CERTIFIED

4. RELAY PANELS REQUIREMENT

BY:

DATE:  The main 1 with its auxiliary devices and Main 2 with its auxiliary devices shall be

located on two independent Protection relay Panels, placed adjacent to each other.

 The panel list shall be as per the description in different sections (Appendices) of this
document. The Bidder shall not propose his own list. In case of special cases due to
space constrain or panel wiring limitations the Contractor shall submit the case on
individual bases with full technical justification for PEDE review. However PED
decision shall be final and the Contractor Bound to implement it without claiming
and additional Cost or time.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 At least 20% of front panel space should be available as spare on each panel for
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS future additions or modifications.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 24
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 All type of bus wiring shall be arranged in complete rings in order to facilitate the
removal of panels for any bay.
 Clear segregation of the terminal wiring for each primary circuit must be provided to
avoid error.
DESCRIPTION

 The Contractor shall install complete test blocks as per the National Grid SA
standard.

 Sequence of Events Recorder (SOE) functions where ever applicable ( Built in feature
of Substation Automation System) Hence no additional Panels shall be required.

The contractor shall also fulfill the following items:

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
4.1 Control & Protection Supplies.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 The auxiliary supply in the relays panels for each type of protection, tripping circuit
CHK’D BY:
and alarm shall be derived directly from the main DC distribution board
independently for each bay panel. Internal looping of such supplies shall not be
APPROVED
acceptable in the protection panels and each MCB shall be equipped with an alarm
contact covering both automatic and manual operation.

 The supply connections shall be made point to point with supply terminals covered
with plastic cover and proper supply supervision relays shall be provided.

 Main one DC Supplies shall be derived from DC System 1 and Main 2 DC Supplies shall
be derived from DC System 2. The Control Supplies shall be from Control Bus of DCDB
and shall be independent of protection Supplies.

 Each Radially fed DC supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
CERTIFIED

 For 380kV 1½ Breaker scheme the DC Supply for CBF1 and CBF2 for each CB shall be
Derived independently from DC System 1 and DC System 2.
BY:

DATE:  For Pole Discrepancy One DC Supply shall be derived from DCDB for each CB and
Branched in PD Panel for Stage I and Stage II.
 For I/T 1 & 2 of the DC Supply shall be branched in the Protection Panel from
Protection Supply one and protection Supply 2 respectively for132kV System.
 For 380kV System InterTrip S/Rfor 85S1-1, 85S1-2, 85R1-1, 85R1-2 shall be directly
derived from DCDB DC system 1 andfor 85S2-1, 85S2-2, 85R2-1, 85R2-2 shall be
directly derived from DCDB DC system 2 .

 Provision must be made for the easy installation of equipment of new primary
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
circuits.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  It must be possible to disconnect the auxiliary supplies to the equipment associated
DATED
with each individual primary circuit independently.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 25
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 There should be 30% spare MCBs available after commissioning in each category for
future use.

4.2 Isolation of VTs and Shorting, Isolation & Earthing of CT’s.

DESCRIPTION

 If it is appropriate proper CT shorting and isolating arrangement shall be provided.

For each single CT circuit an "11" terminals arrangement shall be used to allow
isolation of neutral and earth connections. for multi ratio , the suitable terminals to be
used e.g. dual ratio “14” terminals to be used –etc.
 Each CT shall be associated with CT Shorting and Isolation Facility as per the National
NO.

Grid SA Standard.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
 The CT star point shall never be made directly on the CT secondary terminals.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 CT terminals shall be covered with a caution label as "Caution, CT Circuit, Short before
CHK’D BY:
Isolation". The label shall describe the shorting and isolation process briefly.

APPROVED  Plug-in type connection shall never be used in CT circuitry. CT -Terminals shall be
Ring Type.

 Each VT circuit shall be equipped with isolating link, covered in a labeled plastic
cover.

 Color coded cables shall be used for VT circuit.

 It must be possible to take out of service and work safely on the equipment for an
individual primary circuit without risk of interfering with the operation of any other
primary circuit.

CERTIFIED
 Supply to any cubicle shall be through a labeled terminal block with the cable supply
on one side and the internal connection on the other. Wires shall be terminated by
insulated lug.
BY:

DATE:
 Each equipment inside a panel shall be properly labeled in its function on metallic
sheet.

 Each trip isolation link shall be labeled with red sleeve.

 Main 1 and Main 2 Protection shall be facilitated with local & remote IN/OUT
selection Facility. The IN/OUT Selection facility shall initiate local & remote
indication. A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel
when a protection is out of service. All the out puts from the protection shall be
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR routed through IN/OUT switch.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 4.3 MISCELLANEOUS
DATED

 Measuring transducers for SCADA if needed shall be located on SCADA panel.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 26
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 CT shorting and CT/VT isolation facilities also shall be provided in SCADA panels.
 Consistency throughout the substation in numbering, designation, ferruling, labeling,
etc., shall be maintained.
 Anti-pumping relay shall be effective as long as the closing pulse persists from all
DESCRIPTION

sources of closing commands.

 The Synchrocheck relay shall have adequate burden to keep away the spurious
signals reaching the relay. It is preferred for SAS substations that Manual Check
Synchronizing shall be built in function of BCU provided BCU shall fulfill all required
conditions for check synchronizing.
NO.

1
3

 The MCB protecting the auxiliary transformer LV cables shall be inside the LV
REVISIONS
transformer box in addition to the one at the LV DB.
ARS
 All 3-phase MCBs shall be TPN type and Single Phase MCBs shall be SPN type.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  All Protection IEDs shall have dual active Port PRP1 for SAS integration.
 All Protection IEDs shall be independent from Control IEDs except 13.8kV SW.
APPROVED  In 13.8kV SW The Transformer LV incomers, 13.8kV BS and 13.8kV Capacitor bank
Feeders Switchgear Panels shall have independent Control IEDs in the respective SW
panels. While protection IEDs shall be installed in the Protection panels.
 The Protection IEDs shall be installed in the Protection Panels while the Control IEDs
shall be installed in respective LCC/Switchgear Panels.
 Each Trip Contact shall be routed through the Test switch.
 Each CT having Vkp≥ 2000V shall be protected though Metrosil/CTPU (Subject to
PED-C Approval) on detection of Over Voltages on CT shall be alarmed in the LCC
through Annunciator Window and then shall be integrated with SAS through

CERTIFIED
BCU/Independent I/O Box in LCC. Each CT Core of the CT shall have common
indication for three phases in case of Single phase CTs.
 At LCC the Integration of Alarm indications with SAS shall be through respective BCU
BY:

DATE: provided BCU shall have minimum 30% spare Points for Future Company Use. In case
BCU being having limited No. of Points then the Contractor shall install one I/O Box in
LCC to meet the requirements.
 The Following Alarms to SAS shall be integrated with SAS through I/O Box in the
Station General Alarm Integration panels.
1- Main BCU Fail.
2- Main DC Supply to BCU Fail.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  The Panel Wiring shall be as follows:
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR A. Internal Panel wiring sizes:
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS i. CT wiring 2.5mm².
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED ii. VT wiring 1.5mm².
iii. DC supply 2.5mm².
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 27
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

iv. AC supply 2.5mm².

v. Control wiring 1.5mm².
vi. Tripping circuit 2.5mm2
vii. Annunciation 1.5mm².
B. External (Panel to Panel) wiring sizes:
DESCRIPTION

i. CT wiring minimum 6mm² or higher as per particular specific

requirement.
ii. VT wiring minimum 2.5mm² or higher as per particular specific
requirement.
iii. DC supply 4mm².
iv. AC supply 4mm².
v. Control wiring 2.5mm².
NO.

1
3

vi. Tripping circuit minimum 6mm2 or higher as per particular specific

REVISIONS
requirement.
PREPARED BY: ARS vii. Annunciation minimum 2.5mm² or higher as per particular specific
DATE: requirement.
CHK’D BY: viii. Annunciation within GIS Room 1.5 mm².

APPROVED  DC Supplies, Supervision and Aux. Relays

 Supervision of Protection Supplies

Each separately- branched DC protection supply shall be supervised by means of an under

voltage relay and NC contact of the controlling MCBs. The relay shall be connected such that
the maximum amount of wiring is supervised. Operation shall occur if the supervised supply
voltage is reduced below approximately 40% of nominal value. A time delay of 400 msec.
shall be incorporated to prevent spurious operation for transient reduction of voltage.
Operation of the relay shall result in a protection faulty alarm and flag indication. Relay shall
be self-reset with self-reset flag.

CERTIFIED
 Supervision of Circuit Breaker Tripping Circuits

Each EHV/HV circuit breaker trip coil circuit shall be fitted with a trip circuit
BY:
supervision relay. The relay shall give an alarm output for loss of the tripping circuit, a loss of
DATE:
the tripping supply or if the circuit breaker fails to trip when instructed to do so. The
supervision shall be effective whether the circuit breaker is open or closed and whether the
trip signal is present or not.

The relays shall be provided with self or hand-reset reverse operation indicator flags and the
alarm relays be normally energized in service and fed from the tripping supply. Relay reset
shall be delayed by approximately 400 msec. in order to avoid unnecessary alarms on supply
voltage dips or during CB operation.

Each supervision relay shall be installed so that the maximum amount of wiring is
monitored including the connections to and from each associated trip contact.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Tripping Relays
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED All tripping relays shall have a maximum operate time of 10 ms. and shall be equipped with a
hand-reset operation indicator flag to show when the relay has operated. Self-reset or

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 28
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

hand/electrically-reset relays shall be used as appropriate except that if a manufacturer’s

standard is to use self-reset trip relays, then these shall be accepted provided that they are
guaranteed to remain operated for sufficient time to allow the associated circuit breakers to
trip and permit the circuit breaker fail protection to operate. The Plug in type Trip Relays
shall not be accepted for the Project. All Trip Relays shall be Draw out type including 85R Trip
relays.
DESCRIPTION

In all cases of protection operation, adequate flagging shall exist to uniquely identify the
cause of the trip.

Self-reset tripping relays shall if necessary be equipped with a switched economy resistor to
reduce the burden when operated to a low level. Hand/electrically-reset trip relays shall
NO.

have ‘cut-throat’ contacts for both the operate and reset coils. The operate coil ‘cut-throat’
2

1
3

REVISIONS contacts shall not be delayed in operation by more than is necessary to achieve correct
latching of the relays.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Under no circumstances will any trip relay operate coil cut-throat contact be accepted if it is
CHK’D BY:
delayed in operation by more than 60ms and series flag relays which require such a delay will
not be accepted.
APPROVED
In order to avoid unwanted trip relay operation due to pick up or transients, particularly if
the relay operate coil is connected to extensive wiring, trip relays shall typically be high
burden. They shall not normally operate at current below 25 mA. Unless the relay coil is
double-pole switched or its supply has one pole solidly earthed, the relay shall not normally
operate if a 2 microfarad capacitor charged to 70V is discharged into the operate coil.

If the above values are not met, then the manufacturer shall state how mal operation is
avoided and guarantee such mal operation.

The Relays including IN/OUT Relays shall have adequate # of Auxiliary Contacts such that
fulfilling all scheme requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for emergency/
future use. These spare contacts shall be wired to terminal blocks with proper labeling.
CERTIFIED

 Auxiliary Relays – General.

BY:
The use of auxiliary relays with screws for fixing shall be encouraged. However, in view of
DATE:
necessity in the scheme, plug-in type auxiliary relays shall be acceptable provided they
maintain reliable mechanical contact and support using some type of locking arrangement.

All auxiliary relays shall be suitable for continuous operation from the appropriate DC power
supply. They shall operate within the specified time at all level of applied voltage from the
minimum at the end of the 10 hour battery standby period up to the maximum voltage
whilst the battery is being boost charged. At this maximum voltage all relays shall have a
thermal withstand capability of 8 hours at 50oC ambient temperature.

While conditions calls for the adoption of an aux. relay for receiving commands involving
extensive wirings, this aux. relay shall not operate at any current level less than 25 mA at
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
125V DC. In the event of sensitive elements are applied, steps taken to avoid mal-operation
CONSTRUCTION OR of these aux. relay due to energy discharge from the wiring capacitance to such sensitive
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS devices or due to inadvertent grounding of the input leads, wherein the DC source is
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED monitored by mid tapped resistance and ground fault sensor, must be indicated by the
contractor and got approved before adoption.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 29
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Relays including IN/OUT Relays shall have adequate # of Auxiliary Contacts such that
fulfilling all scheme requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for emergency/
future use. These spare contacts shall be wired to terminal blocks with proper labeling.
DESCRIPTION

 Relay Flagging

Each relay which either directly or indirectly initiates circuit breaker tripping or which
indicates an alarm, shall be equipped with an operation indicator flag. Flags shall normally
operate to become visible when the relay operates and shall normally require resetting by
hand. However, in the case of a relay which is normally energized in service, such as certain
supervision relays and circuit breaker close and trip lockout relays, the relay flag shall be
NO.

reversed to become visible only when the relay resets and these flags may be hand-reset or
2

1
3

REVISIONS self-reset.

PREPARED BY: ARS

The color of all relay flags shall be predominantly red when operated and no red shall be
DATE:
visible when the flag is not operated. Relay flag operation shall be coincident with operation
CHK’D BY:
of the relay, but in the case of induction disc type time over current relays, operation of the
relay flag just before closure of the relay trip contact is permissible.
APPROVED

Relay flags shall be either of the mechanical type or, in the case of electronic relays; red light
emitting diodes (LED’s) may be used. In the case of LED flags, it is permissible for the driving
circuitry to be so arranged that the LED is lit dimly when the flag is not operated. This will
allow the healthiness of the LED to be checked at any time. However, in such cases, it shall
not be possible to discern that the non-operated flag LED is lit except from immediately in
front of any very close to the relay.

All flags associated with fault detecting relays shall invariably possible, give a clear indication
of the faulty phase, zone or element(s) of the protection which cause tripping, the operation
mode such as aided trip, switch-onto-fault, etc. In addition, functions such as power swing
blocking & alarm conditions such as VT supervision, shall be clearly flagged. Flagging shall not
be initiated by the operation of a fault detecting element until tripping has been initiated by
CERTIFIED that element. Fault detection relay flagging shall, as far as possible, clearly indicate the fault
location and the phase(s) involved.

BY:

DATE:

5. SUBMITTAL OF DRAWINGS
 Preparation of new schematic drawings and Modifications of existing drawings (e.g.,
protection [DC & AC]) schematics, control wiring diagrams, switching device
protection diagrams, bus bar protection diagrams, DC board drawings, AC board
drawings, annunciation schemes, terminal wiring diagrams, cable connection
diagrams and all other related drawing and all other related work to facilitate
inclusion and connection of protection schemes with those furnished by substation
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR contractor as per National Grid SA relevant specifications.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING

Contractor submittals shall be titled and submitted in accordance with the list issued
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
by the protection engineering department for this purpose. Under the heading of

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 30
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

“TITLES & SEQUENCE OF PROTECTION SUBMITTALS” copy attached for ready

reference.

Minimum drawing submittal shall be as, but not limited to, the following:
DESCRIPTION

Each submittal shall be both in hard and software. The submitted drawings shall
maintain the following requirement:-

 Drawing index shall be available at the beginning of each set of drawing

describing the subject of each sheet or group of sheets and its issue number.
NO.

 A full detailed legend describing the equipment type and how to read the
2

1
3

REVISIONS
drawings shall be given.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Each sheet of drawing shall be marked as "For Approval", "Approved" and "Final
CHK’D BY:
As-built", as the case may be.

 Drawings shall be submitted in A3 size in a proper binder with no sheets folded.

APPROVED

 The feeder/bay name/number shall be available on each sheet with the

following sheet number.

 Proper inter-reference shall be added for each primary and secondary

equipment and these inter-references shall include all the necessary guidance,
such as drawing number, page and grid reference.

 Each sheet shall be titled as per the function, such as "Tripping Relay-1, DC
Distribution, etc."
CERTIFIED
 At the beginning of each set of drawing an equipment list shall be added and
this shall furnish full information about each device in respect of type, rating,
BY:
make, the number of NO & NC contacts, the Sheet #, grid location on the sheet
DATE:
containing the device (Country of Origin) and ordering information, etc.

 Inter-reference for contacts are to follow contacts location and not the coil
location.

 If more than one device is connected with the same CT then proper CT shorting
and Isolation arrangement 14, 17, 21 etc. terminal arrangement shall be
provided.

THIS DOCUMENT IS

 The single line diagram shall show the layout, rating, standard device number,
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
the number of phases and the relative location of each equipment as
DATED
appropriate, while the detailed logic diagram and the schematic diagram for

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 31
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

each bay shall show the internal detailed connection and wiring (or referred to
in an attached standard drawing if necessary), no empty boxes for device
representation shall be given, any device drawing shall be in full details
wherever continuity of drawing is needed and if it is part of another drawing the
DESCRIPTION

needed sheets shall invariably be submitted in full.

 The Contacts associated with Tripping Relay, Auxiliary Relay etc shall be shown
on the Same Sheet with operating Coil of the Relay, the adopted contacts shall be
marked with the reference and functionality and the unused contacts shall be
marked as spare and terminated to spare terminal blocks. A provision of 20%
NO.

1
3

spare contacts ( not less than 2) for NATIONAL GRID SA future/emergency Use
REVISIONS
to be provided.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The Use of Plug in type AuxiliaryEquipment shall be avoided. If unavoidable to
use Plug in type Relays for Contact Multiplication, then these must be robust
APPROVED design with Lockable arrangement and Self Rest Flag/LED indication. In
addition to above the Contractor shall Provide 10% additional Spares.

 Plug in type Relays for |tripping shall not be accepted.

 The Drawings shall be as per the OPDS Format.

6. RELAY LITERATURE & SUBMITTAL OF SETTINGS:-

 For each relay and device the detailed catalogues covering working principle, pre
commissioning tests, operation and maintenance, setting procedures shall be
CERTIFIED
provided in original documents and not photo copies in addition to Soft Copy on
CD/DVD.

BY:
 The Relay Settings shall be submitted in Relay Manufacturers Soft Ware Programs
DATE:

along with the contractor Calculation Files, The Hard Copy Setting File and the
Software Setting File, configuration file. The Contractor shall provide full support to
PED for Opening the Software files in the respective software setting programs. If the
Required Software programs is not available with PED engineers then the Contractor
is responsible to Install the required Software Programs in PED Division offices
computers through Technical expertise.

 The Soft copy of the Settings for Complete substation shall be supplied on external
THIS DOCUMENT IS Hard Disc having the adequate Capacity not less than 500GB. All Setting Programs
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR shall be Loaded in the HDD as Back up for PED-Division Use.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Backup Software programs original with 10 years licensing for setting Soft Ware
Programs Setting calculations Programs (Mathcad/other) , uploading/down loading
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 32
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

altering shall be arranged at substation level with Engineering work station and at
PED-Division office and Protection Maintenance Division Office.

7. APPENDICES
DESCRIPTION

ATTCHED APPENDICES CONSIDER AS PART FROM PROTECTION REQUIRMENTS FOR

THIS PTS.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.
Important Note:
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
In case of any conflict between the issued PR for this project which

PREPARED BY: ARS

has been incorporated in the Projects PTS under Appendix VII and any
DATE:
other requirements under the project SOW, the Bidders shall raise the
CHK’D BY:

points of discrepancy during pre-bid clarifications stage to Protection

APPROVED Engineering Division who has initiated the PR to decide the
appropriate requirement for them.
For all protection aspects the PR Appendix VII has precedence over
all other documents of the PTS. In case of not raising the points of
discrepancy from the Bidders, the PED reserves to right to decide as
appropriate during project submittals approval stage. Any additional
equipment required or any scheme modification needed to satisfy the
PR Appendix VII and the technical requirements shall be the
CERTIFIED
Contractors responsibility. The PED decision shall be the final and the
Contractor is bound to implement it without claiming any additional
BY:

DATE: cost or time.

-----xxxx----

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 33
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 33
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 2
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 2
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

APPENDICES

CERTIFIED
FOR
BY:

DATE:
EXTRA HIGH VOLTAGE

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 1
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-01

380 -230KV OVERHEAD LINE

DESCRIPTION

PROTECTIONWITH-OUT SHUNT REACTOR

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 1. INTRODUCTION

PREPARED BY: ARS 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED
FUNCTIONS.
APPROVED

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.

2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME
2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

CERTIFIED

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
BY: 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
DATE:
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
3.3 INTER TRIP SEND & RECEIVE SCHEME.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. 1. INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV overhead line
protection with-out line shunt Reactor.
DESCRIPTION

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main line protection and
must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
NO.

1
3

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
REVISIONS
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
(appendix VII), in the PTS.
CHK’D BY:
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
APPROVED

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to
meet the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
CERTIFIED
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
BY: a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
DATE:

The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above.
Full testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the
380-230kV OHL shall fall the under the scope of this contract.
2. 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION
2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

The 380kV OHL protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR following Main multi functions:
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Box # 1: MAIN-1 & Box #2: MAIN-2.
i. Phase segregated current Line differential protection as a main.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

ii. Distance protection

iii. Directional earth fault Protection.
iv. Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
v. Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
DESCRIPTION

vi. Circuit breakers fail Protection.

vii. Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
viii. Fuse failure supervision.
ix. Direct Transfer trip
x. Auto Reclosing.
NO.

1
3

xi. Check synchronizing.

REVISIONS
xii. FR & Fault Locator.
ARS
xiii. Event Recorder.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: xiv. Disturbance Recorder.

Box # 3:
APPROVED

Under Voltage and Over Voltage protection IED having three independent
settable stages for OV &three independent settable stages for UV settings with
adequate range.Each stage shall have independent Definite time delay settable
Range (0.001-10 Sec in steps of 0.01 Sec).

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

 Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential
CERTIFIED
protection and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main
Functions ,
BY:

DATE:  Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fibre optic cores and
one E 1 data channel to achieve the redundancy.

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle

using 'Fibber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type
using three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end
similar relay.

 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV
THIS DOCUMENT IS & EHV O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING shall be designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND and 3-phase faults with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT
DATED

principle to change three single phase comparison to one single phase comparison.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version
and ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-
speed clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and
single end.
DESCRIPTION

 Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3,
4 and more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input
with its own dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to
provide reliable protection not affected by transmission delays and communication
NO.

1
3

switching etc. Multi-terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH
REVISIONS
or Low density or medium density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical
CHK’D BY:
type. It shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703
conversion and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment
APPROVED
shall be standard device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer
{The details and compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned
communication department}.

 The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either
locally or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not
mal-operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc
disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through
relay panel, computer and from remote location must be possible. The relay shall be

CERTIFIED
equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation. The relay
shall have back-up distance, directional phase & ground fault and directional
comparison E/F protection features.
BY:

DATE:
 The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC &Inst). The
features for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone
protection .

 The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall
have self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules,
memory and other major components like power supply) as well as communication
THIS DOCUMENT IS channel supervision.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED facility. All the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

remotely through separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end

information and fault data along various states of the input quantities from the start
of the disturbance to end shall be available for last 3 records on non-volatile
memory and alarm/event data for last 10 alarms/events shall also be on non-
DESCRIPTION

volatile memory.

 The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-
trips.
 The relay ratings and ranges:
 Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  125DC or as per the S/S.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
DATE:  Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
CHK’D BY:
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)
APPROVED
 Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

 The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e.
QUADRILATERL &, MHO characteristic.
 Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an X/R ratio of
≥40

 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be
wired from a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. Separate
CERTIFIED

trip relays and separate inter trip receive relays.

BY:

DATE:
 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure ( VT MCB Trip) shall block the
operation of the distance protection.

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones.

 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current

reversal condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection
suitable for two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or
THIS DOCUMENT IS transformers; each zone shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below:
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
DESCRIPTION

Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring
time shall not exceed one cycle.
 The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following
additional functions such as:
 Zone 1 ext. scheme
 Transfer trip scheme
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering

PREPARED BY: ARS  Voltage circuit supervision
DATE:
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking (including
CHK’D BY:
reverse measurement elements).
 All the additional logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-feed
APPROVED

have to be included ( current reversal guard), facility for single-pole trip, power
swing blocking function (with selectable zones)
 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding incase of requirement.
 Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines is to
be made available.
 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall be
suitable for activation by external binary.
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for use in
case of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than 100ms.
CERTIFIED
 This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it
should be possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may
BY:
be) with the following requirements:
DATE:

Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive signal
initiated from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others), also the
carrier send signal (CS) might be issued in parallel both from an overreaching zone
and an under reaching, independent tripping zone.

The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged while the
carrier send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the permissive signal
shall permit the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal CRG,
CONSTRUCTION OR
must always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence of the CRG
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED signal for a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as a CR signal,

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

This shall enables a permissive scheme to operate when the line fault blocks the
signal transmission or a coincidence of signal loss and the fault time occurs .The
carrier received signal created by the unblocking function is reset (150 ms after the
security timer has elapsed. When that occurs an output signal is activated for
DESCRIPTION

signalling purpose. The unblocking function is reset 200 ms after that the guard
signal is present again.

 Switch on to fault Feature:

The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
NO.

1
3

relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such
REVISIONS
cases to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that
PREPARED BY: ARS
only external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch
DATE:

CHK’D BY: or breaker auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary

 DEF as Built-in function in MAIN- 1 Box & MAIN-2 Box:

APPROVED

 Shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have back up element
settings.

 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The relay

shall have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the harmonics on the
system or generated during CT saturation conditions.

Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for high
resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fibre optics, with echo-back
CERTIFIED
feature for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault level lines. The
operating mode shall be selectable for Permissive Over-reaching and Directional
BY: Comparison Blocking Scheme. Features for preventing mal-operation of the relay
under current reverse conditions shall be provided. The protection, in cooperation
DATE:

with main distance protection, shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating
time of the relay shall be such that transient faults do not get converted into
permanent-faults. The protection, in addition to providing instantaneous trip for
100% of the line length, shall provide definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such
that remote backup trip facility shall be available. However, above mentioned
definite time delayed trip shall be wired through selectable link such that it can be
removed or brought in as and when required by Company. The protection shall
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-mechanically operated trip
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec. The protection and all
MATERIALS

associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for following additional
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

functions:
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Annunciation at Station HMI

 SOE Alarm
 SCADA Remote Alarm
 Station fault recorder
DESCRIPTION

 Reclose initiation
 Reclose-Blocking
 Breaker failure initiation
 Carrier or Communication system signaling

Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate the
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS operation of the relay & faulted phase.

ARS
The relay shall be provided with On-line testing facilities. The protection shall be
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: suitable for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The MTA or
characteristics angle of the relay shall be to match application and as approved by
APPROVED Company.

2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING

 The Contractor shall install Multi-function Numerical Type Auto Reclose relay
independent for Each Controlling CB or one common for two controlling CBs from
National Grid SA Latest Approved Relay List with approved ordering code.

 All 380 kV OHL Feeders shall be provided with Auto Reclosure feature.

 The scheme shall be tailored to meet the CB switching requirement associated with
CERTIFIED Breaker and Half switchgear.

 The Reclosure of the line shall be through the Bus side CB (the leader) at first and
BY: after the successful Auto Reclosing of the Bus side CB the middle CB (the follower)
DATE:
shall be closed subsequently after the set time delay. If the Bus side CB failed to
close the mid CB shall automatically be blocked.

 Auto-Reclose of the specific circuit-breaker shall be enabled by protection provided

that immediately prior to the protection operation:
 The CB was closed,
 The “energy” input from respective CB’(s) indicate sufficient stored energy to
perform auto Reclose cycle and

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Auto Reclose for respective CB is not switched out of service and is not
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR lockout.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 In case of Double circuit fault Auto Reclosing on both the lines shall not be
DATED
allowed simultaneously.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 If the Auto Reclosure of Bus Side CB is out of service or the Bus side CB (X10/X 50)
is under maintenance and the line is energized only from the Mid CB(X30) then the
first Auto Reclosing sequence after the transient fault shall be switched to middle
CB.
DESCRIPTION

 The bus-side CB shall follow either live-bus/dead bus or Synchrocheck closing

modes. The mid breaker shall follow the bus side breaker and close on synchronous
check condition. The Auto Reclosing of 2nd CB should have about 300-2000 m sec
settable time Delay.
NO.

When two adjacent lines in the same bay of one-and-a-half circuit-breaker

2

1
3


REVISIONS
substation arrangement are each controlled by auto-Reclosing relays, the auto-
PREPARED BY: ARS Reclosing schemes of both lines shall be designed such that in the event of
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
concurrent auto-Reclose cycles on both circuits, the middle CB shall Reclose only
when the required conditions are satisfied by auto-Reclosing relays of both the
APPROVED lines. IN case of 2nd Bay with other plant primary equipment the AR of middle CB
shall only be allowed when 2nd bay equipment was in service prior to fault
conditions on the OHL and not blocked from the protection of 2nd bay.

 The Contractor shall install Auto Reclosure IN/OUT selection with While lamp for
OUT indication at Protection Panel. AR IN/OUT selection shall also be possible from
Station HMI and from Remote CRCC, The IN/OUT indication shall also be available
at Station HMI and at CRCC.

 Single IED for AR for two Controlling CBs in 1½ Breaker scheme can be accepted
provided it will satisfy all the above stated requirements.
CERTIFIED

2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

BY:

DATE:
 Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU
provided BCU shall fulfil the Following conditions. If not then Independent
Protection IED shall be provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.

 The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
or delayed closure of EHV lines.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT

input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

 For Auto Reclosing the built in feature of the AR relay shall be adopted for
Synchrocheck (25A) function. No independent IED shall be required for check
DESCRIPTION

synchronizing.

 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such
that in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to
NO.

1
3

close the CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized
REVISIONS
from remote end first or from the local end first.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
CHK’D BY:

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay

APPROVED
MAIN-1, MAIN-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at
Station HMI and at remote CRCC.

 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.

CERTIFIED
 All the inputs &out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch
except DC Auxiliary Supply.

BY:  The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use after.
DATE:

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME

A. Communication for Line Differential Protection 87L1 & 87L2

 The Communication between two ends 87L Relays shall be as per the attached
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 380kV Communication Diagram Fig.#2.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Main Communication shall be through Pair of Dark Fibre with speed of

communication 2Mps and redundant shall be through 2Mbps Data Channel (E1-
SDH).

 The Contractor shall Provide Media Converter to convert Optical Relay Out put
DESCRIPTION

Signal to E1 SDH (2Mbps) Galvanic Signal.

 To avoid any electrical interference the Media Converters shall be installed in the
Communication Room and the Contractor will provide install connect and
Commission the F.O cable between the Protection IEDs in the Control Room to
NO.

Media Converters in the Communication Room.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 The two end Relays shall communicate on main F.O Dark Pair connection in case of
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: failure of failure of main connection the Relays automatically switchover to
CHK’D BY:
Redundant channel. In case of restoration of main connection the communication
shall be switched back to the main.
APPROVED

 In case the line length is greater than the recommended line length for the
Offered 87L protection IED to work on Pair of Dark Fibber without repeaters
then the Contractor shall adopt Media Converters for Main and Redundant
Communication for two ends 87L Protection IEDs.

B. Protection Signaling Equipment.

 The distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1) and
distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-2) shall operate
CERTIFIED in accordance with protection philosophy described in National Grid SA , Standards.

 The Distance protection of MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall work in permissive Over
BY:
reaching scheme.
DATE:

 The directional earth fault function associated with MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be used
for permissive over reaching using protection signalling equipment.

 The protection signalling associated with MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1), MAIN-2 (21-2 &
67N-2) and Intertrip Send/Receive system shall be arranged via sixteen channels
using two diverse OLS systems. The allocation of signalling channels shall be as
follows:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 First Optical Line System
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-1

Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-1
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
DESCRIPTION

Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto OLS-1

Reclose)
(21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1
Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-1
Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-1
NO.

1
3

Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
REVISIONS
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto OLS-1
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Reclose)
CHK’D BY:

 Second Optical Line System

APPROVED
(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection
Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-2
Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-2
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2
Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-2
(21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-2
Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-2
Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-2
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2
CERTIFIED
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto OLS-2
Reclose)
BY:

DATE:

For more Details for Communication Equipment the Contractor shall Refer to
Telecommunication Requirements Appendix VI of the PTS.
Any contradiction noticed in the PTS Appendix VII and Appendix VI shall be brought in the
notice of the Company during Pre Bid clarifications. Failing which the Contractor is
responsible to comply with the PTS and provide the PSE which is higher in quantity.

Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and ratings.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed clearing of faults
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due to
communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the
required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote
DESCRIPTION

location must be possible.

2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 The Contractor has to provide the following:

 MAIN-1 and associated equipment.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  MAIN-2, and associated equipment

 AR , I/T SR, UV Relay and associated equipment.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  87TEE1 & 87TEE2 and associated equipment.
CHK’D BY:

 As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor
APPROVED
has to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C
Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at
least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas
compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted
that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit
all signalling shall be through Fibber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated
in the SAS Appendix XIV.
CERTIFIED

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

BY:
 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
DATE: covered under TEE connection protection.

 The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and connected
to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1 and main two
shall be fed from DC system 2.

 To cover the entire portion of the GIS including cable termination/Cable sealing ends for
380kV OHL bays one set of 2x 3 outdoor type CTs shall be provided at the end of GIS
each CT has two cores one for TEE protection main one and 2nd for TEE protection main
THIS DOCUMENT IS two. Before these CTs set of CTs shall be provided in the GIS for Main-1 & MAIN-2. So
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
that to achieve overlapping zones of the protection.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  For the bays to be connected with Transformers the Bushing CTs of the Transformer
shall be utilized for TEE connection protection.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.

 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV OHTL Bays.

 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV OHL Feeders shall include the two
DESCRIPTION

controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay
and the short section of bus to 380kV OHL. The contractor shall provide two sets of
dedicated unit protection for the above feeders. This shall necessitate the provision
of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix overlapping the two line controlling
CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase out door CTs at each connection end of 380kV
NO.

1
3

OHL which shall also cover the line terminals Please refer to above CT table. These
REVISIONS
shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone. Two
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Numerical type High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to
CHK’D BY: the CTs bus wires and shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping
systems. The complete CT supervision and shorting and isolating on detection of CT
APPROVED
open circuit shall be provided.

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the line protection IEDs stated above
for OHL protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets.

 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be
more than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-
300 V.

CERTIFIED
 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements
to avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt
BY: resistors of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the
DATE:
protection IED.

 The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator

panel/HMI (Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE
shall be as under:

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed
from first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating
with NC contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for
DESCRIPTION

380kV TEE Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply
distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote
alarm.

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via
appropriate tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset
NO.

1
3

tripping L/O relay (86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip
REVISIONS
coil of the local circuit-breakers, block auto Reclosure, initiate the circuit breaker
ARS
PREPARED BY:
fail protection 1 & 2 of the associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote
DATE:

CHK’D BY: end circuit-breaker, initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and
signal to SOE.
APPROVED

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE
connection protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay
shall short and isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable
time delay of 1-15 Seconds.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

CERTIFIED  Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip

BY:
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip
DATE: signal is present or not
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy
Panels.
3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV OHL feeder protection MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall
be via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with
SAS at the Substation.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers,
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

trip to remote end circuit-breakers, initiate/inhibit auto-Reclosure of associated

CBs, initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
 All tripping shall be hard wired.
DESCRIPTION

A. Feeder Protection Tripping Relays:

The MAIN-1 (87L-1+ 21-1 Zone 1+ 67N-1 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one self
tripping Relay (94F-1) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the
contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
94F-1 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
CHK’D BY:
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.
APPROVED

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
One L/O Relay (86F1-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPFM (21-1) & (67N-1).
CERTIFIED
86F1-BU Shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
BY:

DATE:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.
DATED
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 BCU
 Alarm/Indication.
 Auto reset timer.
 SOE.
DESCRIPTION

The MAIN-2 (87L-2+ 21-2 Zone 1+ 67N-2 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one self
tripping Relay (94F-2) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the
contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel.
94F-2 shall initiate:
NO.

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
ARS
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
APPROVED
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
One L/O Relay (86F2-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPSM (21-2) & (67N-2).
86F2-BU Shall initiate:
CERTIFIED  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

BY:  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

DATE:
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  BCU

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Alarm/Indication.
 Auto reset timer.
 SOE.
DESCRIPTION

The Self Reset Relays and L/O Relays shall be heavy duty and Relay capability is proven
according to the relevant circuit parameters and trip coil ratings. The L/O relays shall
have Auto Rest Facility

B. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

NO.

1
3

86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 86TEE-1 shall initiate:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
APPROVED
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.
 BCU
 Alarm/Indication

CERTIFIED  SOE.

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

BY:

DATE: 86TEE-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  BCU
DATED

 Alarm/Indication
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 SOE.
86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.

3.3 INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME.

DESCRIPTION

The independent Intertrip Send and Receive Relays shall be provided. The I/T send
Relays shall be designated as 85S1-1, 85S1-2, 85S2-1 & 85S2-2. Similarly I/T Receive
relays shall be designated as 85R1-1, 85R1-2, 85R2-1 & 85R2-2.

Inter-Trip Send Relays:

NO.

85S1-1 Shall be operated from: 94F-1.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
85S1-2 Shall be operated from: 86F1-BU, 86TEE-1, 86CBF 1, CBF2 & PD Stage II.
ARS
85S2-1 shall be operated from: 94F-2
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: 85S2-2 shall be operated from: 86F2-BU, 86TEE-2, CBF1, 86CBF2 & PD Stage II.

APPROVED
Inter-Trip Receive Relays:
855R1-1 Shall be operated from Signal receive from: 85S1-1 of the remote end.

85R1-1 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CERTIFIED
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault Recorder
BY:  Alarm/Indication.
DATE:

 Reset Timer
 SOE.

85R1-2 shall be operated from: 85S1-2 of the remote end.

85R1-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
DESCRIPTION

 Reset timer.
 SOE.
85R2-1 shall be operated from: 85S2-1 of the remote end.
85R2-1 shall initiate:
NO.

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CHK’D BY:
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.
APPROVED
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication
 Reset timer.
 SOE.
85R2-2 shall be operated from: 85S2-2 of the remote end.
85R2-2 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1
CERTIFIED
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2
BY:
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
DATE:

 Bock Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Reset timer.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  SOE.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

For communication Channels Requirements for the inter trip send receive functions shall
be forwarded to the Telecommunication Department well before time so that these can be
arranged.
DESCRIPTION

There must be Soft Ware Interlock along with Hard wired interlock by Wiring L/O Relays
contacts to BCU.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
A. In Bay Matrix.
Designation
NO.

1
3

CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS

REVISIONS Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION
PREPARED BY: ARS

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.

APPROVED
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2
6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2
CERTIFIED

B. CTs in the GIS For Line Protection,.

BY:

DATE: Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-1

3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-2+FR
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
3. CT9 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
C. Out Door CTs for TEE connection protection
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Designation CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Sr. No. PROTECTION

1. CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
DESCRIPTION

2. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.

The CT characteristics for MAIN-1 MAIN-2 shall match with the remote end.
The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
CHK’D BY:

factor of 1.2 at 55°.

APPROVED

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3phase GIS VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

CERTIFIED
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #

BY:
OPDS-XXX-001. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
DATE: attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-01**

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-02
DESCRIPTION

380 -230KV OVERHEAD LINE PROTECTION

WITH SHUNT REACTOR
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
CONTENTS
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
1. INTRODUCTION

APPROVED 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME
CERTIFIED 2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

BY:
2.4 SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION
DATE:

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
3.3 INTER TRIP SEND & RECEIVE SCHEME.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS

1- INTRODUCTION
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV overhead line
protection with line shunt Reactor.

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main line protection and must
be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
DESCRIPTION

included in the same protection IED’s unit.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
The Protection IEDs shall be provided for Shunt Reactor as stated in section 2.4of t his
document.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The TEE connection Protection zone shall be extended to cover the Shunt reactor
PREPARED BY: ARS controlling CB by installing the identical CTs for TEE protection on the SR side of the
DATE:
Controlling CB.
CHK’D BY:

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit

APPROVED
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTS.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

CERTIFIED
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
BY:

DATE: the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above. Full
testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the 380-
230kV OHL shall fall the under the scope of this contract.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The 380kV OHL protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the
following Main multi functions:

Box # 1: MAIN-1 & Box #2: MAIN-2.

DESCRIPTION

 Phase segregated current Line differential protection as a main.

 Distance protection
 Directional earth fault Protection.
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current
protection.
NO.

1
3

 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.

REVISIONS
 Circuit breakers fail Protection.
ARS
 Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Fuse failure supervision.

 Direct Transfer trip
APPROVED  Auto Reclosing.
 Check synchronizing.
 FR & Fault Locator.
 Event Recorder.
 Disturbance Recorder.

Box 3 :Under Voltage and Over Voltage protection IED having three independent settable
stages for OV &three independent settable stages for UV settings with adequate
range. Each stage shall have independent Definite time delay settable Range (0.001-

CERTIFIED
10 Sec in steps of 0.01 Sec).

BY:
2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
DATE:

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

 Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential protection
and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main Functions .

 Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores and one E 1
data channel to achieve the redundancy.

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using

THIS DOCUMENT IS 'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type using three
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar relay.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV & EHV
O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection shall be
designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults and 3-phase faults
with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT principle to change three single
DESCRIPTION

phase comparison to one single phase comparison.



 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.

NO.

1
3

 Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3, 4 and
REVISIONS
more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input with its own
ARS
dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to provide reliable
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: protection not affected by transmission delays and communication switching etc. Multi-
terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH or Low density or medium
APPROVED density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.


 The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical type. It
shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion
and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be standard
device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details and
compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication
department}.


 The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or

CERTIFIED
remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due
to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the
required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote
BY:

DATE: location must be possible. The relay shall be equipped with all optional features and
charging current compensation. The relay shall have back-up distance, directional phase &
ground fault and directional comparison E/F protection features.


 The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC &Inst). The features
for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone protection .

 The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall have
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules, memory and
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
other major components like power supply) as well as communication channel supervision.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording facility.
All the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and remotely through
separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end information and fault data
along various states of the input quantities from the start of the disturbance to end shall be
DESCRIPTION

available for last 3 records on nonvolatile memory and alarm/event data for last 10
alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.


 The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.

 The relay ratings and ranges:

NO.

1
3

 Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.

REVISIONS
 125DC or as per the S/S.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
CHK’D BY:
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
APPROVED
 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)
 Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

 The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL &,
MHO characteristic.
 Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an X/R ratio of ≥40

 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be wired
CERTIFIED from a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. separate trip relays
and separate inter trip receive relays.

BY:
 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure shall block the operation of the distance
DATE:
protection.

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones.

 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current reversal
condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable for
two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each zone
shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below:
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS

Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 
 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic

Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring
DESCRIPTION

time shall not exceed one cycle.

 The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following
additional functions such as:
 Zone 1 ext. scheme
 Transfer trip scheme
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering

PREPARED BY: ARS  Voltage circuit supervision
DATE:
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking
CHK’D BY:
(including reverse measurement elements).
 All the additional logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-
APPROVED

feed have to be included ( current reversal guard), facility for single-pole trip,
power swing blocking function (with selectable zones)
 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding in case of requirement.
 Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines
is to be made available.
 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall
be suitable for activation by external binary.
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for
use in case of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than
CERTIFIED
100ms.

BY:
 This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it
DATE: should be possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may
be) with the following requirements:

 Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive

signal initiated from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others),
also the carrier send signal (CS) might be issued in parallel both from an
overreaching zone and an under reaching, independent tripping zone.

 The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged
THIS DOCUMENT IS while the carrier send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING permissive signal shall permit the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal
CRG, must always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence
of the CRG signal for a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used
as a CR signal, This shall enables a permissive scheme to operate when the line
DESCRIPTION

fault blocks the signal transmission or a coincidence of signal loss and the fault
time occurs .The carrier received signal created by the unblocking function is
reset (150 ms after the security timer has elapsed. When that occurs an output
signal is activated for signaling purpose. The unblocking function is reset 200
ms after that the guard signal is present again.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Switch on to fault Feature:
PREPARED BY: ARS
The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
DATE:

CHK’D BY: relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such
cases to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that
APPROVED only external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch
or breaker auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary

 DEF as Built-in function in MAIN- 1 Box & MAIN-2 Box:

 Shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have back up
element settings.

 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The

relay shall have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the

CERTIFIED
harmonics on the system or generated during CT saturation conditions.


 Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for

BY: high resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fiber optics, with
echo-back feature for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault
DATE:

level lines. The operating mode shall be selectable for Permissive Over-
reaching and Directional Comparison Blocking Scheme. Features for
preventing mal-operation of the relay under current reverse conditions shall
be provided. The protection, in cooperation with main distance protection,
shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating time of the relay shall be
such that transient faults do not get converted into permanent-faults. The
protection, in addition to providing instantaneous trip for 100% of the line
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR length, shall provide definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such that remote
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING backup trip facility shall be available. However, above mentioned definite time
MATERIALS

delayed trip shall be wired through selectable link such that it can be removed
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

or brought in as and when required by Company. The protection shall initiate

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-mechanically operated trip

relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec. The protection
and all associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for following
additional functions:
DESCRIPTION

 Annunciation at Station HMI

 SOE Alarm
 SCADA Remote Alarm
 Station fault recorder
 Reclose initiation
NO.

1
3

 Reclose-Blocking
REVISIONS
 Breaker failure initiation
ARS
 Carrier or Communication system signaling
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate
the operation of the relay & faulted phase.
APPROVED

 The relay shall be provided with On-line testing facilities. The protection shall
be suitable for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The
MTA or characteristics angle of the relay shall be to match application and as
approved by Company.

2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING.

 The Contractor shall install Multi-function Numerical Type Auto Reclose relay independent
for Each Controlling CB from National Grid SA Latest Approved Relay List.


 All 380 kV OHL Feeders shall be provided with Auto Reclosure feature.
CERTIFIED

 The scheme shall be tailored to meet the CB switching requirement associated with Breaker
BY:

DATE:
and Half switchgear.


 The Reclosure of the line shall be through the Bus side CB (the leader) at first and after the
successful Auto Reclosing of the Bus side CB the middle CB (the follower) shall be closed
subsequently after the set time delay. If the Bus side CB failed to close the mid CB shall
automatically be blocked.


 Auto-Reclose of the specific circuit-breaker shall be enabled by protection provided that

immediately prior to the protection operation:

THIS DOCUMENT IS  The CB was closed,

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  The “energy” input from respective CB’(s) indicate sufficient stored energy
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND to perform auto Reclose cycle and
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Auto Reclose for respective CB is not switched out of service and is not
lockout.
 In case of Double circuit fault Auto Reclosing on both the lines shall not be
allowed simultaneously.
DESCRIPTION

 If the Auto Reclosure of Bus Side CB is out of service or the Bus side CB (X10/X 50) is under
maintenance and the line is energized only from the Mid CB(X30) then the first Auto
Reclosing sequence after the transient fault shall be switched to middle CB.


 The bus-side CB shall follow either live-bus/dead bus or Synchrocheck closing modes. The
NO.

mid breaker shall follow the bus side breaker and close on synchronous check condition.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
The Auto Reclosing of 2nd CB should have about 300-2000 m sec settable time Delay.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 When two adjacent lines in the same bay of one-and-a-half circuit-breaker substation
CHK’D BY:
arrangement are each controlled by auto-Reclosing relays, the auto-Reclosing schemes of
both lines shall be designed such that in the event of concurrent auto-Reclose cycles on both
APPROVED
circuits, the middle CB shall Reclose only when the required conditions are satisfied by
auto-Reclosing relays of both the lines. IN case of 2nd Bay with other plant primary
equipment the AR of middle CB shall only be allowed when 2nd bay equipment was in
service prior to fault conditions on the OHL and not blocked from the protection of 2nd bay.

 The Contractor shall install Auto Reclosure IN/OUT selection with While lamp for OUT
indication at Protection Panel. AR IN/OUT selection shall also be possible from Station
HMI and from Remote CRCC, The IN/OUT indication shall also be available at Station
HMI and at CRCC.
 Single IED for AR for two Controlling CBs in 1½ Breaker scheme can be accepted
provided it will Satisfy all the above stated requirements.
CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE: 2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

 Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU.
 The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range

 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT

input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

 For Auto Reclosing the check synchronizing 25A the built in feature of the AR relay shall be
DESCRIPTION

adopted for Synchrocheck function. No independent IED shall be required for check
synchronizing.


 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same Diameter
or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such that in case one
NO.

1
3

circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close the CBs of the
REVISIONS
Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from remote end first or from
ARS
the local end first.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED
 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay MAIN-1,
MAIN-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI and at
remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when each
protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro SCADA
station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through communication gate
ways.
CERTIFIED
 All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch.

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
BY:

DATE: requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME

A. Communication for Line Differential Protection 87L1 & 87L2

 The Communication between two ends 87L Relays shall be as per the attached 380kV
THIS DOCUMENT IS Communication Diagram Fig.#2
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Main Communication shall be through Pair of Dark Fiber with speed of communication
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 2Mps and redundant shall be through 2Mbps Data Channel (E1-SDH).

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Contractor shall Provide Media Converter to convert Optical Relay Out put Signal to E1
SDH (2Mbps) Galvanic Signal.

 To avoid any electrical interference the Media Converters shall be installed in the
Communication Room and the Contractor will provide install connect and Commission the
DESCRIPTION

F.O cable between the Protection IEDs in the Control Room to Media Converters in the
Communication Room.

 The two end Relays shall communicate on main F.O Dark Pair connection in case of failure
of failure of main connection the Relays automatically switchover to Redundant channel. In
NO.

case of restoration of main connection the communication shall be switched back to the
2

1
3

REVISIONS
main.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 In case the line length is greater than the recommended line length for the Offered
CHK’D BY:
87L protection IED to work on Pair of Dark Fiber without repeaters then the
Contractor shall adopt Media Converters for Main and Redundant Communication for
APPROVED
two end 87L Protection IEDs.

B. Protection Signaling Equipment.

 The distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1) and distance &
directional earth fault protection of MAIN-2(21-2 & 67N-2) shall operate in accordance with
protection philosophy described in National Grid SA , Standards.


 The Distance protection of MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall work in permissive Over reaching
scheme.


 The directional earth fault function associated with MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be used for
CERTIFIED

permissive over reaching using protection signaling equipment.

BY:
The protection signaling associated with MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1), MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-2) and
DATE:

Intertrip Send/Receive system shall be arranged via sixteen channels using two diverse OLS
systems. The allocation of signaling channels shall be as follows:

 First Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-1
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto OLS-1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Reclose)

(21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

DESCRIPTION

Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-1

Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-1
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto OLS-1
Reclose)
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Second Optical Line System
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: (21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection
CHK’D BY:

Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-2

APPROVED
Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-2
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2
Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto OLS-2
Reclose)

(21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-2

Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-2

Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-2
CERTIFIED

Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto OLS-2

Reclose)
BY:

DATE:
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto OLS-2
Reclose)

For more Details for Communication Equipment the Contractor shall Refer to
Telecommunication Requirements Appendix VI of the PTS.

Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote
location must be possible.

2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT.

DESCRIPTION

The Contractor has to provide the following Panels:

 MAIN-1 and associated equipment.

 MAIN-2 and associated equipment .
 UVF/OV Relay, AR & I/T S/R and Associated equipment.
 87TEE1 & 87TEE1 and associated equipment.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  87R1 and CBF1 and associated equipment.

PREPARED BY: ARS  87R2 and CBF 2 and associated Auxiliary equipment.
DATE:
 Grounding Reactor Protection PD Protection & TCS Relays for KX70 CB.
CHK’D BY:

As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in the
APPROVED

National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as recommended by

the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C Approval. After allocation of all
alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at least 20% spare windows for future
use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I
and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32
windows. From bay Control unit all signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching
communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

2.3TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

CERTIFIED

 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection.
BY:

DATE:  The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and connected
to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1 and main two
shall be fed from DC system 2.
 To include the Shunt reactor connection under the TEE connection Protection 2x3 CTs
shall be installed after the Shunt reactor CB identical to the CTs for TEE connection
protection and shall be connected back to back to create the Unit zone of protection. CT
Positioning of 87R1 and 87R2 shall be before the Shunt reactor Controlling CB to create
overlapping zones of protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV OHTL Bays.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV OHL Feeders shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and
the short section of bus to 380kV OHL. This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets
of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix overlapping the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set
DESCRIPTION

of 2 x 3-phase out door CTs at each connection end of 380kV OHL which shall also cover
the line terminals and 2x3 CTs in Shunt reactor CB. Please refer to CT table. These shall
be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone. Two Numerical
type High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires
and shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT
NO.

1
3

supervision and shorting and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided.
REVISIONS

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the line protection IEDs stated above for
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: OHL protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets.
CHK’D BY:

 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High

APPROVED
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more
than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.

 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

 The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

CERTIFIED  380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
BY:  380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
DATE:
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
DATED
tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
breakers, block auto Reclosure, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the
associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end circuit-breaker, initiate
alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.
DESCRIPTION

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 2.4 SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION

The two sets of High Impedance protection shall be provided for the Shunt Reactor.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 The CT before the SR CB and the 2 x 3 CTs in the neutral bushing of the SR shall be
APPROVED
connected back to back to back to make a unit zone of the protection.

 Shunt Reactor Main 1 (87R1) and Main 2 (87R2) Protections shall be multifunction
Numerical type IED with High Impedance Protection as main function each from
different Manufacture.

 The complete Reactor protection panels satisfying NG-SA Specifications and as detailed in
this document shall be provided. It includes tripping Relays trip L/O Relays intertrip send
receive Relays.

 The Inter-trip send from the reactor protection shall send I/T on 85S1-2 and 85S2-2 via
CERTIFIED
the Reactor Disconnector Auxiliary contacts. Each 87R1 and 87R2 shall activate its own
trip L/O Relay 86R1 and 86R2.
BY:
 Along with the 87R1 and 87R2 the Contractor shall provide Multifunction Numerical
DATE:

Device with Back up O/C and E/F (50/51+50N+51N) as the main function and shall be
connected with the CT 3 of the Hybrid/Dead tank CB Bay.

 87R1, 87 R2 shall operate through independent Trip L/O Relays and shall have
independent Alarm and Indications for Operation and Relay Faulty. 87R1 shall be fed
from DC System one and 87R2 shall fed from DC system 2. Each Radially fed DC supply
shall be supervised at the end of the Loop.

 The Contractor shall provide CBF1 and CBF 2 Numerical type multifunction Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR IEDs for Shunt Reactor CB from two different Manufacturers and shall be connected with
CONSTRUCTION OR

CT-3 along with the FDR unit as indicated in the CT table above.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Each Tripping Relays and Trip L/O relay shall initiate CBF1 and CBF 2 of the Controlling

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CB. Trip L/O Relays also provide close block of associated CBs. 86R1 shall operate
through Trip Coil one and 86R2 shall Operate through Trip Coil 2 of the controlling CBs.
86BU (O/C & E/F) and 86GR shall operate through Trip Coil one and Trip Coil2.
DESCRIPTION

 The CBF I and CBF 2 Protections of Hybrid/Dead tank CB shall operate through their own
Trip L/O relays 86CBF1 and 86CBF 2 and trip the Associated Controlling CBs of the Bay
Matrix, send I/T to remote on 85S1-2 & 85S2-2, give close block to the Line controlling
CBs, give local and remote indications signal to FR & SOE. The signals shall check the
status of Shunt reactor that Shunt reactor Disconnector is closed and Shunt reactor is in
NO.

service condition. CBF1 shall be fed from DC system 1 and CBF2 from DC system 2.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
 The Shunt Reactor Controlling CB shall have complete Trip Circuit Supervision as per the
ARS
PREPARED BY:
NG-SA standards. Independent LCC Panel and independent BCU shall be provided for
DATE:

CHK’D BY: Shunt Reactor CB. The Shunt Reactor CB if single pole Operated shall have Pole
Discrepancy protection as per NG-SA standards.
APPROVED

 The Contractor Shall Provide 87GR as indicated in the Optimized PLD. It shall operate
through 86GR.

 The Contractor shall provide 50G/51G GR, 51N & 64GR multifunction numerical type
protection IEDs as indicated in the attached Typical Protection Diagram. 50G/51G shall
Operate through 86R1 and 51NGR & 64GR through independent L/O relay.

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay 87R1,
87R2 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty
alarm and shall be operable from Protection Panels only with Back indications at Station
HMI and to remote CRCC. A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay
CERTIFIED

panel to indicate when each protection is out of service. All the out puts from the
BY: protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch. The Relays selected shall have
adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function requirements there must be at least
DATE:

20% spare contacts for future use. All used contacts shall be designated for their
functionality and spare contacts shall be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks
with proper labelling.

Alarm indications shall be as per the SEC specifications 35-TMMS-05 and TES-P-119-27
and as recommended by the manufacturer.

The Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The Mechanical as per national Grid SA Specifications for Shunt reactor shall be as
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
follows:
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Pressure Relief Protection.

 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
 Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.
DESCRIPTION

 The Shunt Reactor shall have mechanical protection. Buchhalz shall operate through 86R2
Relay and Winding Temperature shall operate through self-reset Trip Relay.

 The shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection shall be integrated with SAS through
independent I/O Modules.
NO.

 Each shunt Reactor protection shall have independent Indication. Each CT

2

1
3

REVISIONS
supervision shall also have independent Indication.
PREPARED BY: ARS  87R1 Operated.
DATE:
 87R1 faulty.
CHK’D BY:

 87R2 operated.
 87R2 faulty.
APPROVED

 Shunt Reactor O/C & E/F operated.

 Shunt reactor O/C & E/F Faulty.
 87GR Operated.
 87GR Faulty.
 51N NGR Operated.
 51NGR Faulty.
 64GR Operated
 64GR Faulty.
 Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.
CERTIFIED
 Pressure Relief Protection.
 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
BY:  Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
DATE:
 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.
 CT Open Circuit.
 CT Supervision Faulty.

 The Trip L/O Relays shall be Hand/Electrical Reset and Electrical Resetting shall also
be possible from Remote through Station Gate Ways.

 The Tripping scheme for the OHL associated with shunt Reactors shall be decided after
the system detailed studies and required modification to implement the scheme as per
THIS DOCUMENT IS the system requirement shall fall under the scope of this project.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING DC Supplies
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The DC Supplies for Shunt Reactor shall be Directly Derived from DCDB system one ±R1 for
87R1 and from DC system 2 ±R2 for 87R2 via MCBs of appropriate rating with NC contacts
for remote alarm. And Branched in the Protection Panel as per the NG Standards.
Set one protection and its Associated Supplied shall be fed from DC System 1 and Set two
DESCRIPTION

Protection and its Associated Supplies shall be fed from DC System 2.

For 380kV Hybrid CB LCC Panels shall be installed as per the PTS. The Contractor has to provide
Annunciators in LCC panels as per SEC standards and as detailed in the Sec Specifications 38-
TMMS-05 , TES-P-119-27 and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be
subject to PED-C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there
must be at least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas
NO.

compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that
2

1
3

REVISIONS one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all signaling
shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The Hybrid CB shall have independent BCU.
CHK’D BY:

Note: The Tripping of Shunt Reactor CB on line fault (Transient or Permanent) and from
Inter trip and vice versa shall be as per the system studies and as per the system
APPROVED requirements at the time of detail engineering/Commissioning. The Contractor is
responsible to modify the scheme as per the SEC requirement.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is
present or not
CERTIFIED  Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy

BY:
Panels.
DATE:

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV OHL feeder protection MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be via
appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the
Substation.
 It shall energise the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate the
circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end
circuit-breakers, initiate/inhibit auto-Reclosure of associated CBs, initiate alarms,
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  All tripping shall be hard wired.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

A. Feeder Protection Tripping Relays:

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The MAIN-1 (87L-1+ 21-1 Zone 1+ 67N-1 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one self
tripping Relay (94F-1) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the
contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel.
DESCRIPTION

94F-1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.
NO.

1
3

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

REVISIONS

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.
CHK’D BY:
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.
 Alarm/Indication.
APPROVED

 SOE.

One L/O Relay (86F1-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPFM (21-1) & (67N-1). If one Relay is not enough then the contractor
shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel

86F1-BU Shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
CERTIFIED
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
BY:  Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
DATE:

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  BCU.
CONSTRUCTION OR

 Alarm/Indication.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Auto reset timer.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 SOE.

The MAIN-2 (87L-2+ 21-2 Zone 1+ 67N-2 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one self
tripping Relay (94F-2) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the
contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel.
DESCRIPTION

94F-2 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
NO.

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
ARS
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.
APPROVED
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

One L/O Relay (86F2-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPSM (21-2) & (67N-2). If one Relay is not enough then the contractor
shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel
86F2-BU Shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
CERTIFIED  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
BY:  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
DATE:
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 BCU.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Alarm/Indication.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Auto reset timer.

 SOE.

The Self Reset Relays and L/O Relays shall be heavy duty and Relay capability is proven
DESCRIPTION

according to the relevant circuit parameters and trip coil ratings. The L/O relays shall
have Auto Rest Facility

B. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

86TEE-1 shall initiate:

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
PREPARED BY: ARS  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
APPROVED
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 SOE.

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

CERTIFIED

86TEE-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
BY:

DATE:  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Alarm/Indication
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  BCU.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  SOE.
DATED

86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3.3 INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME.

The independent Intertrip Send and Receive Relays shall be provided. The I/T send
Relays shall be designated as 85S1-1, 85S1-2, 85S2-1 & 85S2-2. Similarly I/T Receive
DESCRIPTION

relays shall be designated as 85R1-1, 85R1-2, 85R2-1 & 85R2-2.

Inter-Trip Send Relays:

85S1-1 Shall be operated from: 94F-1.
85S1-2 Shall be operated from: 86F1-BU, 86TEE-1, 86CBF 1 & PD Stage II.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 85S2-1 shall be operated from: 94F-2

PREPARED BY: ARS 85S2-2 shall be operated from: 86F2-BU, 86TEE-2, 86CBF2 & PD Stage II.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
Inter-Trip Receive Relays:
855R1-1 Shall be operated from Signal receive from: 85S1-1 of the remote end.
APPROVED

85R1-1 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

CERTIFIED
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.

BY:
 SOE.
DATE:

85R1-2 shall be operated from: 85S1-2 of the remote end.

85R1-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
DATED
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Auto reset timer.
 SOE.
DESCRIPTION

85R2-1 shall be operated from: 85S2-1 of the remote end.

85R2-1 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
NO.

1
3

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

REVISIONS
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.
CHK’D BY:
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault recorder.
APPROVED

 Alarm/Indication
 Auto reset timer.
 SOE.

85R2-2 shall be operated from: 85S2-2 of the remote end.

85R2-2 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2
CERTIFIED

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
BY:

DATE:  Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Auto reset timer.
 SOE.

For communication Channels Requirements for the inter trip send receive functions shall
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING be forwarded to the Telecommunication Department well before time so that these can be
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED arranged.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 23
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

There must be Soft Ware Interlock along with Hard wired interlock by Wiring L/O Relays
contacts to BCU.
DESCRIPTION

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

A. In Bay Matrix.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF
PREPARED BY: ARS Sr. No.
PROTECTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection
CT 1-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
APPROVED

2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection

CT 2-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Spare
Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar
Rct< 5 ohms. Protection
87 BB2
CERTIFIED
6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar
Rct< 5 ohms Protection
BY: 87BB2
DATE:

B. CTs in the GIS For Line Protection,.

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-1

3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-2+FR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3. CT9 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 24
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The CT characteristics for MAIN-1 MAIN-2 shall match with the remote end.
C. Out Door CTs for TEE connection protection
DESCRIPTION

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE

2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Connection
NO.

1
3

Protection 1.
REVISIONS
2. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Connection
CHK’D BY: Protection 2.

APPROVED

D. CT for Shunt Reactor Out Door/Hybrid CB:

Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Reactor Connection Differential

ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection (87 R1).
2. 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Reactor Connection Differential
ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection (87 R2).
3. 3X600-300/1A, 60-30VA, 5P20 50/50N+51/51N+CBF1+CBF2+
FR
4. 3X600-300/1A, 30-15VA, 0.2 Fs5 Metering
CERTIFIED 5. 3X3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection Protection 1.
Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25-35 mA
6. 3X3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection Protection 2.
Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25-35 mA
BY:

DATE:

E. CTs in the Bushings of the Reactor:

Bushing Designation CURRENT

TYPE OF
Sr. No. TRANSFORMER
PROTECTION
DETAILS
1. L-C-1 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
380kV ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA

THIS DOCUMENT IS
2. 380kV L-C-2 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
NOT TO BE USED FOR Bushing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
3. 380kV L.C-3 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
DATED Bushing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 25
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

4. Reactor CT as per Manufacturer Winding

winding Design Temperature
( 49)
5. Three Phase N.C-1 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Grounding
neutral ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Reactor
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Differential
DESCRIPTION

(3CTs) Protection
87GR
6. Three Phase N.C-2 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Reactor
neutral ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Differential
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection
(3CTs) Main 1 (87 R1)
NO.

7. Connector N.C-3 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Reactor

2

1
3

REVISIONS Design CT in ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Differential

neutral 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection
PREPARED BY: ARS Bushing Main 2 (87 R2)
DATE: (3CTs)
CHK’D BY:

8. Reactor (RG C-1) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 50G/51G + FR.

Grounding CT 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
APPROVED 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
9. Grounding ( NRG-C1) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 51NGR,
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
10. Grounding ( NRG-C2) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 87GR
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
11. Grounding ( NRG-C3) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ Spare
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
CERTIFIED
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
12. Earthing CT-GR 1X 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct 64GR
BY:
Connection ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
DATE:
( Body Earth 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection)

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to
enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions without any
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 26
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3phase GIS VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
DESCRIPTION

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

PREPARED BY: ARS
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
DATE:

CHK’D BY: OPDS-XXX-002. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-02**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 27
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 27
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-03
DESCRIPTION

380 -230KV UNDER GROUND CABLE

PROTECTION WITH OUT SHUNT REACTOR.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS CONTENTS
ARS
1. INTRODUCTION
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE UGC PROTECTION

APPROVED
2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

CERTIFIED
3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
BY:

DATE: 3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

3.3 INTER TRIP SEND & RECEIVE SCHEME.

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV UNDER GROUND
CABLE protection.
DESCRIPTION

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main line protection and must
be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: (appendix VII), in the PTS.
CHK’D BY:

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
APPROVED

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
CERTIFIED
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
BY:
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
DATE:
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above. Full
testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the 380-
230kV OHL shall fall the under the scope of this contract.

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE UGC PROTECTION

THIS DOCUMENT IS 2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING The 380kV OHL protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED following Main multi functions:

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Box # 1: MAIN-1 & Box #2: MAIN-2.

 Phase segregated current Line differential protection as a main.
 Distance protection
 Directional earth fault Protection.
DESCRIPTION

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit breakers fail Protection.
 Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
 Fuse failure supervision.
NO.

1
3

 Direct Transfer trip

REVISIONS
 Auto Reclosing.
PREPARED BY: ARS
 Check synchronizing.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  FR & Fault Locator.

 Event Recorder.
APPROVED  Disturbance Recorder.

Box # 3:
Under Voltage and Over Voltage protection IED having three independent
settable stages for OV & UV settings with adequate range.

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

CERTIFIED
 Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential
protection and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main
Functions ,
BY:

 Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores and one
DATE:

E 1 data channel to achieve the redundancy.

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle

using 'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type using
three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar relay.

 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV &
EHV O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection shall
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR be designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults and 3-
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING phase faults with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT principle to
MATERIALS

change three single phase comparison to one single phase comparison.

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
DESCRIPTION

 Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3, 4
and more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input with its
own dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to provide
reliable protection not affected by transmission delays and communication switching
etc. Multi-terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH or Low
NO.

1
3

density or medium density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS  The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical type.
DATE: It shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703
CHK’D BY:
conversion and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment
shall be standard device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The
APPROVED
details and compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned
communication department}.

 The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally
or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-
operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc
disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through relay
panel, computer and from remote location must be possible. The relay shall be
equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation. The relay shall

CERTIFIED
have back-up distance, directional phase & ground fault and directional comparison
E/F protection features.

BY:  The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
DATE:
Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC &Inst). The
features for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone
protection .

 The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall
have self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules,
memory and other major components like power supply) as well as communication
channel supervision.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
facility. All the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED remotely through separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

information and fault data along various states of the input quantities from the start of
the disturbance to end shall be available for last 3 records on nonvolatile memory and
alarm/event data for last 10 alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.

 The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.
DESCRIPTION

 The relay ratings and ranges:

 Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.
 125DC or as per the S/S DC Supply.
 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)

PREPARED BY: ARS  Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)

DATE:  Accuracy range up to 30In
CHK’D BY:
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

APPROVED  The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL &,
MHO characteristic.
 Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an X/R ratio of ≥40

 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be wired
from a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. separate trip relays
and separate inter trip receive relays.

 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure shall block the operation of the distance

CERTIFIED
protection.

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones.

BY:
 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current reversal
DATE:

condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable for
two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each zone
shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.

 For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below:

 Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring
time shall not exceed one cycle.
 The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following
additional functions such as:
DESCRIPTION

 Zone 1 ext. scheme

 Transfer trip scheme
 Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering
 Voltage circuit supervision
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking
NO.

1
3

(including reverse measurement elements).

REVISIONS
 All the additional logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-
ARS
feed have to be included ( current reversal guard), facility for single-pole trip,
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: power swing blocking function (with selectable zones)

 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding incase of requirement.
APPROVED  Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines is
to be made available.
 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall
be suitable for activation by external binary.
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for use
in case of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than 100ms.

 This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it

should be possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may
be) with the following requirements:
CERTIFIED

 Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive

signal initiated from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others),
BY:

DATE: also the carrier send signal (CS) might be issued in parallel both from an
overreaching zone and an under reaching, independent tripping zone.

 The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged
while the carrier send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the
permissive signal shall permit the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.

 Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal
CRG, must always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence
THIS DOCUMENT IS of
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING

the CRG signal for a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 
DATED
a CR signal, This shall enables a permissive scheme to operate when the line

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

fault blocks the signal transmission or a coincidence of signal loss and the fault
time occurs .The carrier received signal created by the unblocking function is
reset (150ms after the security timer has elapsed. When that occurs an output
signal is activated for signaling purpose. The unblocking function is reset
DESCRIPTION

200ms after that the guard signal is present again.

 Switch on to fault Feature:

The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at
the relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line,
NO.

such cases to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted

2

1
3

REVISIONS
that only external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing
PREPARED BY: ARS switch or breaker auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
necessary

 DEF as Built-in function in MAIN- 1 Box & MAIN-2 Box:

APPROVED

 Shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have back up
element settings.

 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The

relay shall have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the
harmonics on the system or generated during CT saturation conditions.

 Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for

high resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fiber optics, with
CERTIFIED echo-back feature for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault
level lines. The operating mode shall be selectable for Permissive Over-

BY:
reaching and Directional Comparison Blocking Scheme. Features for
DATE: preventing mal-operation of the relay under current reverse conditions shall
be provided. The protection, in cooperation with main distance protection,
shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating time of the relay shall
be such that transient faults do not get converted into permanent-faults. The
protection, in addition to providing instantaneous trip for 100% of the line
length, shall provide definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such that remote
backup trip facility shall be available. However, above mentioned definite
time delayed trip shall be wired through selectable link such that it can be
THIS DOCUMENT IS removed or brought in as and when required by Company. The protection
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING shall initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-mechanically
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND operated trip relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The protection and all associated timers shall be provided with various
contacts for following additional functions:
 Annunciation at Station HMI
 SOE Alarm
DESCRIPTION

 SCADA Remote Alarm

 Station fault recorder
 Reclose initiation
 Reclose-Blocking
 Breaker failure initiation
NO.

1
3

 Carrier or Communication system signaling

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS  Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate
DATE: the operation of the relay & faulted phase.
CHK’D BY:

 The relay shall be provided with On-line testing facilities. The protection shall
APPROVED be suitable for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The
MTA or characteristics angle of the relay shall be to match application and as
approved by Company.

2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU provided BCU shall
fulfill the Following conditions. If not then Independent Protection IED shall be provided in the
LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.
 The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

CERTIFIED
 Voltage Difference Settable in range
 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001
BY:

DATE:
Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree
or less.
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three
pole fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent

THIS DOCUMENT IS
VT input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Synchronizing.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such
that in case one
circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close the CBs of the
DESCRIPTION

Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from remote end first or
from the local end first.

2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
NO.

MAIN-1, MAIN-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
CHK’D BY:
HMI and at remote CRCC.

 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
APPROVED

when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.

 All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch.

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
CERTIFIED

2.2.4 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME

BY:

DATE:
A. Communication for Line Differential Protection 87L1 & 87L2

 The Communication between two ends 87L Relays shall be as per the attached
380kV Standard Communication Diagram.Fig2

 Main Communication shall be through Pair of Dark Fiber with speed of

communication 2Mps and redundant shall be through 2Mbps Data Channel (E1-
SDH).

 The Contractor shall Provide Media Converter to convert Optical Relay Out put
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Signal to E1 SDH (2Mbps) Galvanic Signal.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 To avoid any electrical interference the Media Converters shall be installed in
DATED
the Communication Room and the Contractor will provide install connect and

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Commission the F.O cable between the Protection IEDs in the Control Room to
Media Converters in the Communication Room.

 The two end Relays shall communicate on main F.O Dark Pair connection in case
DESCRIPTION

of failure of failure of main connection the Relays automatically switchover to

Redundant channel. In case of restoration of main connection the
communication shall be switched back to the main.

B. Protection Signaling Equipment.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1) and distance

PREPARED BY: ARS

& directional earth fault protection of MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-2) shall operate in
DATE: accordance with protection philosophy described in National Grid SA , Standards.
CHK’D BY:

The Distance protection of MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall work in permissive Over reaching
APPROVED scheme.

The directional earth fault function associated with MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be used for
permissive over reaching using protection signaling equipment.

The protection signaling associated with MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1), MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-
2) and Intertrip Send/Receive system shall be arranged via sixteen channels using two
diverse OLS systems. The allocation of signaling channels shall be as follows:

CERTIFIED

BY: First Optical Line System

DATE:

(21-1 & 67N-1) MAIN-1 Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

Channel-1 MAIN-1 DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-1

Channel-2 MAIN-1 DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-1
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip OLS-1
Channel-4 Spare OLS-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
(21-2 & 67N-2) MAIN-2 Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Channel-5 MAIN-2 DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-6 MAIN-267N-2 (POR) OLS-1

Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip OLS-1
Channel-8 Spare OLS-1
DESCRIPTION

Second Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) MAIN-1 Distance + DEF Protection

Channel-1 MAIN-1 DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-2

NO.

1
3

Channel-2 MAIN-1 DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-2

REVISIONS
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip OLS-2
ARS
Channel-4 Spare OLS-2
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

(21-2 & 67N-2) MAIN-2 Distance + DEF Protection OLS-2

APPROVED

Channel-5 MAIN-2 DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-2

Channel-6 MAIN-2DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-2
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip OLS-2
Channel-8 Spare OLS-2

For more Details for Communication Equipment the Contractor shall Refer to
Telecommunication Requirements Appendix VI of the PTS.

Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
CERTIFIED
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
BY:

DATE:
The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally
or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate
due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All
the required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from
remote location must be possible.

2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT.

The Contractor has to provide the following:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  MAIN-1, I/T S/R UV/OV Relay and associated equipment.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 MAIN-2, I/T SR Relay and associated equipment
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  87TEE1 & 87TEE2 and associated equipment.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in
the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C
DESCRIPTION

Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at
least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas compartment
shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one
Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all
signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the
NO.

1
3

SAS Appendix XIV.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 2.3TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection.
APPROVED
 The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and connected
to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1 and main two
shall be fed from DC system 2.

 To cover the entire portion of the GIS including cable termination/Cable sealing ends for
380kV OHL bays one set of 2x 3 out door type CTs shall be provided at the end of GIS each
CT has two cores one for TEE protection main one and 2nd for TEE protection main two.
Before these CTs set of CTs shall be provided in the GIS for Main-1 & MAIN-2. So that to
achieve overlapping zones of the protection.
CERTIFIED
 For the bays to be connected with Transformers the Bushing CTs of the Transformer shall
be utilized for TEE connection protection.
BY:

DATE:  The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.

 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380-230Kv UGC Bays.

 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV UG Feeders shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and
the short section of bus to 380kV UGC. The contractor shall provide two sets of dedicated
unit protection for the above feeders. This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets
of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix overlapping the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR of 2 x 3-phase Ring type CTs below the Cable Termination.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 CT’s shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone. Two
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Numerical type High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

bus wires and shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems. The
complete CT supervision and shorting and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall
be provided.

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the line protection IEDs stated above for
DESCRIPTION

OHL protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets.

 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more
NO.

than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
CHK’D BY:
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

APPROVED  The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.
CERTIFIED

 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
BY:

DATE:
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
breakers, block auto Reclosure, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the
associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end circuit-breaker, initiate
THIS DOCUMENT IS alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.
DESCRIPTION

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
NO.

1
3

supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip
REVISIONS
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is
ARS
present or not
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy
APPROVED Panels.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV UGC feeder protection MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be via
appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the
Substation.
 It shall energise the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate the
circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end
circuit-breakers, initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
CERTIFIED
 All tripping shall be hard wired.

BY:
A. Feeder Protection Tripping Relays:
The MAIN-1 (87L-1+ 21-1 Zone 1+ 67N-1 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one LOUCK
DATE:

OUT tripping Relay (86F-1) with H/E Reset of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not
enough then the contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel

86F-1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Close Block to Associated CBs.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 1.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.

 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
DESCRIPTION

One L/O Relay (86F1-BU) hand /electrical shall be activated from all the delayed zones
of FPFM (21-1) & (67N-1).
86F1-BU Shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
NO.

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
ARS
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
APPROVED
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 2.
 Give Close Block to associated CBs.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
CERTIFIED

The MAIN-2 (87L-2+ 21-2 Zone 1+ 67N-2 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one Lock
BY: out tripping Relay (86F-2) H/E Reset with adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not
DATE:
enough then the contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel.
86F-2 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 1.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Give Close Block to associated CBs.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  BCU.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
One L/O Relay (86F2-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPSM (21-2) & (67N-2).
DESCRIPTION

86F2-BU Shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
NO.

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
ARS
CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Inter-trip send via 85S1on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.
APPROVED
 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 2.
 Give Close Block to associated CBs.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

The L/O Relays shall be heavy duty and Relay capability is proven according to the
relevant circuit parameters and trip coil ratings. The L/O relays shall have Auto Rest
CERTIFIED
Facility

B. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

BY:
86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).
DATE:

86TEE-1 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1 OLS system 1.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  Inter-trip sends via 85S1 OLS system 2.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
Give Close Block to associated CBs.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 SOE.

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

86TEE-2 shall initiate:
DESCRIPTION

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S2 OLS system 1.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Inter-trip sends via 85S2 OLS system 2.
PREPARED BY: ARS  Close Block of Associated CBs.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Alarm/Indication

 BCU.
APPROVED
 SOE.
All Tripping Relays as stated above shall have Remote Rest Facility through
SCADA Gate Ways.

3.3 INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME.

The independent Intertrip Send and Receive Relays shall be provided. The I/T send
Relays shall be designated as 85S1, & 85S2. Similarly I/T Receive relays shall be
designated as 85R1 & 85R2.

Inter-Trip Send Relays:

CERTIFIED

85S1 Shall be operated from: 86F1, 86F1-BU, 86TEE-1, 86CBF 1, CBF2

BY: & PD Stage II.
DATE:

85S2 shall be operated from: 86F2, 86F2-BU, 86TEE-2, 86CBF1, 86CBF2

& PD Stage II.
85S1 and 85S2 shall check the Status of Line Disconnector to send the I/T to Remote.

Inter-Trip Receive Relays:

855R1 Shall be operated from Signal receive from: 85S1 of the remote end.

85R1 shall initiate:

THIS DOCUMENT IS  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1&2.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1&2.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
DESCRIPTION

85R2 shall be operated from: 85S2 of the remote end.

85R2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

PREPARED BY: ARS  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
APPROVED  Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Auto reset timer.
 SOE.

For communication Channels Requirements for the inter trip send receive functions shall
be forwarded to the Telecommunication Department well before time so that these can be
arranged.
There must be Soft Ware Interlock along with Hard wired interlock by Wiring L/O Relays
CERTIFIED contacts to BCU.

BY:
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
DATE:

A. In Bay Matrix.

Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, CBF1 + CBF2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CT 3-2 Vk>3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA

4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
DESCRIPTION

Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2

6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2

B. CTs in the GIS For Line Protection,.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Designation
ARS
TYPE OF
PREPARED BY:
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
DATE: PROTECTION
CHK’D BY:

1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-1

APPROVED 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-2+FR
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
3. CT9 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering

C. Ring Type CTs bellow Cable Termination for TEE connection Protection.
Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
CERTIFIED

2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.

BY: 2. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
DATE:
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.

The CT characteristics for MAIN-1 MAIN-2 shall match with the remote end.
The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR factor of 1.2 at 55°.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3phase GIS VT:

 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
DESCRIPTION

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS. All VT
Secondary.

DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

NO.

1
3

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
REVISIONS
OPDS-XXX-003. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
PREPARED BY: ARS
attached with the PTS.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-03**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 20
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-04
DESCRIPTION

380 -230kV BUS SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION.

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 1. INTRODUCTION

DATE:

CHK’D BY: 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION.

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

APPROVED
2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

2.4 SHUNT REACTOR MECHANICAL PROTECTION.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
CERTIFIED
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
BY:

DATE:

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV Bus Shunt
reactor connected directly with 380kV GIS Bay.
DESCRIPTION

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main Shunt Reactor
protection and must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple
protection functions, included in the same protection IED’s unit.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
NO.

1
3

connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.

REVISIONS
The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
CHK’D BY:
(appendix VII), in the PTS.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
APPROVED

PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. In addition to above Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in
the Protection Panel to Integrate Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection Signals with SAS .
CERTIFIED

The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through the I/O Box installed in the
BY: Panel.
DATE:
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through Substation General
Alarm interface panels.

a) I/O Box IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)

b) Main DC Supply to the I/O Box IED fail.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above. Full
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the 380-
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 230kV OHL shall fall the under the scope of this contract.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

DESCRIPTION

Bus shunt reactors will be protected by 5 Box’s protection IED’s as follows:

Box # 1(87R1): MAIN-1 & Box #2(87R2): MAIN-2.

 Both Box’s High Impedance Protection as main function
 The 87R1 and 87R2 shall be from two different manufacturers.
NO.

Back Up Protection Box # 3

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 Instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS  Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.

APPROVED
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
Shunt Reactor Earth Connection Protection IED

Box 4: 50N/51N
 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.

2.2 FIRST MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

CERTIFIED
2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 PROTECTION SCHEME
 The Shunt reactor Main 1 and Main 2 shall be High impedance Type and CTs in the
BY:

DATE: GIS for Shunt reactor protection and the 2 x 3CTs in Neutral connection before the
neutral point shall be connected back to Back to establish a zone of Protection.

 Each phase shall have independent Measuring element for High Impedance
Protection or three Single phase Protection IEDs shall be provided.

 The relay shall be either voltage operated, current plus resistor calibrated or voltage
calibrated type and shall have suitable and continuously adjustable setting range.

 The operating time of the relay shall not generally be more than 25 m sec at 3 times
THIS DOCUMENT IS the relay setting current. Auxiliary CT's shall not be provided in the relay either
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
externally or internally.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  The CT knee point requirements, and relay setting voltage requirements including
any constants (if any) shall all be furnished by the contractor along with Tender.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Contractor shall match the CT and relay application and if found unsuitable, the
relay and/or CT should be changed accordingly.

 Non-linear type voltage limiting device or Metrosil of suitable characteristics shall be

provided to limit the voltage across secondary devices e.g. the relay and secondary
DESCRIPTION

wiring etc. to a value less than 3000 volts (peak). It shall be mounted either externally
or internally.

 The Contractor shall provide the formula and constants of non-linear device along
with tender such that its suitability should clearly be established by the Company.
NO.

1
3

 "The relay shall be provided with adequate contacts for tripping, annunciation SOE,
REVISIONS
SCADA and other functions.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The Main 1 and Main 2 each shall operate through Independent Hand/Electrical Trip L/O
Relays.
CHK’D BY:

CT Supervision Relays for High Impedance Protections.

APPROVED

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each High Impedance
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-20
Seconds.

2.2.2 BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME

 The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction numerical
type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT, Instantaneous and

CERTIFIED
Definite Time setting

 The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or more x
BY: in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to 240% of
DATE:
rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate the same) shall
have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse time delay unit.

 In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to disable
the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element in ground
fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault current

 The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE, fault
recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & isn’t units shall have separate

THIS DOCUMENT IS outputs to energize separate lockout relays.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  The Backup Protection shall operate through Independent Hand/Electrical Trip L/O Relay.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU. The BCU
shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing. If not
Independent 25M IED shall be provided in LCC Along with BCU for Manual check
Synchronizing.
DESCRIPTION

 Voltage Difference Settable in range

 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001
Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree
NO.

1
3

or less.
REVISIONS
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
pole fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
CHK’D BY:
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
APPROVED
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent
VT input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check
Synchronizing.

 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such
that in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close
the CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from
remote end first or from the local end first.

CERTIFIED 2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
BY: 87R-1, 87R-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.
DATE:

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.

 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
DATED
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

DESCRIPTION

The Contractor has to provide the following:

 Shunt Reactor Main 1 & Backup and associated equipment.

 Shunt Reactor Main 2 & Earth Connection Protection and associated
equipment
NO.

1
3

 87TEE1 & 87TEE1 and associated equipment.

REVISIONS
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in
CHK’D BY: the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer.. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme
APPROVED requirement there must be at least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each
phase of each gas compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage
II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From
bay Control unit all signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching
communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

2.3TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection.
CERTIFIED
 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV Bay for Bus Shunt
reactor.
BY:
 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV Bus Shunt shall include the two
DATE:

controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and
the short section of bus/Cable to 380kV Bus Shunt Reactor . The contractor shall provide
two sets of dedicated unit protection for the above feeders.

 This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix
overlapping the two controlling CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase Bushing CTs in EHV
Bushings of the Shunt Reactor. Please refer to above CT table. These shall be connected
back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone. Two Numerical type High
THIS DOCUMENT IS Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires and shall
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
supervision and shorting and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the Main Shunt Reactor protection IEDs and
shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets. The Protection IEDs shall be
multi-function Numerical type protection, IEC-61850 Compatible and shall be integrated
with substation SAS as stated for Line protection above.
DESCRIPTION

 CT Wiring shall be Hard Wired even in case of SAS. The CT Shorting and Isolation facility
shall be provided.
 The Protection IED used for the TEE 1 and TEE 2 connection protection shall be an
intelligent, numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same
Protection IED unit with High Impedance protection as main protection function.
NO.

1
3

Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
REVISIONS
communication medium.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
CHK’D BY:
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more
APPROVED
than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.

 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.
 The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for CC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
CERTIFIED

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty

BY:
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
DATE:

 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

breakers, , initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the associated circuit–
breakers, , initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
DESCRIPTION

protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.

2.4 The Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
The Mechanical protection as per national Grid SA Specifications for Shunt reactor shall
be as follows:
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.
CHK’D BY:
 Pressure Relief Protection.
 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
APPROVED

 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is
present or not
CERTIFIED

 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.

Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy
Panels.
BY:

DATE:

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV Main 1, Mani 2 and Back Up protection shall be
via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS
at the Substation.
 It shall energise the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate
the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers initiate alarms,
indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  All tripping shall be hard wired
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS A. Shunt Reactor Tripping Relays:
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

87R1 shall initiate 86R1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

86R1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
DESCRIPTION

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.
 Close Block to the CBKX30.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  SOE.
PREPARED BY: ARS 87R2 and Buchhalz Stage II shall initiate 86R2
DATE:
86R2 shall initiate:
CHK’D BY:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil2.
APPROVED

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.
 Close Block to the CBKX30.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
50/51, 50N/51N, 51GR & 64GR shall initiate 86R- BU.
CERTIFIED 86R-BU shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
BY:  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
DATE:
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 Close Block CBKX10 KX50.
 Close Block CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 BCU.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Alarm/Indication.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  SOE.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The 86R1, 86R2 and 86R-BU shall be Hand Electrical Rest and Settable From
Remote
The Winding Temperature Stage II shall operate through Self Rest Trip Relay 94R
and Trip the Associated controlling CBs of the Shunt reactor Initiate the CBF1 & CBF2
DESCRIPTION

and Give local and remote Indication and Signal to SOE.

B. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

86TEE-1 shall initiate:

NO.

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
ARS
 Close Block CBKX10 KX50.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Close Block CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
APPROVED

 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 SOE.
86TEE-2 Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

86TEE-2 Shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
CERTIFIED

 Close Block CBKX10 KX50.

 Close Block CBKX30.
BY:

DATE:  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 SOE.
86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR A. In Bay Matrix.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
Designation CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND TYPE OF PROTECTION
DATED Sr. No.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
DESCRIPTION

CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.

3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB1
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
CHK’D BY:
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2

APPROVED B. CTs in the GIS For Shunt Reactor Protection.

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT7 3x1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 ohms, Vk> 1200, 87R1

Im< 50 mA at Highest Ratio.
2. CT8 3x 1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 ohms, Vk> 1200, 87R2
Im< 50 mA at Highest Ratio.
3. CT9 3x 1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 ohms, Vk> 1200, HV O/C & E/F
Im< 50 mA at Highest Ratio. +FR+CBF1+CBF2.
4. CT10 3x 1200-600/1A Cl. 0.2Fs5 30-15VA. Metering
CERTIFIED

C. CTs in the Bushings of the Shunt reactor .

BY:

DATE: Bushing
CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
Sr. No.
DETAILS PROTECTION

1. 3x1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 Spare

380kV Bushing ohms, Vk> 1200, Im< 50 mA at
Highest Ratio.
2. 3x1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 Spare
380kV Bushing ohms, Vk> 1200, Im< 50 mA at
THIS DOCUMENT IS Highest Ratio.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 3. 380kV Bushing 3X3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 TEE Connection
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25- Protection 1.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

35 mA
4. 380kV Bushing 3X3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 TEE Connection
ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25- Protection 2.
35 mA
DESCRIPTION

5. Reactor winding CT as per Manufacturer Design Winding

Temperature ( 49)
6. Three Phase 3x1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 Reactor
neutral Bushing ohms, Vk> 1200, Im< 50mA at Differential
(N.C.3) Highest Ratio. Protection. (87 R1)
NO.

1
3

7. Three Phase 3x1200-600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 3 Reactor

REVISIONS
neutral Bushing ohms, Vk> 1200, Im< 50mA at Differential
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
(N.C.2) Highest Ratio. Protection (87 R2)
CHK’D BY: 8. Reactor 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 50N/51N + FR.
Grounding CT ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 50-
APPROVED
(RG C1) 100 mA
9. Reactor 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Spare,
Grounding CT ( ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 50-
NRG-C2) 100 mA

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by

CERTIFIED
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
factor of 1.2 at 55°.

BY:
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
DATE:
3phase GIS VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEM

DESCRIPTION

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-005. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-04**

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-05

380 -230kV BSP SPARE BAY FOR FUTURE SVC

DESCRIPTION

PROTECTION

CONTENTS.

1. INTRODUCTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SPARE BAY FOR FUTURE SVC
PREPARED BY: ARS PROTECTION.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.1 SVC CONNECTION PROTECTION.
2.2 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION.
APPROVED 2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.4 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

CERTIFIED
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380KV spare bay allocated
for future SVC. It covers the SVC Protection Requirements Part I. The Main SVC
DESCRIPTION

Components Protection and the SVC Step Down Transformer Protection is not the part of
this document.

The SVC connection Protection shall be main 1 and Main 2. In addition to above TEE
Connection Protection shall be provided. (CBF Protection and PD Protection & TCS
Relays etc shall be the part of respective sections of this PR.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Two Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for SVC Connection
PREPARED BY: ARS Protection & TEE connection Protection.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.
APPROVED

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

CERTIFIED The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 30% spare points for

BY:
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
DATE: the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed shall be carried out as
per the National Grid SA specifications and Standards.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SPARE BAY FOR FUTURE SVC
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
PROTECTION.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The SVC Transformer Protection and the down Stream SVC Components protection is
not the Part of this Document. However SVC Connection Protection and other
protections which are to be provided under this PR are as detailed :
DESCRIPTION

2.1 SVC Connection Protection.

The Protection IED used for the 87C 1 and 87C2 2 connection protection shall be an
intelligent, numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same
Protection IED unit with High Impedance protection as main protection function.
Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
communication medium.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: impedance function by external series resistors. The variable external Series Resistors
CHK’D BY:
shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more than
100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.
APPROVED

In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC-61850 for operation
under electrical environment present in extra high-voltage substations, it shall follow
the latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.

CERTIFIED
The Protection IEDs shall be integrated with SAS. It shall support remote control and
monitoring from CRCC/SCADA centers (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications
Gateways.
BY:

DATE:
The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/Station
HMI , for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

 380kV 87C1 Conn. Protection-1 Operated.

 380kV 87C2 Conn.Protection-1 Faulty.
 380kV 87C2 Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
 380kV 87C2 Conn. Protection-2 Faulty.
 87C Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
 87C Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV 87C Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
DATED
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV 87C

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.
DESCRIPTION

CT Supervision Relays for 87C Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each 87C connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS If the SVC Transformer Connection length is more than 500Meters. Then Current

PREPARED BY: ARS Differential Unit Type Protection shall be Installed at Substation Side and at the SVC side.
DATE: The Two Sets of 87C Relays shall communicate through Direct Fiber Optical Cables with
CHK’D BY:
full redundancy. The Two End I/T S/R shall be through same set of Protection IEDs for
the Cable Differential Protection.
APPROVED

2.2 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION.

380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection. The TEE connection Protection shall be
installed for the bay allocated for future SVC.

The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV Spare Feeder for future SVC shall
include the two controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the

CERTIFIED
associated bay and the short section of GIS/GIB to SVC Connection. The contractor shall
provide two sets of dedicated unit protection for the above feeders.

BY: This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix
DATE:
overlapping the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase Ring Type/Out
Door CTs which shall cover the Cable Termination in the zone of protection. Please refer
to above CT table. These shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming
the unit zone. Two Numerical type High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be
connected to the CTs bus wires and shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC
tripping systems. The complete CT supervision and shorting and isolating on detection
of CT open circuit shall be provided.

THIS DOCUMENT IS The Protection IED used for the TEE 1 and TEE 2 connection protection shall be an
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
intelligent, numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Protection IED unit with High Impedance protection as main protection function.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
communication medium.

While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
DESCRIPTION

impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more
than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.

In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

NO.

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
2

1
3

REVISIONS
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC-61850 for operation
CHK’D BY:
under electrical environment present in extra high-voltage substations, it shall follow
the latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
APPROVED
continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.

The Protection IEDs shall be integrated with SAS. It shall support remote control and
monitoring from CRCC/SCADA centers (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications
Gateways.

The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

CERTIFIED
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
BY:  380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
DATE:  TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energize the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the associated circuit–
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

breakers, Signal to Auto Control System, initiate alarms, indication and start the fault
recorder and signal to SOE.

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection

DESCRIPTION

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

PREPARED BY: ARS Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay 87C1,
DATE:
87C2, 87TEE1 and 87TEE2. These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the
CHK’D BY:
protection faulty alarm and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back
indications at Station HMI and at remote CRCC. A white lamp shall be provided for each
APPROVED
protection on the relay panel to indicate when each protection is out of service. This
indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at
Remote CRCC via SCADA through communication gate ways. All the out puts from the
protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch. The Relays selected shall have
adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function requirements there must be at least
20% spare contacts for future use. All Input & Out Put shall be routed through IN/OUT
Relay Except DC Auxiliary Supply. `All used contacts shall be designated for their
functionality and spare contacts shall be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks
with proper labelling.
CERTIFIED

2.4 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

BY:

DATE:
Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU provided
BCU shall fulfill the Following conditions. If not then Independent Protection IED shall be
provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.
The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or
less.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.

 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent
VT input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
DESCRIPTION

Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such that
in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close the CBs
of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from remote end first
or from the local end first.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  87C1 & 87C2 and associated Auxiliary equipment.
87TEE1 & 87TEE1 and associated Auxiliary equipment.
CHK’D BY:


APPROVED As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in
the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C
Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at
least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas
compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be
noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control
unit all signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as
CERTIFIED stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

BY:
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
DATE:

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip circuits
is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present
or not, Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.Trip Circuit
Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy Panels.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

Tripping from each protection shall be via appropriate tripping system as detailed
DESCRIPTION

bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation. It shall energise the
associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers; initiate the circuit breaker fail
protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, initiate alarms, indicationand SOE etc. All
tripping shall be hard wired.
NO.

1
3

SVC connection Protection Tripping Relays.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 86C1 Shall be operated from: (87C1).

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

86C1 Shall initiate:

APPROVED
* 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
* 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
* CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
* CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
* Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
* Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
* Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)
* BCU.
* SOE.

86C2 Shall be operated from: (87C2).

CERTIFIED

86C-2 Shall initiate:

* 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
* 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
BY:

DATE:
* CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
* CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
* Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
* Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
* Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)
* BCU.
* SOE.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
TEE Protection Tripping Relays.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 86TEE-1 Shall be operated from: (87TEE-1).

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

86TEE-1 Shall initiate:

* 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
* 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
* CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
DESCRIPTION

* CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

* Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
* Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
* Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)
* BCU.
* SOE.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 86TEE-2 Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY: 86TEE-2 Shall initiate:

* 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
* 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
* CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
APPROVED

* CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

* Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
* Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
* Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)
* BCU.
* SOE.

87C1, 87C2 and 86TEE 1& 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.

There must be Soft Ware Interlock along with Hard wired interlock by Wiring L/O Relays
CERTIFIED contacts to BCU.

BY:
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
DATE:

CT Detail

a) In Bay Matrix.

Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS 3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> CBF1 + CBF2
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2

6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2

b) CTs in the GIS For Future SVC Protection,.

DESCRIPTION

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> SVC connection
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA 87C1 Protection
2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> SVC connection
NO.

3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA 87C2 Protection

2

1
3

REVISIONS 3. CT9 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering

ARS
PREPARED BY:
Note: The Identical CTs CT14 & CT15 as stated CT7 and CT8 above shall be installed in the HV
DATE:
Bushings of SVC Step Down Transformer.
CHK’D BY:

c) Out Door/Ring Type CTs bellow Termination for TEE connection Protection.
APPROVED
Designation
TYPE OF
No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. ‫٭‬CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. ‫٭‬CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.

‫٭‬CT 10 and C11 whether Out Door or Ring Type shall be specified in the main PR
Appendix VII as per the SVC Transformer Connection arrangement.
Future CTs in the Bushings SVC Step Down Transformer
Designation
CERTIFIED TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. CT12 AS PER SVC TRANSFORMER RATING 87T1
BY:
2. CT13 AS PER SVC TRANSFORMER RATING 87T2
3. CT14 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> SVC connection
DATE:

3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA 87C2 Protection

4. CT15 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> SVC connection
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA 87C1 Protection

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to
THIS DOCUMENT IS enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions without any
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
3phase GIS VT:
DESCRIPTION

 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Star-Star-Star
NO.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

2

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
APPROVED
OPDS-XXX-006. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-05**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-06
DESCRIPTION

380/132/13.8KV 502 SUPPER GRID

TRANSFORMER 380KV PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY:

DATE:
ARS
CONTENTS
CHK’D BY:

1. INTRODUCTION
APPROVED

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SUPPER GRID TRANSFORMER

PROTECTION.

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT
CERTIFIED
2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION
2.4 SUPPER GRID TRANSFORMER MECHANICAL PROTECTION.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
BY:

DATE:

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380/132/13.8KV
230/132/13.8kV 502 MVA Supper Grid Transformers 380kV Side Protection.
DESCRIPTION

Two numerical protections IED [Biased Differential]boxes shall be provided for main
Transformer protection and must be from two different manufactures shall be used with
multiple protection functions included in the same protection IED’s unit. It shallbe
supported with REF and SBEF Protection.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
NO.

1
3

connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.

REVISIONS
One Box for HV O/C & E/F & Tertiary winding protection IEDs as detailed bellow shall be
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
provide.
CHK’D BY:
The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
APPROVED
(appendix VII), in the PTS.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
CERTIFIED
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. In addition to above Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in
BY:
the Protection Panel to integrate Transformer Mechanical Protection signals with SAS.
DATE:
The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through I/O Box in the Protection
Panel.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through Substation General
Alarm interface panels

THIS DOCUMENT IS a) I/O Box Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
b) Main DC Supply to the I/O Box fail.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications
and Standards.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SUPPER GRID TRANSFORMER

PROTECTION
DESCRIPTION

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

Box # 1 :MAIN1 & Box# 2: MAIN-2 ( 87T1& 87T2)shall have the following functions:

 Biased low Impedance differential protection.

NO.

1
3

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

REVISIONS
 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS  LV Standby Earth Fault Protection.
DATE:
 LV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
CHK’D BY:  Circuit Breaker Fail Protection 132kV CB.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection 33kV CB.
 Over voltage , Under voltage, residual over voltage [ If required].
APPROVED  Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation[ If required].
 Firefighting system [ If required].

MAIN-1 and MAIN-2 shall be from two different Manufacturers.

Box # 3
 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
CERTIFIED
Box # 4 &5: REF Protection High Impedance type
 Current or Voltage Celebrated High Impedance as Main Function.
BY:
 Instantaneous & time delayed Definite time Earth Fault protection.
DATE:

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.

SET-1 and SET-2 shall be from two different Manufacturers.

Box # 6: SBEF Protection

 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection

Tertiary Winding Protection IEDs

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR A. In case of Unloaded Tertiary.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Box # 7: Tertiary Winding O/C Protection 50T /51T
DATED

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.

 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
DESCRIPTION

Box # 8 Tertiary Winding EF Protection 50NT/51NT

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.

B. In case of Loaded Tertiary.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: Box # 7 Tertiary Winding O/C Protection 50T /51T
CHK’D BY:

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
APPROVED

 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.

 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.

Box # 8 REF
Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with High Impedance
Protection as main function.
Box # 9 50/51 & 50N/51N
Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with 50/51 & 50N/51N
Protection as main function for Grounding Transformer OC & E/F Protection .
CERTIFIED Box # 10 51N
Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with 51N Protection as
main function for Grounding Transformer Earth connection protection .
BY:

DATE:

2.2 FIRST MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 PROTECTION SCHEME

 The 380kV Side of SGT Main 1 and Main 2 shall be Low impedance Biased
Differential Type.

 The 2x3 CTs in the GIS for Transformer protection, the 2x3 CTs in the 132kV bushing
of the SGT and the 2 x 3CTs in the Tertiary winding in case of loaded

THIS DOCUMENT IS Tertiary/Unloaded Tertiary shall be connected back to Back to establish a zone of
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Protection 87T .
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Transformer main protection shall be a numerical IED working on biased low
Impedance differential principle; it shall be suitable for the protection of Two- or Three-
winding transformers.
The numerical transformer IED shall be designed to operate correctly over a wide frequency
range and to accommodate a wide frequency variations without mal functioning. The
DESCRIPTION

necessary adaptation to the current transformer ratios as well as zero-sequence current

elimination and to the vector groups shall be realized by the software and shall not require
any external Auxiliary Transformers (Interposers).
The differential protection functions shall be provided with a 2nd and 5th harmonic
restraints to avoid tripping during magnetizing inrush. Inrush and CT saturation shall not
influence the differential function. The differential protection shall have an adjustable
restraint characteristic and be provided with an adaptive differential feature to maintain
stability in case of high through-fault currents, especially for multi-circuit breaker
NO.

1
3

arrangements.
REVISIONS
The un-biased high set function is to be added in the biased Differential Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS 2.2.2 REF Protection
DATE: HV & LV Restricted earth-fault protections shall be independent Protection IEDs.
CHK’D BY: HV REF [64HV1 &64HV2] CT shall be in the Neutral Connection of the Auto Transformer and
CT in the EHV Side in GIS. There shall be Main 1 and Main 2 connected on different set of
CTs and form a unit zone of protection
APPROVED

LV REF [64LV1 & 64LV2] CT shall be in the Neutral Connection of the Auto Transformer and
the CTs in 132kV Bushings of the Transformers. There shall be Main 1 and Main 2 connected
on different set of CTs and form a unit zone of protection.

The Restricted Earth fault protection shall be High Impedance type.

Thermal overloads protections to be provided. Whether used or not. It shall be Built in
function of 87T1 and 87T2
The Multi-version terminals, shall further including over voltage, under voltage, residual
Over voltage, under frequency, over frequency and over excitation protection shall be
included.

CERTIFIED 2.2.3 BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

 The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction numerical
BY:
type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT, Instantaneous and
DATE:

Definite Time setting

 The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or more x
in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to 240% of
rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate the same) shall
have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse time delay unit.

 In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to disable
the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element in ground
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault current
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE, fault
recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & instant units shall have separate
outputs to energize separate lockout relays.

 The Backup Protection shall operate through Independent Hand/Electrical Trip L/O
DESCRIPTION

Relay.
 As per the standard scheme for SGTs the High Set element of HV O/C Relay shall Trip the
HV and LV CB of the SGT. The IDMT Element of HV O/C shall first Trip the LV (132kV)
CB and reset if current falls below the preset value. If fault exists then Trip the HV (380kV)
CB after a preset time delay of 300mSec. The Contractor shall install necessary timers for the
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
function.

PREPARED BY: ARS

2.2.4 Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm
DATE:
Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm shall be the independent
CHK’D BY:
Protection IED, and shall take input from the Grounding connection of Auto Transformer
CTs mounted on the transformer neutral earth Connection. The SBEF Protection shall Trip
APPROVED
132kV CB through 94T if fault still exists then after time delay 70mS Operate through 86T2
The Stand by earth fault shall operate through 86T2.

2.2.5Mechanical Protection
 The Transformer shall be equipped with Complete Mechanical As per National Grid
SA Specifications 53-TMMS-02 Rev 01.

 The Buchholz Stage II Shall Trip the Transformer HV and LV through 86T.
 The Winding Temperature Stage II Shall Trip the LV CB Through 94 T.
 Other Protections shall initiate Alarm.
 The Integration of Mechanical Protection of the SGTs with SAS shall be through
CERTIFIED independent I/O Boxes.

 The 87T1 and 87 T2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays
BY:

DATE:
Hand/Electrical Reset type. In addition to above the two Self rest Tripping Relays
94T1 and 94 T2 in the 132kV Protection Panels shall be Provided.
 The 87T1, 50P Buchhalz Stage II, Tertiary Winding protection O/C Protection (51) ,
64HV1, 64LV1shall activate 86T1
 While 87T2, 51P (300m Sec) , 64HV2, 64LV2 & SBEF, SGT Tap changer Protection,
Any other Transformer Mechanical Protection recommended by Manufacturer ,
Tertiary winding 51N, In case of loaded Tertiary 64-1, 64-S shall activate the 86T2
 All Protections which are activating 86T1 shall activate 94T1 through blocking Diode

THIS DOCUMENT IS
to trip the associated 132kV CB. Similarly all protection operating 86T2 shall also
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR activate 94T2 through Blocking Diode to Trip 132kV CB.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 51P shall Directly Trip first 132kV CB through 94T1 and as stated above after 300m
DATED
Sec. activate 86T2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 51S/51NS shall activate 94T 1 to Trip 132kV CB only.

 Winding Temperature Stage II shall Trip the 132kV CB only through 94T2

2.2.6AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATION

DESCRIPTION

Automatic voltage regulation function, using the Master follower scheme shall be provided
The Tap position indicator and Tape supervision shall be provided. Independent AVC
Relay shall be provided in AVC panel.
AVC Scheme
The Contractor shall provide voltage regulation scheme for each Transformer by installing
voltage regulating Relays in the separate AVC panels as per National Grid SA
NO.

1
3

specifications.
REVISIONS The scheme should have the following features.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Scheme shall Master & Follower.

DATE:  Along with the Control room ECC should have facility to select AVC on Auto/Manual
CHK’D BY: with Back indications. The Contractor shall provide Bi-stable Relay for Auto Manual
Selection.
 Local and Remote selection for Operation of the Tape changer shall be provided in
APPROVED AVC Panel at Substation with Back indications at station HMI and at remote CRCC.
When selector switch is at local the manual Operation of the Tape changer shall be
possible from AVC panel and when at remote then manual operation of Tape
changer shall be possible from CRCC. The switch position shall always be kept at
remote position.
 There must be interlocking that when on manual the simultaneous operation of
raise and lower of the tape shall not be possible from remote (CRCC) and locally
(AVC Panel/Station HMI).
 Auto manual position indication and local /remote selector switch position
indication shall be available at AVC Panel, Station HMI and Remote CRCC
 The Tape Position indication shall be available at AVC Panel, at Station HMI and at
Remote CRCC.
 The individual alarms of AVC scheme as per the National Grid SA Specifications shall
CERTIFIED be available at AVC Panel through Annunciator Unit.

BY:

2.2.6 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

DATE:

 Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU.
 The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:
Otherwise Independent 25M Relay shall be provided and shall be installed in
respective LCC Panel.

 Voltage Difference Settable in range

 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
less.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole

fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
DESCRIPTION

 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT

input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.
 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such
that in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close
NO.

1
3

the CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from
REVISIONS
remote end first or from the local end first.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 2.2.7 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
CHK’D BY:

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay

APPROVED
87T-1, 87T-2, REF1, REF2, and 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch.
CERTIFIED  The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.

BY:  All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
DATE:
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.28.1 PANEL REQUIREMENT.

The Contractor has to provide the following:
 SGT 380kV Side( 87T1 &50/51P, REF1 ) protection.
 SGT 380kV Side Maim 2 (87T2, REF2 64-1 & 64-2) protection.
 SBEF, I/O Box Tertiary winding ( 51/51NT, 51NT, 50/51ET & 51NSET)
Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  87TEE1 & 87TEE1 and associated equipment.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  AVC Panel.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in
the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer.. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme
DESCRIPTION

requirement there must be at least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each
phase of each gas compartment
shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one
Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all
signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the
NO.

1
3

SAS Appendix XIV.

REVISIONS

2.3TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV Bay for Supper Grid
CHK’D BY:

Transformer covering entire zone of the GIS and Bus Duct.

 The TEE connection protection shall be duplicated main I and main 2 and connected to two
APPROVED

different sets of CTs.

 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380/132kV SGT shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and
the short section of bus to 380k/132V SGT. The contractor shall provide two sets of
dedicated unit protection for the above feeders.

 This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix
overlapping the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase Bushing CTs in
EHV Bushings of the Super Grid transformer. These shall be connected back to back via
CERTIFIED the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone.

 The CTs for Transformer Main 1 (87T1 and Main 2 (87T2) shall be installed in 380kV GIS
BY:

DATE: to create overlapping zones of protection.

 The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.

 Two Numerical type High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to
the CTs bus wires and shall be fed from and operate into first DC tripping and second DC
tripping systems.

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the Main protection IEDs stated above for
SGT protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets. The

THIS DOCUMENT IS
Protection IEDs shall be multi-function Numerical type protection with High Impedance
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR as main function, IEC-61850 Compatible and shall be integrated with substation SAS as
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
stated for SGT protection above.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more
than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.
DESCRIPTION

 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

 The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
NO.

1
3

(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:
REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated
DATE:
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
CHK’D BY:

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.

APPROVED
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm. Each Radially fed DC
supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
CERTIFIED

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
BY:

DATE:

breakers, block auto Reclosure, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the
associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end circuit-breaker, initiate
alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Seconds.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for each Trip Coil of each
phase such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether the breaker is
open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not
DESCRIPTION

 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.

Trip Circuit Supervision Relays for 380kV CBs shall be installed in the respective Pole
Discrepancy Panels. Trip Circuit Supervision Relays for 132kV Controlling CB shall be
installed in the respective 132kV Protection Panels.
NO.

1
3

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

 Tripping from each separate 380KV Main 1, Mani 2 and Back Up protection shall be
DATE: via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS
CHK’D BY:
at the Substation.
 It shall energise the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate
APPROVED
the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers initiate alarms,
indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
 All tripping shall be hard wired
A. Transformer Tripping Relays:
87T1 ,64-1, Buchhalz Stage II, HV Instantaneous element shall initiate 86T1
& 94T1
51S/51NS & SBEF Stage I initiate only 94T1
86T1 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
CERTIFIED
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
BY:
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
DATE:

 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.

 Close Block to the CBKX30.
 Close Block to the 132kV CB.
 Trip associated 13.8kV CB Trip Coil 1. (If Fitted)
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
94T1 Shall Initiate
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  132kV CB trip coil 1
DATED
 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2..

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

87T2, 64-2, SBEF HV IDMT (300mSec ) 50T/51T, 64-1, 51/51N & 51N
DESCRIPTION

GroundingTransformer 64N-2 shall initiate 86T2 & 94T2

Winding temperature shall Operate through 94T2
86T2 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

PREPARED BY: ARS  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

DATE:
 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.
CHK’D BY:

 Close Block to the CBKX30.

APPROVED  Close Block to the 132kV CB.

 Trip associated 13.8kV CB Trip Coil 2. (If Fitted)
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE

94T2 Shall Initiate

 132kV CB trip coil 2
 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
CERTIFIED

 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
BY:

DATE: 86T1 and 86T2 shall be Heavy Duty L/O Relays with H/E Reset shall also be settable from
Remote CRCC if required in emergencies. While 94T1 and 94T2 shall be the Self Rest with Flag
Hand rest heavy duty type.

B. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

86TEE-1 shall initiate:

THIS DOCUMENT IS  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 132kV CB trip coil 1
 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Close Block CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Close Block CBKX30.
 Close Block 132kV CB
 13.8kV CB Trip Coil 1 ( If fitted).
DESCRIPTION

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU
NO.

SOE.
2

1
3


REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 86TEE-2 Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

DATE:

86TEE-2 Shall initiate:

CHK’D BY:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

APPROVED

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 Close Block CBKX10 KX50.
 Close Block CBKX30.
 132kV CB trip coil 2.
 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block 132kV CB
 13.8kV CB Trip Coil 2 ( If fitted).
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CERTIFIED

 Alarm/Indication
 BCU .
BY:

DATE:

 SOE.

86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be heavy duty Hand/Electrical Rest type shall also be
settable from Remote CRCC if required in emergencies.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

A. In Bay Matrix.
THIS DOCUMENT IS Designation
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
FOR ORDERING Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
DESCRIPTION

3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
NO.

1
3

Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2

REVISIONS
6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2
CHK’D BY:

B. CTs in the 380kV GIS For Transformer Protection.

APPROVED Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT7 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> 1000, Im<25 87T1 Protection
mA IED Box1
2. CT8 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> 1000, Im<25 87T2 Protection
mA IED Box2
3. CT9 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> 1000, Im<25 REF1 (64-1)
mA
CERTIFIED 4. CT10 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> 1000, Im< 25 REF2 (64-2)
mA

BY: 5. CT11 3000/1A Cl. 5P20 30VA 50/51P+ CBF

DATE:
Protection Box 3+
FR
6. CT12 3000-1500-1000/1A CL: 0.2Fs5. 10VA on Metering
Ratio 1000/1A.

C. CTs in the Bushing of 502 MVA 380/132/13.8kV Transformer.

Location Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
Sr. No.
THIS DOCUMENT IS DETAILS PROTECTION
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
1. 380kV Bushings CTB-1 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 TEE Connection
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ Protection 1.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

25-35 mA
2. 380kV Bushings CTB-2 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 TEE Connection
ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ Protection 2.
25-35 mA
DESCRIPTION

3. 132kV Bushings CTB-3 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> 87C1) 132kV
1000-, Im< 25 mA. Cable. Connection
Protection. Box 1
4. 132kV Bushings CTB-4 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, 87C2) 132kV
Vk> 1000-, Im< 25 mA. Cable. Connection
NO.

1
3

Protection. Box 2.
REVISIONS
5. 132kV Bushings CTB-5 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 87T1 Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA Box 1
CHK’D BY:
6. 132kV Bushings CTB-6 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 87T2 Protection.
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA Box 2
APPROVED
7. 132kV Bushings CTB-7 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk REF1 Protection
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA
8. 132kV Bushings CTB-8 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk REF2 Protection
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA
9. In side 13.8KV CTB-9 800-100/1A 15VA, 5P20. 50/51 & 50N/51N
Delta Winding (3 CTs) Protection.
10. Outside 13.8KV CTB-10(3 800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 ohms, Vk ≥ 87T2 Protection.
Delta. CTs) 500, Im ≤ 25 mA

CERTIFIED
11. Outside 13.8KV CTB-10(3 800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 ohms, Vk ≥ 87T1 Protection.
Delta. CTs) 500, Im ≤ 25 mA
BY:

12. 13.8KV Delta CTB-11 800-100/1A 15VA 5P20. 51 N ( Single

DATE:

connection to Current element

Earth. )In case unloaded
Tertiary in
earthed
connection
13. Neutral Bushings CTB-12 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 64-1 Protection.
1CTafter Star ≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA
point
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING 14. Neutral Bushings CTB-13 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 64-2 Protection.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 1CT after Star ≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

point
15. Neutral Bushings CTB-14 3000-1500/1A Cl. 5P20 30VA at SBEF+ FR/TR.
1CTafter Star 3000/1A Ratio.
point
DESCRIPTION

16. 132kV Yellow CTB-15 2200/5A Class 1 50VA AVC

Phase

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
NO.

Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
2

1
3

REVISIONS
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
PREPARED BY: ARS saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
factor of 1.2 at 55°.

APPROVED
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3phase GIS VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
CERTIFIED OPDS-XXX-007. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

BY:
.
DATE:

**END OF APPEDIX # E-06**

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 16
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-07
DESCRIPTION

380/33KV 100-120MVA SUPPER GRID

TRANSFORMER PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY:

DATE:
ARS
CONTENTS
CHK’D BY:

1. INTRODUCTION
APPROVED

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SUPPER GRID TRANSFORMER

PROTECTION

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.4 UNDER FREQUENCY LOAD SHEDDING.
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT
CERTIFIED
2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION.

BY:

DATE: 3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380/33KV- 100-120 MVA
Supper Grid Transformers.

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main Transformer protection
DESCRIPTION

and must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit. Two Protection IEDs for HVREF & LVREF. The
Back Up Protections as stated bellow.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
NO.

1
3

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
REVISIONS
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
PREPARED BY: ARS (appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

APPROVED
specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. In addition to above Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in
the Protection Panel to integrate Transformer Mechanical Protection signals with SAS.
The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through I/O Box in the Protection
Panel.
CERTIFIED
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
BY:

DATE:

The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through Substation General
Alarm interface panels
a) I/O Box Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the I/O Box fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 380/33KV SGT PROTECTION
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
DATED
Box # 1:MAIN-1 & Box2:MAIN-2shall have the following functions:

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Biased low Impedance differential protection.

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 LV Standby Earth Fault Protection.
DESCRIPTION

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage , Under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
NO.

1
3

MAIN- 1 & MAIN-2 shall be from two different Reputed Manufacturers.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS Box # 3: HV REF Protection High Impedance type

DATE:
 Instantaneous & time delayed Definite time Earth Fault protection.
CHK’D BY:

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.

APPROVED
Box # 4: HV REF Protection High Impedance type
 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection

Box # 5: Stand By Earth Fault protection

 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection

CERTIFIED
2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

BY:
The Transformer main protection shall be a numerical IED working on biased low
DATE:

Impedance differential principle; it shall be suitable for the protection of Two- or

Three-winding transformers.
The numerical transformer IED shall be designed to operate correctly over a wide
frequency range and to accommodate a wide frequency variations without mal
functioning. The necessary adaptation to the current transformer ratios as well as zero-
sequence current elimination and to the vector groups shall be realized by the software
and shall not require any external Auxiliary Transformers (Interposers).

THIS DOCUMENT IS The differential protection functions shall be provided with a 2nd and 5th harmonic
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR restraints to avoid tripping during magnetizing inrush. Inrush and CT saturation shall
FOR ORDERING

not influence the differential function. The differential protection shall have an
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
adjustable restraint characteristic and be provided with an adaptive differential feature

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

to maintain stability in case of high through-fault currents, especially for multi-circuit

breaker arrangements.

The un-biased high set function is to be added in the biased Differential

Protection.
DESCRIPTION

HV REF & LV REF .

 Independent Restricted earth-fault protections High Impedance type shall be
provided for HV and LV sides of the transformer.
 LV REF CT shall be in the grounding connection of the Grounding Transformer
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS in case of Star-Delta or in NER connection case of Star-Star Transformer.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Thermal overloads protections to be provided.

DATE:  The Multi-version terminals, shall further including over voltage, under
CHK’D BY:
voltage, residual Over voltage, under frequency, over frequency and over
excitation protection shall be included.
APPROVED

Automatic voltage regulation function, using the Minimizing Circulating Current

Principle / or Negative Reactance, tap position supervision shall be provided.

Buchholz protection & Bursting plate protection

 Buchholz & bursting plate protections to be provided as per the transformer.
 All Other mechanical protections as per Transformer Manufacturer
Recommendations.
 All mechanical protections shall be integrated with S/S SAS through I/O

CERTIFIED
modules IEC61850 compatible with dual active port for redundant
communication.
 In order to provide convenient means of taking gas samples, the test Block of
BY:

DATE: the design shall be situated near ground level.

Over temperature protection

 Over temperature protection shall include oil temperature thermometer a
winding temperature thermometer or equivalent.
 The thermal image of the winding hot spot temperature shall use as a base the
top oil temperature.
 The temperature rise of the hot spot over top oil temperature shall be
produced by a bushing type CT.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The two stage oil temperature sensor shall be used to initiate two stages of
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
alarms.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The winding temperature sensor shall be two stages one for alarm and one for
tripping.
 The temperature protection shall trip the LV breaker only self-rest Relay 94T1
via a cutoff timer as per the SEC-standard. As per the SEC standard the Winding
DESCRIPTION

Temperature stage 2 for tripping shall be set at 125 Cº. The Transformer shall
be designed to with stand such high Temperatures

Over Current & Earth Fault Protection

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection shall
NO.

be provided both on HV & LV sides of the transformer as the integral part

2

1
3

REVISIONS
Multifunction box Main 1 & Main 2 protection as stated above and should have
PREPARED BY: ARS instantaneous with time Delay, IDMT and the definite time settings.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The Setting ranges shall be adequate for the application. HV O/C and E/F shall
operate through respective 86T trip L/O Relays.

APPROVED
 The LV O/C & E/F shall operate through 33kV LV CB only through self-rest
Relay 94T2.

Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm

 Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm shall the
built is function Main1 and Main 2 Protection IEDs and one Additional IED Box
5 shall be provided and shall take input from the Neutral Grounding
connection CTs mounted on the transformer LV neutral. Stand by earth fault
shall operate LV CB of the associated Main Transformer if fault is cleared then
the scheme shall reset otherwise trip the EHV Controlling CBs after a suitable
CERTIFIED
time delay 50-70ms. The Neutral Current have settings range of 0.025-0.2A
Secondary and shall initiate alarm only.
BY:  Stand by Earth fault function shall have the adequate range and multi
characteristic selection settings.
DATE:

 If the setting range for SBEF and Neutral Current Alarm is not stable in the
main protection IEDs then the Contractor shall install one additional Ring type
CT 1200-600/1A 15VA 5P20 on 33kV Cable connection with NER.
 One additional Protection IED with adequate setting Range shall be connected
with the CT for SBEF & Neutral grounding current Alarm (NGCA).

The Fire Fighting protection.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 The firefighting system is provided separately by others; however it should be
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING integrated with SAS for alarm only.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

AVC Scheme
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Contractor shall provide voltage regulation scheme for each Transformer by
installing voltage regulating Relays in the separate AVC panels as per National Grid
SA specifications. The scheme should have the following features.
 Along with the Control room ECC should have facility to select AVC on
DESCRIPTION

Auto/Manual with Back indications. The Contractor shall provide Bi-stable Relay
for Auto Manual Selection.
 Local and Remote selection for Operation of the Tape changer shall be provided
in AVC Panel at Substation with Back indications at station HMI and at remote
CRCC. When selector switch is at local the manual Operation of the Tape changer
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS shall be possible from AVC panel and when at remote then manual operation of

PREPARED BY: ARS Tape changer shall be possible from CRCC. The switch position shall always be
DATE: kept at remote position.
CHK’D BY:
 There must be interlocking that when on manual the simultaneous operation of
raise and lower of the tape shall not be possible from remote (CRCC) and locally
APPROVED
(AVC Panel/Station HMI).
 Auto manual position indication and local /remote selector switch position
indication shall be available at AVC Panel, Station HMI and Remote CRCC
 The Tape Position indication shall be available at AVC Panel, at Station HMI and
at Remote CRCC.
 The individual alarms of AVC scheme as per the National Grid SA Specifications
shall be available at AVC Panel through AVC IED LEDs and at Station HMI and to
remote CRCC.
 Due to Capacitor banks connected to the 33kV Bus hence –ve Reactance
compensation hence circulating current Method shall be adopted for Voltage
CERTIFIED

Regulation
BY:

DATE:
AVC Relay Requirement
Due to the installation of shunt capacitor banks which operates according to the
MVAR requirement, the power factor of the load supplied by the Grid transformers
will not be constant (can change from 0.85 to 1.00). In this situation the AVC relays
intended for negative reactance based parallel control of the transformers should
be capable of adjusting by itself the ‘X’ & ‘R’ compensations with in the above
operating power factors. The contractor shall offer the AVC relay having the above
capability.
THIS DOCUMENT IS The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING OPDS-XXX-035. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND attached with the PTS.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Auto Switching Scheme if required. (For more than 2 Transformers)

The Contractor shall install Auto Switching Scheme for the Three
Transformers on 33kV Bus such that two Transformers shall Run in
parallel and third Independent. In case for failure of one Transformer the
DESCRIPTION

remaining two shall run in parallel to feed the entire load of the
substation.

The scheme shall be initiated by the 1 Unit protection of transformer (transformer
differential protection, EHV side REF protection, LV side REF protection, Buchholz
protection in the Transformer, Buchholz protections in the tap changer, sudden pressure
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS relay in the main Transformer tank and winding temperature trip, 2 LV Bus Bar

PREPARED BY: ARS

protection, 3 EHV circuit breaker fail protection.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
But the scheme are not to be initiated by 1 Standby earth fault relay, 2 EHV over
current/earth fault relay, 3 LV over current/earth fault relay and 4 Transformer fire
APPROVED
protection.

The scheme shall be arranged to take on control over the three Transformers together
with the respective LV CBs and the bus section CBs totaling to five numbers, in such a
manner that only two transformers shall be continuously in parallel and the third
transformer is either to be operated on load with the bus section open and this control
shall be accomplished in any combination of the transformer and the bus section CBs.

CERTIFIED
The following facilities shall be incorporated in the scheme:

BY:
 Auto/Manual selection.
DATE:
 Local and remote (CRCC) selection.
 The readiness of the scheme shall be indicated when all the five CBs are in
service condition irrespective of status of the CB open or close.
 Necessary indications for the readiness of the scheme after having
completed the imposed task and to perform such a subsequent task shall be
available.
 To take out any CB on TOP (Trip on Parallel) mode from the circuit.
 The TOP function shall comprise selection of any one of the five CBs i.e. three
transformer LV CBs and two bus section CBs and in the process three
transformers may have to be in parallel for a short time depending on the
selection of CBs on TOP.
 Back indication to the CRCC shall be ACSE/IN, ACSE/OUT, TOP/IN, TOP/OUT
THIS DOCUMENT IS
individually.
NOT TO BE USED FOR  In the event of simultaneous selection of CBs on TOP, only one command of
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING such simultaneous commands to be executed and other is to be aborted in
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
the process.
DATED  The trip on parallel and auto changeover functions shall be completely
independent in such that one can be in service while the other is out of
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

service not affected by each other

Circuit Breaker Fail Protection

The CBF protection for 380kV CBs shall be as per the section 2.6 of this PR. That is
DESCRIPTION

independent CBF protection Panels.

The CBF Protection for 33/34.5kV CB shall be as detailed bellow:

 The transformer LV side 33kV CB shall be provided with CBF protection as the
built in function of 87T1 & 87T2 of the SGT. Any tripping Relay operating
NO.

1
3

though 33kV LV CB shall initiate the CBF Protection of 33kV CB.

REVISIONS
 The 33kV CBF protection shall operate through its independent 86CBF Relay.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 86 CBF activated from 33kV CBF protection shall Trip the associated 380kV
Controlling CBs, 33kV BS CBs and give close Block to all Tripped CBs, give local
APPROVED and remote indication Signal to FR and SOE. The 86CBF Relay shall be H/E Rest.

2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

The Synch-check for 380kV CBs for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the
BCU provided BCU shall fulfill the Following conditions. If not then Independent
Protection IED shall be provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.

The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
CERTIFIED
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast or

BY:
delayed closure of EHV lines.
DATE:
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT input
for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such
that in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close
THIS DOCUMENT IS the CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR remote end first or from the local end first.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED No check synchronizing for 33/34.5kV CB.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
87T1, 87T2 , 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.
DESCRIPTION

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 All inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DFC Auxiliary
Supply.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
CHK’D BY:
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
through IN/OUT switch.
APPROVED
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.4 UNDER FREQUENCY LOAD SHEDDING

 Under frequency protection ( Independent IED for each 33/34.5 kV BS) to be

provided on the LV side of the Transformer and fed from the PT of the transformer
LV side or the relevant bus PT.
CERTIFIED
 Each transformer under frequency protection shall look after its bus section.
 Four stages of under frequency protection to be provided; stage 1 & 2 and Stage 3 &
BY:
4 to be for absolute & rate of change of frequency respectively, operation of Stage 1
DATE:

&3 should initiate tripping of the outgoing 33KV feeders on the relevant bus on
priority one Similarly operation of any of stages 2 & 4 which are for absolute & rate
of change of frequency respectively shall trip the 33kV outgoing Feeders on Priority
two.
 The standalone UF Relay (Multi-function IEC 61850 compatible) for each bus section
shall be provided.
 A self-reset Relay with the sufficient number of contacts to be provided for achieving
these functions.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 The Trip in put to the outgoing feeders/ Bus section CBs/Transformer LV incomers
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS shall be through Disconnectable links so that any feeder can be put or taken out
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
from UF load shedding according to priority selection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The UF Load shedding scheme shall have IN/OUT facility with Local and remote
(CRCC) indications.
 The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel
Design # OPDS-XXX-043. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer
DESCRIPTION

Design. The Document is attached with the PTS.



2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 SGT Maim 1 (87T1 & HVREF) protection.

NO.

1
3

 SGT Maim 2 ( 87T2 & LV REF) protection.

REVISIONS
 87TEE1 & 87TEE1 and associated equipment.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 AVC Panel
CHK’D BY:  Under Frequency load Shedding Panel one per two BS.

APPROVED
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor
has to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01
and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-
C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must
be at least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas
compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be
noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay
Control unit all signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching
communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.
CERTIFIED

2.3TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

BY:

DATE:  380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection.

 The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and connected
to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1 and main two
shall be fed from DC system 2.

 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV Bay for Supper Grid
Transformer.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380/33kV SGT shall include the two controlling
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and the short
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND section of bus to 380/33kV SGT . The contractor shall provide two sets of dedicated unit
DATED
protection for the above feeders.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix
overlapping the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase Bushing CTs in
EHV Bushings of the SGT. These shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire
forming the unit zone.
DESCRIPTION

 The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.

 Two Numerical type High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to
the CTs bus wires and shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The Independent CT supervision Relays shall be provided and shall short and isolate the

PREPARED BY: ARS CTs on detection of CT open circuit.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  The TEE connection Protection shall be Separate protection IEDs than the SGT protection
IEDs stated above for SGT protection and shall be installed in the independent protection
APPROVED cabinets. The Protection IEDs shall be multi-function Numerical type protection, IEC-
61850 Compatible and shall be integrated with substation SAS as stated for SGT
protection above.

 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be more
than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.

 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
CERTIFIED

of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

BY:  The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
DATE:
(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2
shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate
rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.
DESCRIPTION

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 &2 of the associated circuit–
breakers, Trip associated 33kV CB of the SGT, initiate alarms, indication and start the
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS fault recorder and signal to SOE.

PREPARED BY: ARS CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

DATE:

CHK’D BY: The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
APPROVED isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase of the 380kV CBS and for each Trip Coil
of associated 33kV CB, such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
CERTIFIED whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.

BY:
 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays 380kV System shall be installed in the respective Pole
DATE: Discrepancy Panels. The TCS Relays for 33kV CBs shall be installed in respective
Switchgear Panels.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV Main 1, Mani 2 and Back Up protection shall be
via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS
at the Substation.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The 87T1 and 87 T2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays. In addition to
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
above the two Self rest Tripping Relays 94T1 and 94 T2 in the 33kV Switchgear
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Panels shall be Provided.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The 87T1, 50P/51P Buchhalz Stage II, HV REF shall activate 86T1 While 87T2,, SGT
Tap changer Protection, Any other Transformer Mechanical Protection recommended
by Manufacturer , LV REF shall activate the 86T2

 All Protections which are activating 86T1 shall activate 94T1 through blocking Diode
DESCRIPTION

to the associated 33kV CB. Similarly all protection operating 86T2 shall also activate
94T2 through Blocking Diode.

 The Stand By Earth Fault Protection shall first Trip the 33kV CB through 94T2 to
work as back up to Down Stream Earth Faults if the fault cleared the relay shall rest if
NO.

1
3

fault persists then after a set time delay of 70 m sec operate through 86T2 Tripping
REVISIONS
relays .
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 51S/51NS shall activate 94T1 to Trip 33kV CB only.
CHK’D BY:

 Winding Temperature Stage II shall Trip the 33kV CB only through 94T2.
APPROVED

 It shall energise the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers,
initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers initiate
alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
 All tripping shall be hard wired.

a) Transformer Tripping Relays:

86T1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
CERTIFIED
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
BY:
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
DATE:

 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.

 Close Block to the CBKX30.
 Close Block to the 33kV CB.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
94T1 Shall Initiate
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 33kV CB trip coil 1
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  33kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
DATED

 Alarm/Indication.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 SOE.

86T2 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
DESCRIPTION

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.
 Close Block to the CBKX30.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Close Block to the 33kV CB.

PREPARED BY: ARS  BCU.

 Alarm/Indication.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 SOE.

APPROVED 94T2 Shall Initiate

 33kV CB trip coil 2

 33kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 Fault recorder.
 SOE.

86T1 and 86T2 shall be Heavy Duty L/O Relays with H/E Reset while 94T1 and 94T2
shall be the Self Rest with Flag Hand rest heavy duty type.

CERTIFIED
b) TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

BY:
86TEE-1 Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).
86TEE-1 Shall initiate:
DATE:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
 33kV CB trip coil 1
 33kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 Close Block CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Close Block CBKX30.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Close Block 33kV CB
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 SOE.
DESCRIPTION

86TEE-2 Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

86TEE-2 Shall initiate:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 Close Block CBKX10 KX50.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Close Block CBKX30.

PREPARED BY: ARS  33kV CB trip coil 2

DATE:
 33kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
CHK’D BY:

 Close Block 33kV CB

APPROVED  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 SOE.
86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be heavy Duty Hand/Electrical Rest type.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
CERTIFIED

a) In Bay Matrix.

Designation
BY:
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
DATE: Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2

6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2
b) CTs for Transformer Protection in 380kV GIS and 33kV (LV)
DESCRIPTION

Switchgear Panel.
Sl. No EHV (380kV) SIDE LV (33kV) SIDE
CT Particulars Purpose CT Particulars Purpose
1. MRCT 2000- Main1 2400-1200/1A, Cl.X, Main1
NO.

1200-800-400- Protection Vk≥800V,Rct≤10, Protection

2

1
3

REVISIONS
/1A, Cl: X, Box 1 Im≤25 mA at 2400/1A Box 1
PREPARED BY: ARS Vk≥360V,
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
Rct≤1, Im ≤
100mA at

APPROVED
400/1A.
2. MRCT 2000- Main 2 2400-1200/1A, Cl.X, Main 2
1200-800-400- Protection Vk≥800V,Rct≤10, Protection Box2
/1A, Cl: X, Box2 Im≤25 mA at 2400/1A
Vk≥360V, Rct≤2 2400-1200/1A, Cl.X, Box 4 LV REF
, Im ≤ 100mA Vk≥800V,Rct≤10,
at 400/1A. Im≤25 mA at 2400/1A
3. MRCT 2000- box 3 2400-1200/1A, Cl: BCU
1200-800-400- HV REF 0.2Fs5 10VA at

CERTIFIED
/1A, Cl: X, 1200/1A
Vk≥360V, Rct≤1
, Im ≤ 100mA
BY:

DATE: at 400/1A.
4. MRCT 2000- Metering 3000/1A, Cl: X 33kV BB
1200-800-400- Vk≥800V,Rct≤10, Protection
/1A, Cl: 0.2FS5, Im≤30 mA at Vk.
10VA at
400/1A.

c) CTs in the Bushing of the Transformer.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
S. No. CT Particulars Purpose
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND In EHV Bushings.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. 3000-2000/1A Cl. PX, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1
3000-2000/1A Cl. PX, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2
DESCRIPTION

Core3: As per Manufacturers Recommendations 49T

2. In LV Bushings. One CT in Yellow (middle) Phase.
‫ ٭‬2100/5A Or 1750/5A , Class= 1.0 , 50VA For AVC
HV (380kV) Neutral connection with earth.
3 MRCT 2000-1200-800-400/1A, Cl: PX, For HV REF +SBEF
NO.

1
3

Vk≥360V, Rct≤1 , Im ≤ 100mA at Protection (Box 3).

REVISIONS
400/1A.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: MRCT 2000-1200-800-400/1A, Cl: PX, Vk≥360V, For HV REF + SBEF
CHK’D BY:
Rct≤1 , Im ≤ 100mA at 400/1A. Protection (Box 1).
In LV Neutral connection with NER).
4
APPROVED

2400-1200/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥800V,Rct≤10, For LV REF + SBEF

Im≤25 mA at 2400/1A. Protection (Box 4).
2400-1200/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥800V,Rct≤10, For LV REF + SBEF
Im≤25 mA at 2400/1A. Protection (Box 2).
3000-1500/1A, CL 5P20 15VA @1500A SBEF+NCA ( Box 5)
3000-1500/1A, CL 5P20 15VA @1500A Spare

‫ ٭‬CT For AVC shall be as per the Transformer Ratings.

CERTIFIED

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all case the each and every

BY:
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance
DATE: The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
factor of 1.2 at 55°.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
380kV 3phase GIS VT:
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
DATED
Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

33kV Side VT
DESCRIPTION

Rated Primary Voltage 33/√3kV

Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 110/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 110/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
Rated Output 40VA per each Secondary winding
NO.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

2

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

APPROVED The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-011 & 012. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-07**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 18
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-08

380KV BUS BAR PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
1. INTRODUCTION
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION

2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

APPROVED 2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY
2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIPPING SCHEME

CERTIFIED 4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
BY:

DATE:

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380kv BB Protection
Two numerical protection IED boxes (Set1 & Set 2) shall be provided for main BB protection
DESCRIPTION

and must be from two different manufactures and shall be used with multiple protection
functions, included in the same protection IED’s unit.
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA specifications.
This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
NO.

exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
CHK’D BY:
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
APPROVED
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

Each 380kV Bus sectionalizer shall have independent panel and independent BCU. The
Conventional Alarms shall be integrated with SAS though Binary input to the BCU provided
that BCU must have 20% spare I/O Points after commissioning for Company future use. If the
BCU will not fulfill the requirement then additional I/O Boxes shall be installed in the GIS
Control room
CERTIFIED
The Following signals shall be integrated with SAS through Station General Alarm Panel
Common BCU.
a) BCU Faulty (Watch Dog Contact).
BY:

DATE:

b) Main DC Supply to the BCU fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 380KV BUS BAR PROTECTION

2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING The bus bar protection IED shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the following Main
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND multi functions
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Set1 & Set 2 BB Protection IEDs have the following functions:

 Phase segregated; circulating current high impedance protection.
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection Circuit breaker fail Protection.
DESCRIPTION

 Sensitive differential earth fault protection

 Dead Zone Protection- (this feature to be used in case of existing system where no
CT’s overlap is provided, In new systems it shall be ensured that CT’s overlap is
provided).
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME
CHK’D BY:
 The 380kV bus bars protection shall comprise two sets of four discriminative
protections as First Main Protection Set; 871A-1,871B-1,872A-1,872B-1 and
APPROVED
Second Main Protection Set;871A-2,871B-2,872A-2,872B-2 for 380kV breaker and
half bus bar protection schemes.
 In addition to the provision of current transformers on each bay matrix two sets of
current transformers shall also be provided on the bus bars for the associated 1A, 1B
and 2A, 2B sections one each on either side of the Bus Disconnector.
 NOTE:
The 380 KV Bus Bar 1A & 1B and 2A & 2B are with out bus section breakers however,
these shall be provided with individual discriminative protection zones as 1A &1B and 2A
& 2B. In case of fault on any one of these zones; 1A or 1B OR 2A or 2B the corresponding
CERTIFIED
bus bar zone protection will trip all the 380KV circuit breakers connected to 1A & 1B OR
2A & 2B bus bars. This shall enable the control staff to isolate the faulty bus section and
BY: restore the healthy bus. The tripping of other side CBs of the operated zone shall be given
DATE:
trip command from respective 86B via checking the status of the respective bus
Disconnector.
 The Contractor shall provide High Impedance BB protection for each zone for set 1 and
set 2 BB protection.
 The set one and set 2 BB protection shall be from two different Manufacturers.
 Independent Protection IED (Box) shall be provided for each Bus Zone Protection.
 Each box shall have the following performance qualities.
 The Bus Protection shall remain stable for all kinds of external faults.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The speed of operation of the bus protection shall not exceed 20 mille sec at 2.5 times
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
the set magnitude. Over and above the analog information, other parameters for
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED differential function, supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals,

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

the Protection System shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the automatic
compensation facility in the differential measurement.
 Proper transient biasing shall be incorporated (to restrict the operating characteristics)
during CT saturation in the event of heavy faults in the adjacent sections or even very
DESCRIPTION

close to the zone of protection.

 The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC61850 for operation
under electrical environment present in Extra high-voltage substations, it shall follow
the latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.
NO.

1
3

 Disturbances in the HMI shall not affect the Protection scheme in any manner.
REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS CT Supervision Relays for High Impedance Protections.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each High Impedance
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
APPROVED isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-20
Seconds.
 The protection shall be facilitated with Metrosil unit having a nonlinear resistance
characteristic to limit the peak voltage appearing across the secondary differential
circuits.
 Tripping from each bus bar protection shall be through its own set of trip Heavy Duty
type L/O Relays having adequate No. of Contacts.
 The L/O Relay shall be Hand/Electrical Reset.
 The Interfacing of BB protection with SAS shall be as per SAS specifications Appendix
CERTIFIED XIV.

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

BY:

DATE:
 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection FOR
380KV BB
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR communication gate ways.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED except DC Auxiliary supply.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
DESCRIPTION

2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

BSP having Diameter 6 or less than 6 including Future.
 87BB (Set-1)-1A & 1B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB( Set-1)-2A & 2B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB(Set 2)-1A & 1B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
NO.

 87BB (Set-2)-2A & 2B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
BB protection for XA and XB in one panel shall be electrically and Mechanically Separated.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
BSP having Diameter more than 6 including Future.
 87BB (Set-1)-1A Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
APPROVED  87BB (Set-1)-1B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB (Set-1)-2A Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB (Set-1)-2B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB (Set-2)-1A Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB (Set-2)-1B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB (Set-2)-2A Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
 87BB (Set-2)-2B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
CERTIFIED

3.1 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each bus bar protection shall be through its own set of trip Heavy Duty type
BY:

DATE: L/O Relays having adequate No. of Contacts.

 The L/O Relay shall be Hand/Electrical Reset.
 Setting of each bus bar protection shall not be greater than 30% of the minimum fault
current while the stability limit of the bus bar protection shall not be less than the
switchgear rating.

The Interfacing of BB protection with SAS shall be as per SAS specifications Appendix XIV.
The 380KV Bus Bar Protection Set-1 and Set-2 shall have the following operational
features:-
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 86B 1A-1 shall be operated from 87B 1A-1
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
86B 1B-1 shall be operated from 87B 1B-1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Each one of the above shall initiate:

 CBs KX10s trip coils 1 of Bus-1A & 1B through BS Disconnector.
 CBs KX10s Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 of Bus-1A & 1B.
 Alarm/Indications Local & Remote
DESCRIPTION

 Fault Recorder.
 Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
 SOE.
86B 2A-1 shall be operated from 87B 2A-1
86B 2B-1 shall be operated from 87B 2B-1
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Each one of the above shall initiate:
ARS
PREPARED BY:
CB KX50s trip coils 1 of Bus-2A & 2B through BS Disconnector.
DATE:

CHK’D BY: CB KX50s Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 of Bus-2A & 2B.
Alarm/Indication Local & Remote
APPROVED Fault Recorder.
Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
SOE.
86B 1A-2 shall be operated from 87B 1A-2
86B 1B-2 shall be operated from 87B 1B-2
Each one of the above shall initiate:
CB KX10s trip coils 2 of Bus-1A & 1B through BS Disconnector.
CB KX10s Circuit breaker fail 1& 2 Bus-1A & 1B.
Alarm/Indication Local & remote.
CERTIFIED
Fault Recorder.
Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
BY: SOE.
86B 2A-2 shall be operated from 87B 2A-2
DATE:

86B 2B-2 shall be operated from 87B 2B-2

Each one of the above shall initiate:

CB KX50s trip coils 2 of Bus-2A & 2B through BS Disconnector.
CB KX50s Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 Bus-2A & 2B.
Alarm/Indication Local & remote.
Fault Recorder.
THIS DOCUMENT IS Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
SOE.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The BB tripping Relays shall have adequate # of contacts to cover all the associated existing
380kV GIS bays spare bays and the future bays. Plus 20% spare contacts for future use. All the
Trip contacts used shall be designated for the function used. Unused contacts shall be marked
as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labeling.
DESCRIPTION

To achieve proper DC supervision each BB protection zone shall have independent set Trip
L/O Relays.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
In Bay Matrix.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PREPARED BY: ARS Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection

APPROVED Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB1( Two Set of CTs one each on
either Side Bus Disconnector)
6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87 BB2( Two Set of CTs one each on
either Side Bus Disconnector)

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
CERTIFIED
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
BY: factor of 1.2 at 55°.
DATE:

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
380kV 3phase GIS Bus VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-009. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY: **END OF APPEDIX # E-08**

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX # E-09.
DESCRIPTION

380KV CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
CONTENTS
PREPARED BY: ARS

1. INTRODUCTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 380KV CBF PROTECTION.

APPROVED

2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.2 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIPPING SCHEME

CERTIFIED

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
BY:

DATE:
5 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

1- INTRODUCTION
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 6
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

This document details the basic protection requirement for 380kV Circuit Breaker Fail
Protection

Two numerical protection IED boxes (CBF1 & CBF2 ) shall be provided and must be from
DESCRIPTION

two different manufactures and shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in
the same protection IED’s unit.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA specifications.
NO.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
2

1
3

REVISIONS
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
CHK’D BY:

Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
APPROVED

conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The adaptation of main protection Relays for the functionality shall not be allowed.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.
CERTIFIED

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 380KV CBF PROTECTION

BY:

DATE: 2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

The CBF protection IED shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the following Main multi
functions

CBF1 & CBF 2 Protection IEDs

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection Circuit breaker fail Protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Sensitive differential earth fault protection
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 Time Delay Definite Settable.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 6
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

 Each 380kV circuit breaker shall have circuit breaker fail protection fitted in
accordance with National Grid SA Specifications suitable for Breaker and a Half Bus
DESCRIPTION

bar arrangement.

 The scheme shall utilize two current check and two timers (Independent CBF1 &
CBF2 protection IED ) initiated by all the protection that trips the circuit breaker.
The CBF1 & CBF2 shall have its own set of tripping relay.

 CBF protection shall be provided for all 380kV CBs including spare bays and out
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Door/Hybrid CB for Line Shunt reactors . The CBF Protection scheme for CBs feeding
PREPARED BY: ARS the spare bays (without any protection panels) shall have facilities for its integration
DATE:
with future protection panels.
CHK’D BY:

 The DC Supply feeder for CBF1 and CBF 2 for each circuit breaker of 1½ Breaker
APPROVED scheme shall be directly taken from the Main DC DB 380kV BB protection Bus. DC
Supply for CBF 1 shall be from DC system one and DC supply for CBF 2 shall be from
DC system 2. DC Supply shall be branched in the CBF protection panel for Relay
Auxiliary supply/Rest supply, Tripping supply and indication supply through MCBs
of appropriate rating.

 CBF1 and CBF2 protection IEDs shall be from Relays Approved List and according to
Approved Ordering Code and be from two Different Manufactures. The Protection
IEDs shall be multifunction IEC 61850 Compatible Numerical type with dual active
port. IEDs shall be integrated with SAS with PRP communication.
CERTIFIED

 The 380KV circuit breaker fail protection CBF1 and CBF2 for CBs: KX10, KX30 and

BY:
KX50 shall have the following operational features:-
DATE:

 NC Contact of the associated 86CBF Relay shall be added in the CBF Circuit of the CB
to avoid Re-trip signal to the Failed CB.
The CBF Protection for CBs KX--10 and KX--50
Each one of the above shall be initiated from their respective tripping devices:

86B1A-1,86B1B-1,86B 2A-1,86B 2B-1

86B1A-2,86B1B-2,86B 2A-2,86B 2B-2
86 /94 relays of all feeders or SGTs
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 86TEE-1, 86TEE-2
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS 85R1-1,85R1-2
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
85R2-1,85R2-2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 6
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

33kV Side Protection Trip Relays of SGTs operating through the Failed CB.
132kV Side Protection Trip Relays of SGTs operating through the Failed CB.
The CBF Protection for CBs KX--30

Each one of the above shall be initiated from their respective tripping devices
DESCRIPTION

operating through the CB and as stated above as Appropriate:

 86 B of respective Bus zone.

 86 relays of all feeders or SGTs
 86TEE-1, 86TEE-2
NO.

1
3

 132kV CB Trip Relays of the SGTs.

REVISIONS
 33kV Side Protection Trip Relays of SGTs Operating through the Failed
ARS
PREPARED BY:
CB.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The CBF Protection Operations for CBs KX30 shall initiate their respective Trip L/O
Relays: 86CBF.
APPROVED
86CBF Initiate:
 Trip CBs KX10 or CBs KX50
 Send I/T on 85S1-2
 Send I/T 85S2-2
 33kV/132kV Side CB Of SGTs
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
 SOE
CERTIFIED
CBF protection one and CBF protection two shall operate through their own trip L/O
Relays.
BY:
The Tripping of Other Bus side CBs (Bus B) in case of CBF Condition on one Side CB (Bus
DATE:

A) shall check the respective Bus Disconnector.

All trip L/O Relays shall have Hand/Electrical reset facility. In case of emergencies the Trip
L/O Relays shall also be resettable from Remote CRCC through SCADA Gate Ways.

The CBF tripping Relays shall have adequate # of contacts to cover all the associated
existing 380kV GIS bays spare bays and the future bays. Plus 20% spare contacts for future
use. All the Trip contacts used shall be designated for the function used. Unused contacts
shall be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labeling.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
2.2.2 PANEL REQUIREMENT
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 6
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CBF 1 for one Diameter (three CBs) along with associated Auxiliary Equipment shall be
accommodated in One panel and CBF2 (three CBs) along with associated Auxiliary
Equipment shall be accommodated in other panel.
That is two panels per Diameter. CBF protection shall be provided for all CBs including
DESCRIPTION

Spare Bays.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIPPNG SCHEME
The CBF Protection 1 (52-1+62-1) and CBF protection 2 (52-2+62+2) Operations for CBs
NO.

KX--10 & KX--50 shall initiate their respective Trip L/O Relays 86CBF 1 and 86 CBF 2:
2

1
3

REVISIONS
The86 CBF 1 & 2 shall initiate:
ARS
Trip coil 1 of respective CBs BS section 1A/2A and 1B/2B through BS Disconnector.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Trip coil 2 of respective CBs BS section 1A/2A and 1B/2B through BS Disconnector.
 Trip Coil 1 & 2 of associated KX ---30 CB
APPROVED  Send I/T on 85S1-2
 Send I/T 85S2-2.
 Trip 132kV Side CB of 380/132kV SGTs [ not required under this PTS]
 Trip 33kV CB of 380/33kV Transformer
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
 SOE.

The CBF Protection Operations for CBs KX30 shall initiate their respective Trip L/O Relays:
CERTIFIED 86CBF.

86CBF Initiate:
BY:
 Trip CBs KX10 or CBs KX50
DATE:

 Send I/T on 85S1-2

 Send I/T 85S2-2
 132kV Side CB Of SGTs
 Trip 33kV CB of 380/33kV Transformer
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 Provide Close block of the associated CBs.
 SOE
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR CBF protection one and CBF protection two shall operate through their own trip L/O
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS Relays. The Tripping of Other Bus side CBs (Bus B) in case of CBF Condition on one Side CB
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
(Bus A) shall check the respective Bus Disconnector.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 6
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

All trip L/O Relays shall have Hand/Electrical reset facility. In case of emergencies the Trip
L/O Relays shall also be resettable from Remote ECC through SCADA Gate Ways.
The CBF tripping Relays shall have adequate # of contacts to cover all the associated
existing 380kV GIS bays spare bays and the future bays. Plus 20% spare contacts for future
DESCRIPTION

use. All the Trip contacts used shall be designated for the function used. Unused contacts
shall be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labeling.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
NO.

The Current Transformers for the Main 380kV GIS CBs shall be
2

1
3

REVISIONS
3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25-35 mA. For others as per
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
the individual Bases.
CHK’D BY:

APPROVED
5. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-010. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

**END OF APPEDIX # E-09**

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 6
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-10
DESCRIPTION

132-115-110KV BUS BAR PROTECTION

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS CONTENTS
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
1. INTRODUCTION
CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION.

APPROVED

2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING
2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS

CERTIFIED
3.1 TRIPPING SCHEME

BY: 4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

DATE:

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 132/115/110kV BB Protection

Two numerical protection IED boxes (Discriminative Zone & Check Zone) shall be provided
DESCRIPTION

for main BB protection shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in the same
protection IED’s unit.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA specifications.
NO.

1
3

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
REVISIONS
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
PREPARED BY: ARS
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
DATE:

CHK’D BY: Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 320% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
APPROVED the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION

CERTIFIED
2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
The Protection IED used for the double bus bar protection should be an intelligent, phase
BY:
selectable, numerical, electronic device, with multiple protection functions, included in the
DATE:
same Protection IED unit and shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the following Main
multi functions:
 Phase segregated; circulating current/voltage celebrated high impedance
protection. (discriminating & check Zones)
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 Sensitive earth fault protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Dead Zone Protection- (this feature to be used in case of existing system where no
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS CT’s overlap is provided, In new systems it shall be ensured that CT’s overlap is
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED provided).

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

DESCRIPTION

 Each phase of each section of the bus bar protection shall be individually protected by
high impedance bus bar protection relays.
 Tripping from each bus bar protection shall require the simultaneous operation of the check
zone and the relevant discriminative zone, provided each of them is healthy and in the “IN”
position, however individual failure of each at a time or “OUT” selection of each at a time
NO.

1
3

shall not abort the correct operation of the bus bar protection. To achieve the above
REVISIONS
operating conditions Bus bar protection should also be incorporated with the tripping
PREPARED BY: ARS philosophy satisfy the various conditions, which are listed in the following table:
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
PHILOSOPHY OF 132-110 kV DOUBLE BUSBAR PROTECTION

APPROVED DISCRIMINATIVE ZONE CHECK ZONE Trip

CT. Sup. Trip In/Out CT. Sup. Trip Initiate

In/Out
Position Status Relay Position Status Relay
In Healthy Operated In Healthy Operated Yes

In Healthy Operated Out Healthy --- Yes

In Healthy Operated In Unhealthy Not Yes

Operated
Out Healthy --- In Healthy Operated Yes

CERTIFIED Out Healthy --- Out Healthy --- No

Out Healthy --- In Unhealthy Not No

BY: Operated
DATE:
In Unhealthy Not In Healthy Operated Yes
Operated
In Unhealthy Not Out Healthy --- No
Operated
In Unhealthy Not In Unhealthy Not No
Operated Operated

 The check and discriminative zones shall be fully segregated by connection to separate CT’s
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR and fed from separate DC supplies.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Setting of each bus bar protection shall not be greater than 30% of the minimum fault
current while the stability limit of the bus bar protection shall not be less than the
switchgear rating.
 The bus bar tripping shall be through L/O trip relays with Auto Rest Timer this is necessary
DESCRIPTION

to allow transferring the primary equipment from the faulty bus section to the healthy ones.
 Trip relays capability shall be proven according to the relevant circuit parameters and trip
coil ratings.
 Trip signals to be coordinated between the discriminative & check units for accomplishing
the tripping of the bay on the faulty zone.
NO.

1
3

 Each bay shall be facilitated with a CBF relay to re-trip the bus bar through a lockout relay
REVISIONS
send a transfer trip to the remote end and alarm. CBF 1 & CBF2 shall be the built in
ARS
function of Main 1 & Main 2 protection IDs of outgoing Feeders GT Feeders etc.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: Independent CBF1 & CBF 2 protection IEDs shall be installed for Bus Section CBs, Bus
Coupler CBs, SVC Bay CBs & Shunt Reactor Bay CBs and the 132/115/110kV CBs of
APPROVED Super Grid Transformers.
 During the load transfer from one bus to the other and in case the two isolators are in the
closed position coincident bus faults shall trip both bus bar zones
 Inter trip sending from the CBF shall be through the relevant feeders Protection Relays
communication cards.
 A receive relay shall be used at the remote end with a resetting timer to interrupt the DC
supply at the local end.
 Facilities shall be provided in the IED for each bus bar protection current transformers to
be shorted and disconnected from the current transformer bus wires these facilities shall

CERTIFIED
comprise a system of bolted link in order to maximize their integrity and minimize
resistance.

BY:

DATE: IN ADDITION BUS BAR SCHEME SHALL FULFIL WITH FOLLOWIN REQUIRMNETS:

 The Bus Protection shall remain stable for all kinds of external faults.

 The speed of operation of the bus protection shall not exceed 20 m s at 2.5 times the set
magnitude.

 Over and above the analog information, other parameters for differential function,
supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals, the Protection System
shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the automatic compensation facility in
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR the differential measurement.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  In all case, CT’s shall be class “X” as shall be detailed below in the CT requirement sections.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The IN/OUT selection of the Protection shall be accessible locally & from remote.
 The Protection Scheme shall be adoptable for all future extension.
 Independent CT supervision Relay shall be provided for each zone of the Protection; On
DESCRIPTION

detection of CT open circuit shall short and isolate the CT. CT open circuit shall initiate local &
remote alarm. The Tripping philosophy in case of CT open circuit shall be adopted as stated in
the above Tripping Philosophy table.
 The protection shall be facilitated with Metrosil unit having a nonlinear resistance characteristic
to limit the peak voltage appearing across the secondary differential circuits.
NO.

 Proper CT’s switching shall be provided. The Main Auxiliary Contacts of Plant Primary
2

1
3

REVISIONS
equipment shall be used for CT switching. If unavoidable to use the Repeat Relays then Heavy
PREPARED BY: ARS Duty Type Relays shall be adopted having contact rating not less than 30A continuous.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The Protections IED box, supporting the above functions, shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant Substation Protection Requirement

APPROVED
(Appendix VII), in the PTS and the project SOW.
 Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
communication medium.
 The Sub Station Automation System shall include Bus Zone Discriminating Zone with
Check Zone Protection.
BUS SECTION/BUS COUPLER PROTECTION
Separate Multi-function with Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current
protection as main function supplied from separate CT to be provided For each Bus Section
and Bus Coupler. The 50/50N element shall be through IN/OUT switch and shall be kept IN

CERTIFIED
during Energization and kept out during normal service conditions. It shall operate through
Independent Trip L/O Relay 86BC/BS.
CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)
BY:

DATE: The independent CBF1 & CBF2 protection IEDs shall be provided for each BS and BC. CBF
shall Operate through 132kV BB Tripping scheme. In addition to above one Trip L/O Relay
86CBF for CBF1 and CBF2 shall be provided it shall give close block and local & remote
indication.

DC SUPPLY
 The DC supply for the bus bar protection shall be by a separate radial feed from the main
DC board It shall be wired and supervised in such a way that any fault is detected by the
THIS DOCUMENT IS appropriate supervision relay.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Each protection supply supervision relay alarm contact shall be connected to local Alarm
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
and connected in parallel to initiate remote alarm to CRCC through SCADA Gate Ways.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Supply to the CBF protection shall be derived directly from the bus bar main supply
through independent MCB for CBF1 and CBF2 of adequate Rating with Auxiliary Alarm
Contacts. Each Radially fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
However where CBF function is Built in the Main Protection IEDs then CBF supply shall
DESCRIPTION

be the same ±R1, ±R2 Supply.

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection FOR 87B
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
and at remote CRCC.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
CHK’D BY:
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
APPROVED
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except the DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

CERTIFIED
Synch-check relay for BS and BC CBs for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of
the respective BCU. The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for
BY: Manual Closing. Otherwise Independent 25M Relay shall be provided and shall be
DATE:
installed in respective LCC Panel.

 Voltage Difference Settable in range

 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole
fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT input
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 87BB -1A & 1B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.

 87BB-2A & 2B Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
87BB CH Zone Associated Auxiliary equipment one panel.
DESCRIPTION


 One Protection Panel for each 132/115/110kV BS and BC. Main Protection
(50/50N & 51/51N) CBF1 & CBF2, TCS1 and TCS2 and associated Auxiliary
equipment.
BB protection for XA and XB in one panel shall be electrically and Mechanically
Separated.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
PREPARED BY: ARS 3.1 TRIPPING SCHEME
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  The bus-bar protection, & the backup protection including the CBF, shall trip both trip
coils.
APPROVED  Both trip coils shall be provided with independent trip circuit supervision Relays such
that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed
and whether the trip signal is present or not.
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed

 Per each bay, two lockout trip relays shall be provided, one to be 86B and to be activated
from the 87B and the CBF operation while the other 86CBF to be activated from the CBF
operation to send inter-trip to the remote end and give close block to the failed CB and
Trip the Transformer EHV CB in case of SGT and LV CB in case of GT .
 Each BC and BS shall be equipped L/O Relays, 86F activated from 50/50N & 51/51N
CERTIFIED
Protection IED, 86B1 & 86B2 each activated from respective Bus Zone 87B Protection
IEDs, Check Zone and CBF 1 and CBF2 through Blocking Diode and Auxiliary Trip contact
BY:
for back Trip and one 86CBF activated from CBF1 and CBF2 Protection IEDs.
DATE:

INTER TRIPPING (DIRECT TRANSFER TRIPPING)

 An inter-trip shall be provided between the circuit’s ends, using the communication
cards of the line protections IED, this shall be initiated by the CBF protection BB
Protection.

 The received inter-trip shall be used to trip the breaker and initiate local & remote
indications, it will be necessary to provide an inter trip receive relay for this purpose and
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
resetting facility to interrupt the continuous supply to the trip coil.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 The current transformer for the bus bar protection shall be as given below :

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

4000/1-A, Class X, Vk> 800V, Im< 30 mA, Rct< 6 .

 Each feeder or transformer bay shall be equipped with two sets of three CT’s located
DESCRIPTION

on the line sides of the breakers. One for Discriminative Zone and other for check
Zone.
 While the bus sections and bus couplers shall be equipped with Six sets of CT’s
three on either side of the BC & BS breakers but as close as possible to the
breaker.
NO.

1
3

Location
REVISIONS CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
Sr. No.
PREPARED BY: ARS DETAILS PROTECTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY: 1. 4000/1A, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, One side of BB Protection

Im ≤ 30 mA Rct ≤ 6 ohms CB
APPROVED
2. 4000/1A, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, One Side of Spare
Im ≤ 30 mARct ≤ 6 ohms CB
3. 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, Im One Side of 50/50N+ 51/51N +
≤ 30 mA Rct ≤ 6 ohms CB CBF1 & CBF2
4. 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, Im Other Side of BB Protection
≤ 30 mA Rct ≤ 6 ohms CB
5. 4000-2000/1, Cl. 0.2Fs5 30- Other Side of Metering
15VA CB
6. 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, Im Other Side of Spare
CERTIFIED
≤ 30 mA Rct ≤ 6 ohms CB

BY:

DATE:
 All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
132kV 3phase GIS Bus VT:

 Rated Primary Voltage 132/√3 KV.

 Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 115/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p; 100VA.
 Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 115/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p; 100VA.
THIS DOCUMENT IS (No extended Winding)
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS & TES .
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-013&014&015. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS **END OF APPEDIX # E-10**

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-11
DESCRIPTION

380/132/13.8KV 502 SUPPER GRID

TRANSFORMER 132KV SIDE PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS CONTENTS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
1. INTRODUCTION

APPROVED 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SUPPER GRID TRANSFORMER 132KV

SIDE PROTECTION
2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 & BACKUP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
CERTIFIED

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

BY:
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
DATE:

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

1- INTRODUCTION
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR This document details the basic protection requirement for 380/132/13.8KV-
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 230/132/13.8kV 502 MVA Supper Grid Transformers 132kV Side Protection Panels .
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Two numerical protections IED boxes shall be provided for main Transformer protection
and must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit. Back Up Protections as stated bellow.
DESCRIPTION

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTs and the project SOW.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS specifications.

ARS
This document provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
APPROVED
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.
CERTIFIED

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132SIDE SGT PROTECTION

BY:

DATE: 2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

132kV Side Protection IEDs

Box # 1 & Box 2 ( 87C1& 87C2)

 High Impedance Protection as main function.

 The 87C1 and 87C2 shall be from two different manufacturers.
 Each protection shall have independent CT open Circuit Detection shorting and
Isolation.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Box # 3
DATED

 LV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 LV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
DESCRIPTION

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 & BACKUP PROTECTION SCHEME

 The 132 kV connection from 380/132/13.8kV kV SGTs to the switchgear shall be

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS protected by dedicated connection protection 87C1 & 87C2 (High Impedance Unit
PREPARED BY: ARS Type).
DATE:
 The Contractor shall Provide Two 132kV Interconnection protections irrespective of
CHK’D BY:

the Cable length.

 The 2x3 CTs in the 132KV GIS for Transformer protection, the 2x3 CTs in the 132kV
APPROVED

bushing of the SGT shall be connected back to Back to establish a zone of Protection
FOR 132kV Cable connection of the SGT with 132kV GIS switchgear .

 Each phase shall have independent Measuring element for High Impedance Protection
or three Single phase Protection IEDs shall be provided.

 The relay shall be based on high-impedance principle and should be designed for being
stable under all external faults.

 The relay shall not be affected by harmonics and DC components present in the through
fault currents under CT saturation. The relay shall be either voltage operated, current
CERTIFIED
plus resistor calibrated or voltage calibrated type and shall have suitable and
continuously adjustable setting range. The operating time of the relay shall not
BY:
generally be more than 25 m sec at 3 times the relay setting current. Auxiliary CT's shall
DATE:
not be provided in the relay either externally or internally. The CT knee point
requirements, and relay setting voltage requirements including any constants (if any)
shall all be furnished by the contractor along with Tender. The Contractor shall match
the CT and relay application and if found unsuitable, the relay and/or CT should be
changed accordingly. Non-linear type voltage limiting device or Metrosil of suitable
characteristics shall be provided to limit the

 Voltage across secondary devices e.g. the relay and secondary wiring etc. to a value less

THIS DOCUMENT IS than 3000 volts (peak). It shall be mounted either externally or internally. The
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Contractor shall provide the formula and constants of non-linear device along with
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND tender such that its suitability should clearly be established by the Company.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 "The relay shall be provided with adequate contacts for tripping, annunciation SOE,
SCADA and other functions.

CT Supervision Relays for High Impedance Protections

DESCRIPTION

 The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each High
Impedance protection.
 In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and isolate
the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.
NO.

 Considering the Size of Supper Grid Transformer, high quality core material and the
2

1
3

REVISIONS
shape of the hysteresis loop the inrush current shall be very high with high DC
PREPARED BY: ARS component which takes about 4-5 second to fall down below a reasonable level. Hence
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
for CT supervision Relay to avoid any mal operation during Energization it should have
time Delay range from 8-14 seconds. Care must be taking while selecting CT

APPROVED
supervision relay.
 87C1 and 87C2 shall operate through their own Trip L/O Relays 86132kV C1 and
86132kV C2.
 87C1 shall be fed from DC system 1 and 87C2 shall be fed from DC system 2.
 Note: The Transformer Protection Panel shall have 132kV back up OC+EF protection,
Connection Cable unit protection.

 LV O/C and E/F protection shall operate through 94 T1 and Trip 132kV CB only.

 Winding Temperature Stage two shall operate through 94T2 and shall Trip 132kV CB

CERTIFIED
only.

 The independent CBF1 and CBF2 Protection IED for the 132kV CB of each SGT along
BY: with 86B BB tripping Relay and 86 CBF Tripping Relay shall be provided. As per the
Scheme the BB protection and CBF protection shall operate through 86B Tripping
DATE:

Relay the 86CBF will provide close Block to failed CB, Tripp the associated 380kV CBs
and give local & remote indications.

2.2.2CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU. The BCU
shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing. Otherwise

THIS DOCUMENT IS
independent 25M IED shall be provided and shall be installed in the respective BCU:
NOT TO BE USED FOR
Voltage Difference Settable in range 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast
or delayed closure of EHV lines.
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
DESCRIPTION

 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT

input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.
2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided through Bi-Stable Relay for
each protection for each protection relay 87C1 & 87C2.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm

PREPARED BY: ARS and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
DATE: HMI and at remote CRCC.
CHK’D BY:
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
APPROVED
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

CERTIFIED

 132kV 87C1, CBF1 and TCS1 and their associated Auxiliary Equipment.
BY:

DATE:  132kV 87C2, CBF2 & TCS 2 and their associated Auxiliary Equipment
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in the
National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as recommended by
the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C Approval. After allocation of
all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at least 20% spare windows for
future use. For SF6 gas each gas compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and
also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32
THIS DOCUMENT IS windows. From bay Control unit all signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit supervision
for each Trip Coil such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether the
breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not,
DESCRIPTION

 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.

 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective 132kV Protection
Panels as stated above.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Tripping from each separate 132KV 86C1 & 86C2 shall be via appropriate tripping system as
PREPARED BY: ARS detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation. It shall energise the
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail
protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers initiate alarms, indication and SOE etc. All

APPROVED
tripping shall be hard wired. In addition to above86B and 86CBFF shall be installed in the
Panel.

132kV Side Transformers Tripping Relays:

86C1 shall be activated from 87C1
86C1 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

CERTIFIED
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.

BY:
 Close Block to the CBKX30.
DATE:
 Close Block to the 132kV CB.
 Trip 132kV CB.
 CBF 1 & CBF2 of 132kV CB.
 Trip associated 13.8kV CB Trip Coil 1. (If Fitted)
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.
THIS DOCUMENT IS 86C2 shall be activated from 87C2
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 86C2 shall initiate:
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil1.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the CBKX10 or CBKX50.
DESCRIPTION

 Close Block to the CBKX30.

 Trip 132kV CB.
 CBf1 & CBf2 of 132kV CB.
 Close Block to the 132kV CB.
NO.

Trip associated 13.8kV CB Trip Coil 2. (If Fitted)

2

1
3


REVISIONS
 BCU
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Alarm/Indication.
CHK’D BY:
 SOE.

APPROVED
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
A. CTs in the 132kV GIS For 500 MVA Transformer Protection.

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT132-1 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> (87C1) 132kV Cable

1000-, Im< 25 mA. Connection
Protection Box 1
2. CT132-2 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> (87C2) 132kV Cable
CERTIFIED
1000-, Im< 25 mA. Connection
Protection Box 1
BY: 3. CT132-3 3000-1500/1A CL: 0.2FS5. 15VA on Metering
Ratio 1500/1A.
DATE:

4. CT132-1 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7 ohms, Vk> 51S/51NS+ CBF1 &

1000-, Im< 25 mA. CBF2 +FR
5. CT132-4 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk> 800 V, Im< 30 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 6 ohms. Discriminative Zone
6. CT132-5 4000/1A, Cl. X; Vk> 800V, Im< 30 Bus-bar Protection
mA Check Zone.
Rct< 6 ohms
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
B. CTs in the Bushing of 502 MVA 380/132/13.8kV Transformer.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Location Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
Sr. No.
DETAILS PROTECTION

1. 380kV Bushings CTB-1 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 TEE Connection

DESCRIPTION

ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ Protection 1.

25-35 mA
2. 380kV Bushings CTB-2 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 TEE Connection
ohms, Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ Protection 2.
25-35 mA
NO.

1
3

3. 132kV Bushings CTB-3 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7 ohms, Vk 87C1) 132kV
REVISIONS
> 1000-, Im < 25 mA. Cable. Connection
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Protection. Box 1
CHK’D BY:
4. 132kV Bushings CTB-4 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7 ohms, 87C2) 132kV
Vk > 1000-, Im < 25 mA. Cable. Connection
APPROVED
Protection. Box 2.
5. 132kV Bushings CTB-5 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 87T1 Protection.
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA Box 1
6. 132kV Bushings CTB-6 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 87T2 Protection.
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA Box 2
7. 132kV Bushings CTB-7 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk REF1 Protection
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA
8. 132kV Bushings CTB-8 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk REF2 Protection
≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA
CERTIFIED
9. In side 13.8KV CTB-9 800-100/1A 15VA, 5P20. 50/51 & 50N/51N
Delta Winding (3 CTs) Protection.
BY: 10. Outside 13.8KV CTB-10(3 800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 ohms, Vk ≥ 87T2 Protection.
DATE:
Delta. CTs) 500, Im ≤ 25 mA

11. Outside 13.8KV CTB-10(3 800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 ohms, Vk ≥ 87T1 Protection.
Delta. CTs) 500, Im ≤ 25 mA

12. 13.8KV Delta CTB-11 800-100/1A 15VA 5P20. 51 N ( Single

connection to Current element
Earth. )In case unloaded
Tertiary in
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING earthed
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED connection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

13. Neutral Bushings CTB-12 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 64-1 Protection.
1CT after Star ≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA
point
14. Neutral Bushings CTB-13 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7 ohms, Vk 64-2 Protection.
DESCRIPTION

1CT after Star ≥ 1000, Im ≤ 25 mA

point
15. Neutral Bushings CTB-14 3000-1500/1A Cl. 5P20 30VA at SBEF+ FR/TR.
1CT after Star 3000/1A Ratio.
point
NO.

1
3

16. 132kV Yellow CTB-15 2200/5A Class 1 50VA AVC

REVISIONS
Phase
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY: The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
APPROVED Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
factor of 1.2 at 55°.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3phase GIS VT:

 Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
CERTIFIED

(No extended Winding)

BY:
For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS & TES .
DATE:

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-008. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS **END OF APPEDIX # E-11**

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-12

132KV FEEDER PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
1. INTRODUCTION

PREPARED BY: ARS 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132KV FEEDER PROTECTION.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
APPROVED
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.4 LOCAL CABLE/GIB CONNECTION PROTECTION
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
CERTIFIED

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
BY:

DATE:
5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 1- INTRODUCTION

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

This document details the basic protection requirement for 132KV Feeder protection.

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main line protection and must be
from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in
the same protection IED’s unit.
DESCRIPTION

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

PREPARED BY: ARS specifications.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
APPROVED

Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

CERTIFIED
Full testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization shall fall the
under the scope of this contract.

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132KV FEEDER PROTECTION.

BY:

DATE:

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

The 132kV OHTL feeder protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the
following Main multi functions:

BOX#1 : MAIN-1 & BOX#2:MAIN-2 AS FOLLOWS

 Line differential protection
 Distance protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Directional earth fault protection
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Multi shot Auto reclosing
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Multi Characteristic, Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection
 Sensitive directional earth fault Protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Circuit breaker fail Protection

 Under voltage /Over voltage ; protection
 Fuse failure supervision
 Trip circuit supervision
DESCRIPTION

 Frequency Protection
 Metering–for checking the live or dead condition of the line

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential protection
and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main Functions ,
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

 Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores and one E
APPROVED
1 data channel to achieve the redundancy.

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using

'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type using three
single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar relay.

 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV &
EHV O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection shall be
designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults and 3-phase
faults with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT principle to change three
CERTIFIED
single phase comparison to one single phase comparison.

 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
BY:

DATE: ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.

 Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3, 4 and
more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input with its own
dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to provide reliable
protection not affected by transmission delays and communication switching etc. Multi-
terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH or Low density or medium
density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical type. It
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be standard

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details and
compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication
department}.
 The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
DESCRIPTION

remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due
to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the
required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote
location must be possible. The relay shall be equipped with all optional features and
charging current compensation. The relay shall have back-up distance, directional phase &
NO.

1
3

ground fault and directional comparison E/F protection features.

REVISIONS

 The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC &Inst). The features
CHK’D BY:
for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone protection .

APPROVED  The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall have
self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules, memory
and other major components like power supply) as well as communication channel
supervision.

 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording facility.
All the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and remotely through
separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end information and fault data
along various states of the input quantities from the start of the disturbance to end shall
be available for last 3 records on nonvolatile memory and alarm/event data for last 10
CERTIFIED
alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.

 The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.
BY:

The relay ratings and ranges:

DATE:

 Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.

 125DC or as per the S/S Auxiliary DC Supply.
 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Accuracy range up to 30In
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
DISTANCE PROTECTION

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL &,
MHO characteristic. Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an
X/R ratio of ≥40
DESCRIPTION

 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be wired from a
different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. separate trip relays and
separate inter trip receive relays
 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure shall block the operation of the distance
protection
NO.

1
3

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones

REVISIONS
 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current reversal
ARS
condition depending on the circuit configuration.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable for
two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each zone
APPROVED shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.

For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below
 Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral
Characteristic
 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral
Characteristic
CERTIFIED
Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay
measuring time shall not exceed one cycle.
BY:

DATE:
The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the
following additional functions such as:
 Zone 1 ext. scheme
 Transfer trip scheme
 Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering
 Voltage circuit supervision
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and
THIS DOCUMENT IS Blocking (including reverse measurement elements). All the additional
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-feed have
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
to be included ( current reversal guard)
 facility for single-pole trip
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 power swing blocking function (with selectable zones)

 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding incase of
requirement.
 Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on
DESCRIPTION

parallel lines is to be made available.

 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function
and shall be suitable for activation by external binary.
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory
NO.

voltage for use in case of close up three- phase faults and shall be
2

1
3

REVISIONS
active for more than 100ms.
ARS
This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it should be
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may be) with the
following requirements:
APPROVED

 Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive signal
initiated from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others), also the
carrier send signal (CS) might be issued in parallel both from an overreaching zone
and an under reaching, independent tripping zone.
 The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged while the carrier
send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the permissive signal shall permit
the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.
 Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal CRG,
must always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence of the CRG
CERTIFIED
signal for a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as a CR signal,
This shall enables a permissive scheme to operate when the line fault blocks the
BY: signal transmission or a coincidence of signal loss and the fault time occurs .The
DATE:
carrier received signal created by the unblocking function is reset (150 ms after the
security timer has elapsed. When that occurs an output signal is activated for
signaling purpose. The unblocking function is reset 200 ms after that the guard signal
is present again.
 Switch on to fault Feature:
The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such
cases to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
only external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS or breaker auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 DEF of Box 1 and Box 2 shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall
also have back up element settings.

 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The relay

shall have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the harmonics on the
DESCRIPTION

system or generated during CT saturation conditions.

DEF PROTECTION
 Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for high
resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fiber optics, with echo-back
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS feature for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault level lines.
PREPARED BY: ARS  The operating mode shall be selectable for Permissive Over-reaching and
DATE:
Directional Comparison Blocking Scheme.
CHK’D BY:
 Features for preventing mal-operation of the relay under current reverse conditions
shall be provided.
APPROVED

 The protection, in cooperation with main distance protection, shall provide faulted
phase indication.
 The operating time of the relay shall be such that transient faults do not get
converted into permanent-faults.
 The protection, in addition to providing instantaneous trip for 100% of the line
length, shall provide definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such that remote
backup trip facility shall be available.

 However, above mentioned definite time delayed trip shall be wired through

CERTIFIED
selectable link such that it can be removed or brought in as and when required by
Company.

BY:
 The protection shall initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-
DATE:
mechanically operated trip relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10
msec.

 The protection and all associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for
following additional functions:
 Annunciation at Station HMI
 SOE Alarm
 SCADA Remote Alarm

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Station fault recorder
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Reclose initiation
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  Reclose-Blocking
DATED
 Breaker failure initiation

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Carrier or Communication system signaling

 Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate the
operation of the relay & faulted phase.
DESCRIPTION

 The relay shall be provided with On-line testing facilities. The protection shall be
suitable for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The MTA or
characteristics angle of the relay shall be to match application and as approved by
Company.

SCHEME SIGNALING
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  A means of signaling between the two OHL/UGC line ends shall be inbuilt in the IED’s.
PREPARED BY: ARS dedicated channels (other than the channels allocated for current differential
DATE:
protection). The main protection IEDs must have communication Cards for
CHK’D BY:

communication. The Binary signals shall be needed to achieve this purpose, for each
IED arranged as follows:-
APPROVED

 Channel # 1: Duplex channel For Permissive Over Reach Signal Send/Receive

From Distance Protection Main 1.
 Channel # 2: Duplex channel For Permissive Over Reaching Signal
Send/Receive From DEF Function of Main 1 Protection.
 Channel # 3: Duplex channel For Permissive Over Reach Signal Send/Receive
From Distance Protection Function Main 2.
 Channel # 4: Duplex channel For Permissive Over Reaching Signal
Send/Receive From DEF Function of Main 2 Protection.
 Channel # 5: Duplex Channel Inter Trip S/R from all fast Operating Zones of
CERTIFIED

Main 1 and Main 2 Protection ( 85S1-1, 85S2-1) allow auto Reclosing at remote
end (Received End).
BY:

DATE:
 Channel # 6: Duplex channel Inter Trip S/R from all Delayed Operating Zones
of Main 1 and Main2, 132KV Cable Tail end Protection 132kV BB Protection
132kV CBF Protection( 85S1-2, 85S2-2) Block auto Reclosing at remote end (
Received end).
 All the above 6 binary signals shall be sent through the Communication Card of Main
1 and Main 2 Protection ( Box 1 & Box 2) Simultaneously.
 The operation of the overreaching forward element in both first & second main shall,
after receiving the remote end permissive signal Trip the local Circuit breaker.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  These signaling shall be independent for Set1 and Set 2 protections. I/T send shall be
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING through the main protection IEDs while the contractor shall install conventional type
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED four Inter trip Receive Relays. 85R1-1, 85R1-2 & 85R2-1, 85R2-2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 85R1-1, 85R2-1 shall be activated from 85S1-1& 85S2-1. The 85R1-1 shall operate
through Trip coil 1 and 85R2-1 operate through Trip Coil2. Both give local and
Remote Alarm Allow AR and signal to FR & SOE.
 85R1-2, 85R2-2 shall be activated from 85S1-2& 85S2-2. The 85R1-2 shall operate
DESCRIPTION

through Trip coil 1 and Trip coil2. Similarly 85R2-2 shall also operate through Trip
Coil 1 & Trip Coil2. Both give local and Remote Alarm Block AR and signal to FR &
SOE.

 Signaling channel shall be having a continuous self-supervision with the necessary

alarm. Channel failure after the elapse of the unblocking scheme time shall
NO.

1
3

automatically transfer to the redundant channel, however complete communication

REVISIONS
failure shall block the operation of the unit protection, the DEF protection, while the
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
distance of the concerned IED to be converted into straight distance, it’s operating
CHK’D BY:
shall depend on zone2 time delay.

APPROVED
Note:-For communication arrangement See the communication diagram

INTER TRIPPING (DIRECT TRANSFER TRIPPING)

 A two way persistent inter-tripping shall be provided between the two circuits ends.
 Both main and backup protections shall inter-trip. as explained above.

 Operation of the 1st main or 2nd main fast protection shall send an inter-trip through
the dedicated fiber as well as through channel # 1 (see item of the channel
allocation above) this transfer trip shall be used to trip and initiate the auto re-close
of the remote end.
CERTIFIED
 Operation of the 1st main Delayed protection , 2nd main Delayed protection, the back
up protection the cable tail end protection, or the (CBF) shall send an inter trip
BY:
through the dedicated fiber as well as through the channel # 4 ( see item # 4.6.
DATE:

covering the channel allocation) this transfer trip shall be used to trip and block the
auto re-close of the remote end.
 The sending and receiving of the inter tripping signaling shall be through the IED’s
communication cards of main relays, both cards shall be initiated for this purpose to
insure the highest security in addition to the multiplexed system as shown in the
communication diagram appendix 13.
AUTO RECLOSE
No separate auto reclose IED’s to be provided, the auto reclose features of the 1st and 2nd
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR main Protection IED’s to be utilized for this purpose.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS

The following features to be provided in the auto reclose :-

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

 single shot
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 dead line/ live bus ; live line/ live bus ; & live line / dead bus
 The Synchrocheck feature shall be part of the Control IED it is not covered in
this requirement however should be used before closing
 Dead line charge with reversion to synch- check mode (If used ) shall function as
DESCRIPTION

normal dead line charge mode but should the line re-energize successfully from
a remote end before it’s dead time setting then it shall revert to the synchro-
check /live line dead bus charge mode.
 Input for permanent auto- reclose lockout
 Input for temporary auto- reclose inhibit
NO.

1
3

 Auto-reclose IN-OUT switch giving local-remote indication

REVISIONS
 Indication of the number of shots made
ARS
 Indication of lockout condition
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Un successful reclose alarm

 Auto-reclose in progress
APPROVED

The auto- reclose shall be permanently locked out by the operation of the delayed
protections or local cable/GIB protection and shall also be locked out after unsuccessful
single close attempt.

CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)

No separate (CBF) IED’s to be provided, the CBF features of the 1st, 2nd Min and cable tail
Protection IED’s to be utilized for this purpose.
CBF Initiation shall be external. All Tripping relays operating through the CB shall
initiate the CBF Protection of the Same Protection IED. CBF1 built in element of Main
CERTIFIED
Protection IED1 and CBF 2 shall be Built in element of Main 2 protection IED. CBF
Tripping shall be through 132kV BB Tripping Scheme through 86B Trip Relay. CBF 1
BY:
and CBF2 shall activate one Trip L/O relay 86RTR send I/T to remote end give Close
DATE:
Block and Local & Remote Indication Signal to SOE and Fault Recorder.

2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU. The BCU
shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing. Otherwise
independent 25M IED shall be provided and shall be installed in the respective BCU:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast
DATED
or delayed closure of EHV lines.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.

 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT
input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.
DESCRIPTION

For Auto Reclosing the built in feature of the Main relays shall be adopted for
Synchrocheck function. No independent IED shall be required for check
synchronizing.

2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided Though Bi-Stable Relay for
PREPARED BY: ARS each protection for MAIN-1 & MAIN-2, 87C/GIB Conn.-1 and 87C/GIG Conn. -2
DATE:
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
CHK’D BY:
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
APPROVED
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relays
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
CERTIFIED
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
 AR IN/OUT shall also be provided as stated above but it shall have control from CRCC
BY: also.
DATE:

2.2.4 LOCAL CABLE PROTECTION / BUS DUCT PROTECTION

Any cable tail or bus duct between the switch gear and the terminal compound shall be protected by
the suitable protection.
Normally the bus duct/cable is short and shall be protected by high impedance
protection, for which the One IED’s (BOX#3) can be located inside the Substation with
following function:
 High Impedance protection.
 Multi Characteristic, Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Circuit breaker fail Protection.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The cable tail/Bus Duct protection to be provided by means of high impedance

differential protection or cable unit protection by installing one set of current
transformers at the terminal compound Out Door covering cable Termination and
another at the switchgear, for this purpose the leads of the terminal compound CT’s
DESCRIPTION

shall be run to inside the S/S premises and CT’s characteristic shall be such that it can
provide the required knee point voltage at the relay terminals.
The protection relay/ relays to be installed inside the S/S premises in order to avoid
the adverse weather conditions; the CT’s at both switchgear & terminal compound end
shall ensure full overlap to the cable termination boxes.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Protection IED’s (BOXE #3) shall be provided for local cable tail protection.
The identical Set of outdoor CTs shall be provided at for end of the cable / Bus Duct
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: connecting the line as provided in the GIS for Cable Tail End/Bus Duct Protection. These
CHK’D BY:
CTs shall be connected back to Back to make the unit zone of protection.
CT Supervision Relays for High Impedance GIB/Cable Tail end Protection
APPROVED
The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each GIB/Cable Tail
End protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall
short and isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable Voltage
range 020 V and time delay of 1-15 Second.
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 MAIN-1 and associated Auxiliary equipment.

 MAIN-2 and associated Auxiliary equipment.
 I/T Receive relays, 86B and 86RTR Relays, TCS1 and TCS2 Relays & Cable Tail

CERTIFIED
End/GIB Protection and associated equipment.
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor
has to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
BY:

DATE: detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01

and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-
C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must
be at least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas of each gas compartment
shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one
Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all
signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in
the SAS Appendix XIV.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
MATERIALS 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not,
Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
DESCRIPTION

Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Panels.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 All function of the First main 1 protections (BOX-1), when operates shall trip coil #1.
 All function of the main 2 protections (BOX-2) when operates shall trip coil #2.
NO.

 Two self-reset trip relays shall be provided one for the main 1 and one for
2

1
3

REVISIONS
Main2 protection duty, each shall be activated from the Fast Operating Zones of Main1
PREPARED BY: ARS and Main2 , while two lockout relays to be used for the delayed functions.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The cable tail protection relay shall initiate its own lockout relay 86C.
 94F1 shall Operate through Trip Coil1, 94 F2 shall operate through Trip Coil2. Both

APPROVED
initiate Auto Reclosing & Send Inter Trip on 85S1-1 & 85S2-1. . 86F1, 86F2 & 86C1 shall
operate though Trip Coil 1 and 2 and block Auto Reclosing.
 All Tripping Relays shall give local & remote alarm, initiate CBF protection and signal
to FR and SOE.
 The addition Trip relays L/O for bus bar protection 86B and CBF Tripping 86RTR shall
be installed in the panels.
 The 86F1, 86F2 and 86B each shall have Auto Rest Facility. While 86CBF and 86C shall
be H/E Reset.
 86RTR and 86C shall also give close Block to the associated CB.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
CERTIFIED

BY:
A. CTs for 132kV outgoing bays (Spare bays and 132kV Interconnectors) for
DATE: OHL/UG Cable Feeders.

Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. 1600-1200-1000-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 Spare/Cable Tail end

ohms, protection.
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio.
2. 1600-1200-1000-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 Main one Protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR ohms, (87L1+21=1+67N1)
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3. 1600-1200-1000-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 Main two Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

ohms, (87L2+21-2+67N2)
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio.
4. 1600-1200-1000-800/1 0.2Fs5 10VA at Metering
800/1A.
DESCRIPTION

5. 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk ≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 30mA Bus-bar Protection

Rct ≤ 6 ohms. Main 1
6. 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, Im ≤ 30 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct ≤ 6 ohms Main 2
NO.

1
3

The CT shall be capable of carrying 120% continuous current at the fundamental

REVISIONS
frequency and at 55Cº.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all case the each and every
CHK’D BY:
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable
APPROVED
the associated protection to perform their intended functions with out any limitation
caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 50.

B. Out Door CTs for GIB/Cable Tail End protection .

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. C7 1600-1200-1000-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Cable Tail end

CERTIFIED
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 25 mA at 800A ratio. protection.

BY: The CT characteristics for MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall match with the remote end
DATE:

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused
by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current
Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
3phase GIS VT:
DATED
 Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

DESCRIPTION

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-016 & 017. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-12**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 15
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-13
DESCRIPTION

(132-115-110KV) 50MVAR CAPACITOR BANK

PROTECTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 1. INTRODUCTION

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

APPROVED 2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING
2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

CERTIFIED 3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

BY:
4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
DATE:

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 132kV Bus 50MVAR Capacitor
Bank.
The Capacitor format shall be single Star with two Mid points for VT Connection.
DESCRIPTION

The numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main protections and set 1 and
set 2 must be from Two different manufactures and shall be used with multiple protection
functions, included in the same protection IED’s unit.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for back up
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS protection.

PREPARED BY: ARS

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
DATE:

CHK’D BY: configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.
APPROVED

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
CERTIFIED Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
BY:

DATE: SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.

a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE CAPACITOR BANK

THIS DOCUMENT IS
PROTECTION
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
SET 1and Set 2 Boxes will be As follow:

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Box # 1 &2 : ( 87C1& 87C2) Capacitor Bank Connection Protection.

High Impedance Protection, Instantaneous and IDMT O/C & E/F and CBF Protection as
main functions with Independent CT supervision shorting and isolation Facility.
DESCRIPTION

Box # 3&4 ( 87CB1& 87CB2) Capacitor Bank Differential Relay.

 Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible Low Impedance Biased

Differential Protection
NO.

 Instantaneous and IDMT O/C & E/F.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 UV/OV Residual OV Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS  Negative Sequence Protection.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  CBF Protection.

APPROVED
Box # 5 &6 ( 87V1& 87V2)

Voltage Differential Protection Relay.

Box # 7 &8 ( 60-P1 & 6-P2)

Neutral Current Unbalance Protection Voltage Differential Type.

The Set 1 and set 2 protections shall be from two Different Manufacturers.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

CERTIFIED

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

BY:

DATE:
As The above protections have been divided in two groups Set 1 and Set 2 the failure
of any one group shall not jeopardize timely clearance of the fault. The scheme shall
be such that any type of fault shall be detected by minimum two principles preferably
one from voltage source and the other from a current source Suitable Multifunction
relays can be offered in the technical proposal;

The capacitor bank configuration shall be as described in the main PTS. It will be
single Star Configuration with Grounded Neutral The elements of the bank, with
provision of the current transformer with full primary insulation, with suitable ratio,
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
in such a manner that when one percent of the capacitors fails, it shall be possible for
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING being sensed and alarm is to be initiated. In the event of failure of large number of
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED series capacitor (10% or more), rendering higher level differential currents the
capacitor bank shall be arranged for tripping.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The prime point of consideration shall be the required voltage factor and the
corresponding time which, each phase unit is to be rated, in view of its applicable
system neutral, which is Solidly grounded for 132kv System, to avoid catastrophic
DESCRIPTION

failures of capacitor bank , in the event of delayed clearance of any possible line to
ground faults.

Another possible and eventual over voltage condition to which these capacitor banks
could be subject to is fifth harmonic voltage. In the event of loss of load on the
concerned bus bar, the possible over voltage that is impressed on the transformer,
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS especially when the transformer is operating in the most minus percentage taps,
PREPARED BY: ARS considerable fifth harmonics currents could be generated due to over fluxing in the
DATE:
core of the transformer. The capacitor bank along with the leakage reactance of the
CHK’D BY:
Transformer and the de-tuning reactor will resonate near about the fifth harmonics
(as the series resonance) resulting in the appreciable voltage built up, in the
APPROVED

individual elements of the tuned circuit, constituted by the leakage reactance of the
transformer , the de-tuning reactor and the capacitance of the capacitor bank. To
secure the elements under these conditions suitable metal oxide arrestors are to be
employed with adequate energy handling capacity and factor of safety to contain the
catastrophic failures of the banks and possible damages to the nearby equipment.

Capacitor banks are normally rated for continuous operation up to 110% of the
nominal voltage RMS and the crest voltage not exceeding 1.2*1.414*(rated RMS
terminal voltage) including the harmonics but excluding the transients. It is to be
CERTIFIED studied that during the system operating conditions that the crest voltage to which the
capacitor bank is subject to, is well within the rated magnitude of the capacitor

BY:
themselves or well within the clipping voltage of the arrestors employed for the
DATE: Protection of these elements.

The sixth harmonic content and the crest voltage to which the capacitor bank is
subject is to be studied and the voltage is to be suitably contained or the capacitors are
to be rated, in accordance with the system conditions.

The design aspects of various protections are given below.

1. Over Current and Earth Fault Protection:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR The over current Protection shall be peak detector including the harmonics but
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND supervised by the Positive sequence direction sensor with the timer supplement. In
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

the event of currents discharges in to the parallel circuits the Protection is to be

blocked.

The utility value of imparting direction feature, the relay to see only the current
DESCRIPTION

flowing into the capacitor and not the discharges when any adjacent feeder trips on
fault and thus making the capacitor bank being available and thus providing VARs in
accordance with the available voltage on the bus while clearing the fault. In the event
of forward current increases inclusive of the harmonics the current function will
have to be activated for accomplishing the tripping of the capacitor bank.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The earth fault protection shall be accomplished by peak detector supervised by
PREPARED BY: ARS directional ground fault sensor with the timer supplement and only operates for fault
DATE:
within the capacitor bank and the ground faults in the adjacent feeders, the discharge
CHK’D BY:
from the capacitor bank shall not lead to any operation of the direction earth fault
relay. (Note the Grounding Transformer in some regions) for accommodating the
APPROVED

earth fault current vector clearly in the operating part of the characteristics and the
fundamental discharge from the capacitor bank if any, in case of faults on the adjacent
feeders, shall lead to the blocking of the relay. All the above features shall be satisfying
the IEEE guidelines.

2. Neutral Unbalance Current Protection

Neutral unbalance current protection with proper compensation for the standing
unbalance of the system and variation in the manufacturing tolerance of the
capacitors adopted. The range of setting shall be such as to identify the short circuiting
CERTIFIED

of one percent of the capacitor bank. The relay shall be provided minimum two stages
one for initiating the alarm at the low set level and tripping at the highest level of
BY:
unbalance is detected. The CT shall be provided in the common link between the two
DATE:

neutral points of the Double Star Capacitor Bank. The relay shall be sensitive only to
fundamental frequency.

3. Negative Sequence Directional Protection.

Directional Negative Sequence Current Protection, to cover the inter rack phase
faults. The protection shall have the negative sequence directional sensor, to identify
the inter phase faults with in the capacitor bank. The relay responds to the negative
THIS DOCUMENT IS sequence current flow into the capacitor bank only. Depending on the magnitude of
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR the inductive load on the parallel circuits or during the fault condition of the parallel
FOR ORDERING

circuits, the relay is screened and sensitive setting could be adopted for the inter-
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
phase fault sensing function.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

4. Compensated Neutral Displacement Voltage Protection

Neutral Unbalance Voltage protection with proper compensation for the standing
unbalance of the system and variation in the manufacturing tolerance of the
DESCRIPTION

capacitors adopted. Compensation shall be available such that the relay shall be stable
during external system unbalances. The range of setting shall be such as to identify the
short circuiting of one percent of the capacitor bank. The relay shall be provided
minimum three stages, two for initiating the alarm at the low set level and one for
tripping at the highest level of unbalance.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
5. Over Voltage Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The over voltage protection is to be provided in the scheme of protection with the
CHK’D BY:

fundamental voltage sensor supplemented with the timer with adjustable time
settings. The relay shall have two stages one for initiating alarm at low percentage of
APPROVED

increase of the nominal voltage and the other stage with the timer for initiating
tripping.

6. Under Voltage Protection.

The under voltage protection is to be provided in the scheme of protection with the
fundamental voltage sensor supplemented with the timer with adjustable time
settings. The relay shall have two stages one for initiating alarm at low percentage of
decrement of the nominal voltage and the other stage with the timer for initiating
CERTIFIED tripping.

7. Unbalance Protection Voltage Differential Type. 87V-1 & 87V-2

BY:

DATE:
The Relays shall not mal operate and shall definitely be able to detect loss of one
Capacitor unit for Alarm and 2 Capacitor units for Trip.

The Relaying requirement for unbalance protection shall be as per the

recommendations of clause 7.3 of ANSI/IEEE C37-99-1990. In addition, effect of
presence of additional harmonics if any at site and usual system unbalances etc shall
also be considered. The relays shall be based on using voltage differential protection
method and shall be from different type and make those of unbalance protection.

THIS DOCUMENT IS The protection shall be two Stage type. 1st stage with settable definite time Delay
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING shall give Alarm and Stage II with settable definite time delay (High Set) shall initiate
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Trip Command.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Note: Current Transformer for Neutral Unbalance relay

The current transformer intended for adoption of the neutral unbalance sensing
relays shall be suitable for the low current application. The ratio and class of the CT
DESCRIPTION

shall be specified by th contractor subject to SEC approval. The current transformer

shall be fully insulated as per PTS and the short time rating should be estimated after
appropriate study. Suitable surge protections should be provided as required and as
per guidelines of IEEE.C.37.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
8. UGC Cable Differential Protection 87C.

PREPARED BY: ARS The separate unit protection High impedance type shall be provided for the Cable
DATE:
Connecting the Capacitor bank with 130kV GIS. The independent CT supervision
CHK’D BY:

Relay shall be provided for the High Impendence. The Protection shall have
IN/OUT selection.
APPROVED

Note: The Protection Proposed is based on H Configuration of the Capacitor Bank.

The protection will be changed if the Configuration of the Capacitor bank
specified in the PTS will be different. In that case the Contractor shall
propose the protection as per the International Standards. The Protection
scheme shall be subject PED Approval.

SHUNTCPACITOR BANK CONTROL

The switching IN and OUT of the capacitor bank shall be in accordance with
CERTIFIED
the descriptions in the “Control Requirements” of the PTS.

Note:1All the Switching shall be from the Capacitor Control and Relay panels.
The Circuit Breaker Panel feeding the Capacitor Bank shall be such that CB
BY:

DATE:

Control shall not be possible locally, except in “CB Test position”.

Note: 2 The Control in manual mode shall also selectable from CRCC Via
SCADA over riding VAR and Voltage requirements.

For Capacitor Control & Breaker Requirements the Bidders/ Contractor have
to refer to relevant National Grid SA Specifications & requirements and raise
any queries during bid stage to concern NG Departments.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Alarm and Indications
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND The alarm organization for capacitor banks shall be such that all protection and
DATED
control functions shall be indicated on Annunciator windows. This shall include

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

monitoring functions such as DC supervision, AC supervisions, trip circuit

supervision, VT supervision, relay fault indications as per standard practices
subject to SEC approval. Each bank shall have separate Annunciators with
sufficient spare windows mounted on the ACCS capacitor control panel.
DESCRIPTION

Possible grouping of alarms are acceptable for SCADA points as per SEC-COA
policies. The signal to SOE and FR shall be wired.

The set one protection shall be fed from DC system one and set 2 protection from
DC system 2 through independent MCBs of adequate rating with Auxiliary Alarm
Contacts.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

CBF Protection
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
Shall be the built in function of the protection IED 87CB1 and 87CB2 and shall be as
detailed bellow:

APPROVED
The initiation of CBF shall be external from all the Tripping Relays Operating through
the CB. The CBF1 and CBF2 shall be one stage and activate the 86CBF to give close
block to the CB and block any auto control of the Capacitor bank for reinsertion of
the Capacitor bank.
The CBF Protection shall Operate through BB Tripping scheme as per National Grid
SA standard.

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided through Bi-Stable Relay for
CERTIFIED
each protection FOR 87C1 87C2 , 87CB1, 87CB2, 87V1 & 87V2.
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
BY: shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
DATE:
and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs &out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

No check Synchronizing Shall be required for the 132kV CB associated with Capacitor
Bank.
DESCRIPTION

2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMT

 87C1 & 87CB1 Protection &associated equipment .

 87C2 & 87CB2 Protection & associated equipment.
NO.

1
3

 87V1 & 60-P1 Protection & associated equipment

REVISIONS
 87V2 & 60-P2 Protection & associated equipment
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in

APPROVED
the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C
Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at
least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas of each gas compartment shall have
individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator
unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all signaling shall be
through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix
XIV.

CERTIFIED
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.

BY:

DATE:  Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit supervision
for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Panels.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS All protection and tripping DC circuits shall be logically segregated into two groups
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
operating on the two Station DC systems and to the two CB Trip coils appropriately. DC
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND supply Supervisions shall be as per relevant specifications and practice applicable. Any
DATED
type of fault detected simultaneously by current relay as well as by voltage relay shall be

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

operating on two different trip coils. Also if any fault is to be detected by a second set of
identical relay, then also the segregation shall be made.

87C1 and 87C2 shall operate through Independent Trip L/O Relays 86C1 and 86C2.
DESCRIPTION

Similarly 87CB1 & 87CB 2 shall operate through Independent Trip L/O Relay 86CB1 and
86CB2. 87V1 and 87V2 shall Operate through 86V1 & 86V2 Tripping Relays. The
Additional Tripping relays in the Panel will be 86CBF activated from 62BF1 and 62BF2
and the 86B the BB Tripping Relay.
The Set one Tripping Relay shall operate through Trip Coil1 and set 2 Trip Relays shall
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
operate through trip Coil 2. all Tripping Relays shall Give Close Block to the CB, Initiate
the CBF, Give Local and Remote Alarm and Signal to FR and SOE.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: Note: Suitable timers shall be provided such that sufficient time interval shall be
CHK’D BY:
allowed as recommended by that Capacitor Bank Manufacturer between tripping and
closing operations. Also there shall be provision for preventing simultaneous closure of
APPROVED
more than one bank. Sufficient time intervals (to allow settling of transients) shall be
provided between the switching in of two banks. These interlocks shall be in addition to
the logic controller (ACCS) software configurations.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

A. CTs for 132kV Capacitor GIS bays

CERTIFIED Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

BY: 1. 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Capacitor Bank Connection

DATE:
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio. Set 1 Protection 87C1.
2. 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Capacitor Bank Connection
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio. Set 2 Protection 87C2.
3. 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Capacitor Bank Main 1
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio. Protection. Back Up OC & E/F
+CBF
4. 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Capacitor Bank Main 2
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800A ratio. Protection. Back Up OC &
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR E/F+CBF
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING 5. 1600-1200-800/1 0.2 Fs5 15VA at 800/1A Metering
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED CT Ratio.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

6. 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk ≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 25 mA Bus-bar Protection

Rct ≤ 6 ohms. Discriminative Zone
7. 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk ≥ 800V, Im ≤ 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct ≤ 6 ohms Check Zone
DESCRIPTION

B. Ring Type CTs For Capacitor Bank Protection on cable connecting the
Capacitor Bank.

Location
CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
NO.

Sr. No.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
DETAILS PROTECTION

PREPARED BY: ARS 1. On Cable 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ Capacitor Bank

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
Connection with 2 ohms, Differential
Detuning Reactor Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at Protection Set 1

APPROVED
800A ratio. 87CB1.
2. On Cable 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ Capacitor Bank
Connection with 2 ohms, Differential
Detuning Reactor Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at Protection Sat 2
800A ratio. 87CB2.
3. On Cable 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ Capacitor Bank
Connection with 2 ohms, Connection Set 2
Detuning Reactor Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at Protection 87C2.
800A ratio.

CERTIFIED
4. On Cable 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. X, Rct ≤ Capacitor Bank
Connection with 2 ohms, Connection Set 1
Detuning Reactor9 Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at Protection 87C1.
BY:

DATE:
800A ratio.
C. Capacitor Bank Out Door CTs.

Location/Designation CURRENT
Sr. No. TRANSFORMER TYPE OF PROTECTION
DETAILS
1. Capacitor Bank Un As per Manufacturer Capacitor Bank
Balance CT Recommendation Unbalance Protection
subject to PED (Primary 1)
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Approval
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
2. Capacitor Bank Un As per Manufacturer Capacitor Bank
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Balance CT Recommendation Unbalance Protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

subject to PED (Secondary 1)

Approval
3. Capacitor Bank Un As per Manufacturer Capacitor Bank
Balance CT Recommendation Unbalance Protection
DESCRIPTION

subject to PED (Primary 2)

Approval
4. Capacitor Bank Un As per Manufacturer Capacitor Bank
Balance CT Recommendation Unbalance Protection
subject to PED (Secondary 2)
NO.

1
3

Approval
REVISIONS
5. Earth Connection . 3XCT 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. Capacitor Bank
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
before Neutral Point X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Differential Protection
CHK’D BY: Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ Set 1 87CB1.
100mA at 800A ratio.
APPROVED 6. Earth Connection 3XCT 1600-1200-800/1 Cl. Capacitor Bank
before Neutral Point X, Rct ≤ 2 ohms, Differential Protection
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ Sat 2 87CB2.
100mA at 800A ratio.
7. Earth Connection 1XCT Neutral Protection 51N
after Neutral Point

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every

CERTIFIED
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
BY:

DATE:
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
factor of 1.2 at 55°.

Notes:
 Requirement of CTs and VTs for these protections shall be subject to the approval of
National Grid SA PED.
 Surge Protections shall be provided for CTs or VTs wherever applicable.
 Sensitive VT circuits shall be of screened cables to avoid stray voltages.
 In case the Neutral current CT is of very low ratio and accurate setting is not possible
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
with Current Relays, the Protection can be through a voltage relay across a loading
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING resistor.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3phase GIS VT:

 Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
DESCRIPTION

 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

Mid-Point VT

VT1 As per manufacturers Recommendations Subject to PED Approval.

VT2 As per manufacturers Recommendations Subject to PED Approval.

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-018. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
APPROVED
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-13**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 13
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #:E-14
DESCRIPTION

132KV 40MVAR BUS SHUNT REACTOR

PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

CONTENTS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
1. INTRODUCTION

APPROVED 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132KV 40MVAR BUS SHUNT

REACTOR PROTECTION.

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.3 ALARM INDICATIONS
2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

2.3 SHUNT REACTOR MECHANICAL PROTECTION.

CERTIFIED

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
BY:

DATE: 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 132KV 40MVAR Bus Shunt
reactor connected directly with 132kV GIS Bay.
Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main protections and must be
DESCRIPTION

from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in
the same protection IED’s unit. One Back UP Protection IED in the Earthing connection.
The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

PREPARED BY: ARS It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
DATE: specifications.
CHK’D BY:
This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
APPROVED
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. In addition to above Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in
the Protection Panel to integrate Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection signals with SAS.
The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through I/O Box in the Protection
Panel.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

CERTIFIED
The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through Substation General
Alarm interface panels
BY:

DATE:
a) I/O Box Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the I/O Box fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications
and Standards.

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132KV 40 MVAR BUS SHUNT

REACTOR PROTECTION.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS SET 1: Box # 1: Main 1 ( 87R1) & Box # 2 Main 2: ( 87R2).
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible High Impedance Protection,

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Instantaneous and IDMT O/C & E/F and CBF Protection as main functions with
Independent CT supervision shorting and isolation Facility.
The High impedance Protection 87R1 & 87R2 cover entire 132kV GIS of the Bay Cable/GIB
Connection to SR and the Shunt Reactor Body. It necessitates 2X3 CT before the Neutral
DESCRIPTION

Earthing Connection of the SR identical to the CTs in the GIS. These CTs shall be connected
back to Back to form a unit zone of protection. CT Detail has been given in the CT Table
below.
Two Protection IEDs shall be from two Different Manufacturers.

Box # 3 51N ( On Earthing connection of the SR)

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
CHK’D BY:
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
APPROVED
2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN FEATURE OF MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
The Shunt reactor Main 1 and Main 2 87R1 & 87R2 shall be High impedance Type and
CTs in the GIS for Shunt reactor protection and the 2 x 3CTs in the Neutral connection
before Neutral point shall be connected back to back to form a unit zone for 87R1 and
87R2 protection.

Each phase shall have independent Measuring element for High Impedance Protection or
three Single phase Protection IEDs shall be provided. The relay shall be based on high-
CERTIFIED impedance principle and should be designed for being stable under all external faults. The
relay shall not be affected by harmonics and DC components present in the through fault
currents under CT saturation. The relay shall be either voltage operated, current plus
BY:

DATE: resistor calibrated or voltage calibrated type and shall have suitable and continuously
adjustable setting range. The operating time of the relay shall not generally be more than
25 m sec at 3 times the relay setting current. Auxiliary CT's shall not be provided in the
relay either externally or internally. The CT knee point requirements, and relay setting
voltage requirements including any constants (if any) shall all be furnished by the
contractor along with Tender. The Contractor shall match the CT and relay application
and if found unsuitable, the relay and/or CT should be changed accordingly. Non-linear
type voltage limiting device or Metrosil of suitable characteristics shall be provided to
THIS DOCUMENT IS limit the voltage across secondary devices e.g. the relay and secondary wiring etc. to a
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
value less than 3000 volts (peak). It shall be mounted either externally or internally. The
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Contractor shall provide the formula and constants of non-linear device along with tender
DATED
such that its suitability should clearly be established by the Company.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

"The relay shall be provided with adequate contacts for tripping, annunciation SOE,
SCADA and other functions.

The Main 1 and Main 2 each shall operate through Independent Hand/Electrical Trip L/O
Relays.
DESCRIPTION

CT Supervision Relays for High Impedance Protections

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each High Impedance
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-20
NO.

1
3

Seconds.
REVISIONS
Back Up Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be built in function of Main
CHK’D BY:
Protection IED 87R1 & 87R2 with multi characteristic selections and IDMT,
Instantaneous and Definite Time setting .
APPROVED

The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or more
x in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to 240% of
rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate the same)
shall have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse time delay unit.
In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to
disable the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element in
ground fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault current The
relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE, fault
recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & instant units shall have separate
CERTIFIED

outputs to energize separate lockout relays.

One Multifunction Protection IED with 50N/51N as main Function shall be provided and
BY:

DATE: connected with the CT on Earthing Connection of the SR. The Relay shall Operate through
87R1 Trip L/O Relay.
CBF Protection

CBF 1 and CBF 2 shall be the Independent Protection IED. The CBF detection of the
Protection IEDs shall operate through 132kV BB tripping scheme . Hence the Contractor
shall install 86B (Auto/Electrical/Hand Rest) and 86CBF(Hand/Electrical Rest) Trip L/O
Relays as per the Scheme requirement in the protection panels. CBF1 and CBF2
Protection shall be initiated from all Reactor protection tripping Relays including 132kV
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR BB protection Tripping Relays.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 86 CBF activated from CBF protection shall provide close block for 132kV CB and Give
DATED
remote and local indication.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

DC System

The Shunt reactor Main I and Main 2 protections shall be fed from DC system one and DC
system Two by installing independent MCBs of Appropriate Rating with Auxiliary Alarm
contacts. The DC Supplies shall be branched in the respective protection panels as per
DESCRIPTION

the National Grid SA standards. Each readily fed DC supply shall be supervised in the end
of the loop.
Similarly CBF1 and CBF 2 shall be fed from 132kV BB DC Bus. CBF1.

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities through Bi-stable Relay shall be provided for each
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS protection FOR 87R1 & 87R2

PREPARED BY: ARS

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
DATE: shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
CHK’D BY:
and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
APPROVED
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
2.2.3 ALARM INDICATIONS
CERTIFIED

The Shunt Reactor Protection Alarms shall be as stated Bellow: For the Alarms the
BY:

DATE: Contractor shall refer to Main PTS and SEC Specifications 38-TMMS-05 & TES-P-119-27.
 87R1 operated.
 87R1 Faulty.
 87R1 CT open
 87R1 CT Supervision Relay Faulty.
 87R2 operated.
 87R2 Faulty.
 87R2 CT open

THIS DOCUMENT IS  87R2 CT Supervision Relay Faulty.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  O/C & E/F Operated.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  51N Earth fault relay Operated.
DATED
 51N Earth fault relay Faulty.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 The Main 1 Protection & CBF1& 51N with associated equipment in one
Protection Panel.
The Main 2 protection with associated equipment& CBF2 + TCS Relays, 86B &
DESCRIPTION


86CBF in one Protection Panel.
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in
the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as
recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at
PREPARED BY: ARS least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each gas compartment shall have
DATE:
individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator
CHK’D BY:

unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all signaling shall be
through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix
APPROVED

XIV.

2.3 SHUNT REACTOR MECHANICAL PROTECTION

The Mechanical as per national Grid SA Specifications for Shunt reactor shall be as
follows:

 Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.

 Pressure Relief Protection.
 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
CERTIFIED
 Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.
BY:

DATE:

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is
present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Tripping from each separate 132KV Main 1, Mani 2 and Back Up protection shall be via
appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the
Substation. It shall energise the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-
breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers initiate
DESCRIPTION

alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc. All tripping shall be hard wired.

The Tripping Relays shall be 86R1 activated from 87R1, and 86R2 activated from 87R2,
50/50N & 51N.
The Mechanical Protection shall operate through 86R1 and 86R2 except winding
Temperature that shall operate through Self rest Tripping Relay 94R ( Self Rest Tripping
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Relay with Hand Rest Flag shall be Provided for Winding Temperature Stage II
Tripping). Set 1 Tripping relays shall operate through trip Coil 1 and Set 2 Tripping
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: relays shall operate through Tripping Coil 2. Each Tripping relay shall give close Block,
CHK’D BY:
Initiate CBF 1 and CBF2 , Give Local and remote indication Signal to BCU and to SOE.

APPROVED In addition to above BB tripping relay 86B and CBF tripping Relay 86CBF shall be
provided.

The Trip L/O Relays shall be Hand/Electrical Rest. 86B shall have Auto Rest Facility.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
A. GIS CT Requirement for Reactor bays:

CERTIFIED Sr.No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

BY:
1. 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 ohms, Vk ≥ Reactor Connection
DATE:
300V, Im ≤ 50 mA @ lowest (300/1A) Differential Protection.
Ratio. (87 R1) IED Box 1
2. 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 ohms, Vk ≥ Reactor Connection
300V, Im ≤ 50 mA @ lowest (300/1A) Differential Protection.
Ratio. (87 R2) IED Box 2
3. 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 ohms, Vk ≥ CBf1+CBF2+FR
300V, Im ≤ 50 mA @ lowest (300/1A)
Ratio.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
4. 600-300/1 A Cl. 0.2Fs5 10VA at 300 A Metering
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Ratio.
MATERIALS
5. 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk ≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 30 mA Rct Bus bar-Protection
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

≤ 6 ohms. Discriminative Zone

6. 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk ≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 30mA Rct Bus-bar Protection Check
≤ 6 ohms. Zone
DESCRIPTION

B. CT in the Bushings of the Reactor :

Bushing
CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
Sr. No.
DETAILS PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

1. 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 Reactor Differential

REVISIONS
Three Phase ohms, Vk ≥ 300V, Im ≤ 50 Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
neutral Bushing mA @ lowest (300/1A) (87 R1) IED Box 1
CHK’D BY: Ratio.
2. 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 Reactor Differential
APPROVED
Three Phase ohms, Vk ≥ 300V, Im ≤ 50 Protection.
neutral Bushing mA @ lowest (300/1A) (87 R2) IED Box 2
Ratio.
3.
Earthing 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 Neutral 50N/51N IED
Connection ohms, Vk ≥ 300V, Im ≤ 50 Box 3 Protection +
mA @ lowest (300/1A) FR.
Ratio.
4.
CERTIFIED Earthing 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.0 Spare.
Connection ohms, Vk ≥ 300V, Im ≤ 50

BY:
mA @ lowest (300/1A)
DATE: Ratio.

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused
by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current
Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

THIS DOCUMENT IS

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3phase GIS VT:

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
DESCRIPTION

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS & TES.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS OPDS-XXX-019. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-14**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-15
DESCRIPTION

132-115-110/33-34.5KV 80/100MVA
TRANSFORMER PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS CONTENTS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

1. INTRODUCTION
APPROVED
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132-115-110/33-34.5KV
80/100MVA TRANSFORMER PROTECTION.

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.4 UNDER FREQUENCY LOAD SHEDDING.
2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT
CERTIFIED

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
BY:

DATE: 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 132/33-34.5KV 80/100-MVA
Grid Transformers.
DESCRIPTION

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main Transformer protection and
must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit. Back Up Protections as stated bellow.

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement

PREPARED BY: ARS (appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.
DATE:

CHK’D BY: The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA specifications.
APPROVED

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. In addition to above Contractor shall have to
install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate Transformer Mechanical
Protection signals with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through
I/O Box in the Protection Panel.
CERTIFIED a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

BY:

DATE:
The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through Substation General
Alarm interface panels
a) I/O Box Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the I/O Box fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132-115-110/33-34.5KV GT
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED PROTECTION

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

Box # 1 :MAIN1 & Box# 2: MAIN-2 shall have the following functions:

 Biased low Impedance differential protection.

DESCRIPTION

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 LV Standby Earth Fault Protection.
 LV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection 132/115/110kV CB.
NO.

1
3

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection for 33/34.5kV CB.

REVISIONS
 Over voltage , Under voltage, residual over voltage.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
CHK’D BY:

MAIN-1 and MAIN-2 shall be from two different Manufacturers.

APPROVED

Box-3: LV SBEF + NCA Protection IED.

Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

There shall be Two Vector Groups for 100MVA 132/33kV Transformers.

CERTIFIED a) Star-Star- Delta (YNynd) with Neutral Earthing Resistor (NER).

b) Star Delta (YNd) with Grounding Transformer.
Differential Protection.
BY:

DATE: The Transformer main protection shall be a numerical IED working on biased low
Impedance differential principle; it shall be suitable for the protection of Two- or
Three-winding transformers.
The numerical transformer IED shall be designed to operate correctly over a wide
frequency range and to accommodate a wide frequency variations without mal
functioning. The necessary adaptation to the current transformer ratios as well as zero-
sequence current elimination and to the vector groups shall be realized by the software
and shall not require any external Auxiliary Transformers (Interposers).
THIS DOCUMENT IS The differential protection functions shall be provided with a 2nd and 5th harmonic
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR restraints to avoid tripping during magnetizing inrush. Inrush and CT saturation shall
FOR ORDERING

not influence the differential function. The differential protection shall have an
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
adjustable restraint characteristic and be provided with an adaptive differential feature

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

to maintain stability in case of high through-fault currents, especially for multi-circuit

breaker arrangements.
The un-biased high set function is to be added in the biased Differential Protection.

HV REF & LV REF

DESCRIPTION

HV & LV Restricted earth-fault protections shall be built in feature of Main 1 and Main
2 Protection IEDs. LV REF CT shall be in the NER Connection or in the grounding
connection of the Grounding Transformer.
Thermal overloads protections to be provided.
The Multi-version terminals, shall further including over voltage, under voltage,
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS residual Over voltage, under frequency, over frequency and over excitation protection

PREPARED BY: ARS shall be included.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
Buchholz protection & Bursting plate protection
Buchholz & bursting plate protections to be provided as per the transformer. All Other
APPROVED

mechanical protections as per Transformer Manufacturer Recommendations.

All mechanical protections shall be integrated with S/S SAS through I/O modules
IEC61850 compatible with dual active port for redundant communication.

In order to provide convenient means of taking gas samples, the test Block of the
design shall be situated near ground level.

Over temperature protection

Over temperature protection shall include oil temperature thermometer a winding

CERTIFIED
temperature thermometer or equivalent. The thermal image of the winding hot spot
temperature shall use as a base the top oil temperature. The temperature rise of the
hot spot over top oil temperature shall be produced by a bushing type CT. The two
BY:

DATE: stage oil temperature sensor shall be used to initiate two stages of alarms.

The winding temperature sensor shall be two stages one for alarm and Stage II for
tripping
The temperature protection shall trip the LV breaker only through self-rest Relay 94T1
via a cutoff timer as per the National Grid SA standard. The Winding Temperature stage
2 for tripping shall be set at 125 Cº. The Transformer shall be designed to with stand
such high Temperatures without life detrition.

THIS DOCUMENT IS Over Current & Earth Fault Protection

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection shall be
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
provided both on HV & LV sides of the transformer as the integral part Multifunction
box Main 1 & Main 2 protection as stated above and should have instantaneous with
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

time Delay, IDMT and the definite time settings. The Setting ranges shall be adequate
for the application. HV O/C and E/F shall operate through respective 86T trip L/O
Relays. The LV O/C & E/F shall operate through 33kV LV CB only through self-rest
Relay 94T2.
DESCRIPTION

Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm

Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm shall be the
independent Protection IED, and shall take input from the Grounding Transformer
Neutral connection CTs mounted on the transformer neutral/CT in NER Connection.
NO.

The Stand by earth fault shall operate LV CB of the associated Main Transformer if fault
2

1
3

REVISIONS
is cleared then the scheme shall reset otherwise trip the HV CB after a suitable time
PREPARED BY: ARS delay 50-200ms. The Neutral Current have settings range of 0.025-0.2A Secondary and
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
shall initiate alarm only. Stand by Earth fault function shall have the adequate range
and multi characteristic selection settings.

APPROVED

The Fire Fighting protection.

The firefighting system is provided separately by others; however it should be
integrated with SAS for alarm only.
AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATION
Automatic voltage regulation function, using the Minimizing Circulating Current
Principle / or Negative Reactance, tap position supervision shall be provided.

AVC Scheme
CERTIFIED The Contractor shall provide voltage regulation scheme for each Transformer by
installing voltage regulating Relays in the separate AVC panels as per National Grid

BY:
SA specifications.
DATE: The scheme should have the following features.

 Along with the Control room ECC should have facility to select AVC on
Auto/Manual with Back indications. The Contractor shall provide Bi-stable Relay
for Auto Manual Selection.
 Local and Remote selection for Operation of the Tape changer shall be provided
in AVC Panel at Substation with Back indications at station HMI and at remote
CRCC. When selector switch is at local the manual Operation of the Tape changer
shall be possible from AVC panel and when at remote then manual operation of
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Tape changer shall be possible from CRCC. The switch position shall always be
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS kept at remote position.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 There must be interlocking that when on manual the simultaneous operation of

raise and lower of the tape shall not be possible from remote (CRCC) and locally
(AVC Panel/Station HMI).
 Auto manual position indication and local /remote selector switch position
DESCRIPTION

indication shall be available at AVC Panel, Station HMI and Remote CRCC
 The Tape Position indication shall be available at AVC Panel, at Station HMI and
at Remote CRCC.
 The individual alarms of AVC scheme as per the National Grid SA Specifications
shall be available at AVC Panel The individual alarms of AVC scheme as per the
NO.

1
3

National Grid SA Specifications shall be available at AVC Panel through AVC IED
REVISIONS
LEDs and at Station HMI and to remote CRCC.
ARS
 Due to Capacitor banks connected to the 33kV Bus hence –ve Reactance
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: compensation hence circulating current Method shall be adopted for Voltage
Regulation
APPROVED  AVC Relay Requirement
Due to the installation of shunt capacitor banks which operates according to the
MVAR requirement, the power factor of the load supplied by the Grid transformers
will not be constant (can change from 0.85 to 1.00). In this situation the AVC relays
intended for negative reactance based parallel control of the transformers should
be capable of adjusting by itself the ‘X’ & ‘R’ compensations with in the above
operating power factors. The contractor shall offer the AVC relay having the above
capability.
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
CERTIFIED OPDS-XXX-036. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

BY:

DATE: ABTS
Auto Switching scheme if required as per the main PTS shall be provided for three
transformers such that two shall run in parallel and third supply the load
independently.
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-038. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
Circuit Breaker Fail Protection
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED a) The CBF protection for 132kV CBs

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The CBF Protection for 132kV CBs shall be Built in function of Main 1 and Main 2
Protection IEDs. Each Main Protection IED shall have two independent CBF1 &
CBF2 Elements. CBF1 of each protection IED shall be configured for the CBF
condition of associated 132kV CB and CBF2 element of the each Protection IED shall
DESCRIPTION

be configured for the CBF condition of associated 33kV CB. CBF 1 of Main 1 and
main 2 Protections IEDs shall be activated from all the Tripping relays Operating
through 132kV CB of the GT. On Detection of CBF Condition shall operate through
132kV BB Tripping Scheme as per National Grid SA Standards. Hence Trip L/O
Relay 86B with Auto Rest Facility shall be installed in the Panels and integrated
NO.

1
3

with BB protection scheme. One additional 86CBF Relay shall be installed in the
REVISIONS
Panel activated from CBF1 Main 1 and CBF1Main2 to Trip the associated 33kV CB
ARS
and give Close Block to associated 132kV and 33kV CB, local & remote Indication,
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: Signal SOE and FR.

CBF Initiation shall be external. All Tripping relays operating through the CB shall
APPROVED initiate the CBF Protection of the Same Protection IED. CBF1 built in element of Main
Protection IED1 and CBF 2 shall be Built in element of Main 2 protection IED. CBF
Tripping shall be through 132kV BB Tripping Scheme through 86B Trip Relay. CBF 1
and CBF2 shall activate one Trip L/O relay 86CBF Trip the associated 33kV LV CB of the
GT, give Close Block and Local & Remote Indication Signal to SOE and Fault Recorder.

b) The CBF Protection for 33kV CB:

 As stated above Each Main protection IED shall have two independent elements
CBF2 of each main protection IED shall be configured for associated 33kV CB of
CERTIFIED the GT and shall be initiated from the Tripping Relays operating through 33kV
CB.
 CBF Initiation shall be external. All Tripping relays operating through the 33kV
BY:

DATE: CB shall initiate the CBF Protection of the Same Protection IED. CBF1 built in
element of Main Protection IED1 and CBF 2 shall be Built in element of Main 2
protection IED.
 The 33kV CBF protection shall operate through 33kV 86CBF Trip Relay through
33kV CBF tripping Bus.
 To avoid continuous energization of Trip Coil under CB Failed from its own
86CBF Relay one NC Contact of 86CBF shall be wired in series to cutoff the
signal to Trip Coil.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  33kV 86 CBF Trip relay activated from 33kV CBF Condition shall trip the
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
associated 33kv CBs of the Bus Section and associated 132kV CB of GT, provide
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

close block for the Tripped CBs, give local and remote indication, Signal to BCU
and SOE. The 86CBF Relay shall be H/E Rest.
DESCRIPTION

2.2.2 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING

The Synch-check for 380kV CBs for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU
provided BCU shall fulfill the Following conditions. If not then Independent Protection IED shall
be provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.

The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Voltage Difference Settable in range 5-35 V in steps of 5V or less.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast or
delayed closure of EHV lines.
APPROVED

 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.

 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT input
for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

No check synchronizing for 33kV CB.

2.2.3 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided through Bi-Stable Relay for
CERTIFIED
each protection FOR 87T1 , 87T2.
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
BY:
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
DATE:
and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.4 UNDER FREQUENCY LOAD SHEDDING

Under frequency protection to be provided on the LV side of the transformer, and fed
DESCRIPTION

from the PT of the transformer LV side or the relevant bus PT ; each transformer under
frequency protection shall look after its bus section, four stages of under frequency
protection to be provided; stage 1 & 2 and Stage 3 & 4 to be for absolute & rate of
change of frequency respectively, operation of any of them should initiate tripping of the
outgoing 33KV feeders on the relevant bus on priority one Similarly operation of any of
NO.

1
3

stages 3 & 4 which are for absolute & rate of change of frequency respectively shall trip
REVISIONS
the 33kV outgoing Feeders on Priority two. The standalone UF Relay (Multi-function IEC
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
61850 compatible) for each bus section shall be provided.
CHK’D BY:

A self-reset Relay with the sufficient number of contacts to be provided for achieving
these functions. The Trip in put to the outgoing feeders/ Bus section CBs/Transformer
APPROVED

LV incomers shall be through Disconnectable links so that any feeder can be put or taken
out from UF load shedding according to priority selection.
The under frequency 94UF shall operate through Trip Coil one of respective CBs through
Disconnectable links. Initiate the CBF and give local & remote Alarm.

The UF Load shedding scheme shall have IN/OUT facility with Local and remote (CRCC)
Control & indications.
 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided through Bi-Stable Relay for
each Under frequency Stage.
CERTIFIED  These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
shall be operable from the Under frequency Load Shedding panel and from Remote

BY:
CRCC with Back indications at Station HMI and at remote CRCC.
DATE:  A white lamp shall be provided for each Stage on the UF L/S panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DC Auxiliary
Supply if required for the UF L/S IED.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-043. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
DESCRIPTION

2.2.5 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 GT Maim 1 protection with Associated Auxiliary Equipment.

 GT Maim 2 protection with associated Auxiliary equipment.
 AVC Panel
 Under Frequency load Shedding Panel one per two BS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
CHK’D BY:
detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and
as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C
APPROVED
Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at
least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas of each gas compartment shall
have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one
Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all
signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in
the SAS Appendix XIV.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
CERTIFIED 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit supervision
BY: for each Trip Coil such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether the
DATE:
breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Panels.
 The Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall also be provided for 33kV CB Trip Coil 1 and
Trip Coil2 and shall be installed in 33kV Switchgear Panel LV Compartment.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Tripping from each separate 132KV Main 1, Mani 2 and Back Up protection shall be via
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the
DATED
Substation. It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers
initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc. All tripping shall be
hard wired.
The 87T1 and 87 T2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays. In addition to
DESCRIPTION

above the two Self rest Tripping Relays 94T1 and 94 T2 in the 132kV Protection Panels
shall be Provided.

The 87T1, 50P/51P Buchhalz Stage II, HV REF shall activate 86T1
While 87T2,, GT Tap changer Protection, Any other Transformer Mechanical Protection
NO.

recommended by Manufacturer , LV REF shall activate the 86T2

2

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

All Protections which are activating 86T1 shall activate 94T1 through blocking Diode to
DATE: the associated 33kV CB. Similarly all protection operating 86T2 shall also activate 94T2
CHK’D BY:
through Blocking Diode.

APPROVED The Stand By Earth Fault Protection shall first Trip the 33kV CB through 94T2 to work
as back up to Down Stream Earth Faults if the fault cleared the relay shall rest if fault
persists then after a set time delay of 100 m sec operate through 86T2 Tripping relays

51S/51NS shall activate 94T to Trip 132kV CB only.

Winding Temperature Stage II shall Trip the 132kV CB only through 94T

a) Transformer Tripping Relays:

86T1 shall initiate:
 132kV CB trip coil 1
CERTIFIED  132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the 132kV.
 Close Block to the 33kV CB.
BY:  BCU.
DATE:
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

94T1 Shall Initiate

 33kV CB trip coil 1
 33kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
86T2 shall initiate:
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  132kV CB trip coil 2
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Close Block to 132kV CB.

 Close Block to the 33kV CB.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
DESCRIPTION

 SOE.
94T2 Shall Initiate

 33kV CB trip coil 2

 33kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Alarm/Indication.

PREPARED BY: ARS  SOE.

DATE:
86T1 and 86T2 shall be Heavy Duty L/O Relays with H/E Reset while 94T1 and 94T2
CHK’D BY:

shall be the Self Rest with Flag Hand rest heavy duty type

APPROVED 4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

A. CTs for Transformer Protection in 132kV GIS and 33kV (LV) Switchgear Panel.
S. No HV SIDE (132kV) LV SIDE (33kV)
CT Particulars Purpose CT Particulars Purpose
1. Core 1: Main1 Protection 2500/1A Class X, Vkp≥ Main1 Protection
600/1A Cl. X, Box 1 600V, Rct≤6 Ω, Imag≤ Box 1
Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥ 50mA.
600V, Im ≤ 50
mA

CERTIFIED
2. Core 1: Main 2 Protection 2500/1A Class X, Vkp≥ Main 2 Protection
600/1A Cl. X, Box2 600V, Rct≤6 Ω, Imag≤ Box2
Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥ 50mA.
BY:

DATE: 600V, Im ≤ 50
mA
3. Core 1: Spare 2500/1A, Class 5P20 Spare
600/1A Cl. X, 30VA /1A
Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥
600V, Im ≤ 50
mA
4. Core 3: 600- Metering 2500/1A Class 0.2Fs5, BCU+ Metering
THIS DOCUMENT IS 300/1A Cl. 15VA
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
0.2Fs5 10VA at
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 300/1A
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

5. 4000/1A, Cl. X. Bus bar- 3000/1A, Cl: X 33kV BB

Vk ≥ 800 V, Im Protection Vk≥800V,Rct≤10 , Protection
≤ 25 mA Rct ≤ Discriminative Im≤30 mA at Vk.
6 ohms. Zone
DESCRIPTION

6. 4000/1A, Cl. X. Bus-bar

Vk ≥ 800 V, Im Protection Check
≤ 25 mA Rct ≤ Zone
6 ohms.
NO.

1
3

B. CTs in the Bushing of the Transformer.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:
S. CT Particulars Purpose
CHK’D BY: No.
In HV Bushings.
APPROVED 1. Core 1: 600/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥ 600V, Im ≤ 50 87T1(Spare)
mA
Core 2: 600/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥ 600V, Im ≤ 50 87T2 (Spare)
mA
Core 3: 1600-1200—1000=800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 Ω, Spare (Line Protection)
Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 30 mA at 800/1A Ratio
Core4: As per Manufacturers Recommendations 49T
2. In LV Bushings. One CT in Yellow (middle) Phase.
‫ ٭‬1750/5A , Class= 1.0 , 50VA For AVC
CERTIFIED
HV (132kV) Neutral connection with earth.
3 Core 1: 600/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥ For HV REF +SBEF
BY: 600V, Im ≤ 50 mA Protection (Box 2).
Core 1: 600/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1 Ω, Vk ≥ 600V, Im ≤ 50 For HV REF + SBEF
DATE:

mA Protection (Box 1).

In LV NER or Grounding Transformer Neutral connection.
4
2500/1A Class X, Vkp≥ 600V, Rct≤6 Ω, Imag≤ 50mA. For LV REF + SBEF
Protection
2500/1A Class X, Vkp≥ 600V, Rct≤6 Ω, Imag≤ 50mA. For LV REF + SBEF
Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 3000-1500/1A 5P20 30VA SBEF +NCA Protection. (
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
Box 3)
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3000-1500/1A 5P20 30VA SBEF +NCA Protection. (

Box 2 Built in function)

‫ ٭‬CT For AVC shall be as per the Transformer Ratings.

DESCRIPTION

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all case the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance.

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
NO.

1
3

Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to

REVISIONS
enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions without any
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous
CHK’D BY: thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

APPROVED 5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

380kV 3phase GIS VT:

 Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

33kV Side VT
 Rated Primary Voltage 33/√3kV
 Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 120√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
 Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
 Rated Output 40VA per each Secondary winding
CERTIFIED

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

BY:

DATE: 6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-020 & 021. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS **END OF APPEDIX # E-15**

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-16
DESCRIPTION

33-34.5KV BUS BAR PROTECTION

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS CONTENTS
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
1. INTRODUCTION
CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION.

APPROVED

2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

CERTIFIED
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

BY:

DATE: 4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 33-34.5kV BB Protection
DESCRIPTION

The numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main BB protection shall be used
with multiple protection functions, included in the same protection IED unit.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS specifications.

PREPARED BY: ARS This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
APPROVED
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and

CERTIFIED
Standards.

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION.

BY:

DATE:

2.1 MAIN FEATURE OF PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

The Protection IED used for the double bus bar protection should be an intelligent, phase
selectable, numerical, electronic device, with multiple protection functions, included in
the same Protection IED unit and shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the
following Main multi functions:
Box 1: Bus Bar Protection IED (87B) in Bus Bar protection Panel
 Phase segregated; circulating current high impedance protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection (to be used on the bus
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
couplers for Energization)
 Circuit breaker fail Protection
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Sensitive earth fault protection

 Dead Zone Protection- (this feature to be used in case of existing system where no
CT’s overlap is provided, In new systems it shall be ensured that CT’s overlap is
provided).
DESCRIPTION

Box 2: Back Up OC&EF Protection IED in SW panel LV Compartment.

 LV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 LV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
NO.

 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

2.2 MAIN FEATURE OF PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEM

APPROVED

Each phase of each section of the bus bar protection shall be individually protected by
high impedance bus bar protection relays.
The Class X CT shall be installed in Feeder covering the maximum portion of the
Switchgear preferably the cable termination. And CTs in the Either Side of the Bus
Section CB of Single BB arrangement . These CTs for each Bus Section shall be connected
back to Back to Create unit zone of the protection. Each BS shall have independent BB
protection IED

CERTIFIED
The Protection IED ( High Impedance Type ) shall be used for the 33kV bus bar
protection should be an intelligent, phase selectable, numerical, electronic device, with
BY:
multiple protection functions, included in the same Protection IED unit. Transfer of
DATE:
analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic communication
medium.

One bus bar protection box, to be used for each bus bar discriminative zone. Each box
shall have the following performance qualities.

The Bus Protection shall remain stable for all kinds of external faults. The speed of
operation of the bus protection shall not exceed 20-25 mille sec at 2.5 times the set
magnitude.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING Over and above the analog information, other parameters for differential function,
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals, the Protection
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

System shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the automatic compensation
facility in the differential measurement.

Proper transient biasing shall be incorporated (to restrict the operating characteristics)
during CT saturation in the event of heavy faults in the adjacent sections or even very
DESCRIPTION

close to the zone of protection.

IN ADDITION BUS BAR SCHEME SHALL FULFIL WITH FOLLOWIN REQUIRMNETS:

 The Bus Protection shall remain stable for all kinds of external faults.
NO.

1
3

 The speed of operation of the bus protection shall not exceed 20ms at 2.5 times the
REVISIONS
set magnitude.
ARS
 Over and above the analog information, other parameters for differential function,
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals, the Protection

System shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the automatic
APPROVED compensation facility in the differential measurement.
 In all case, CT’s shall be class “X” as shall be detailed below in the CT requirement
sections.
 The IN/OUT selection of the Protection shall be accessible locally & from remote.
 The Protection Scheme shall be adoptable for all future extension.
 Independent CT supervision Relay shall be provided; On Detection of CT open circuit
shall initiate local & remote alarm.
 The protection shall be facilitated with Metrosil unit having a nonlinear resistance
characteristic to limit the peak voltage appearing across the secondary differential

CERTIFIED
circuits.
 The Protections IED box, supporting the above functions, shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant Substation Protection Requirement
BY:

DATE: (Appendix VII), in the PTS and the project SOW.

 Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
communication medium.
 The Sub Station Automation System shall include Bus Zone Discriminating Zone.
Back up Protection.
In additional to above the multifunction Protection IED with Backup OC/E/F (50/50N
and 51/51N) protection as main function and Built in CBF Function. shall be
provided.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR numerical type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT,
FOR ORDERING

Instantaneous and Definite Time setting

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or
more x in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5%
to 240% of rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to
deactivate the same) shall have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting
DESCRIPTION

on inverse time delay unit.

 In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to

disable the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element
in ground fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault
current
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE,
PREPARED BY: ARS fault recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & inst units shall have
separate outputs to energize separate lockout relays.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 The Backup Protection shall operate through Independent Self Rest Tripping Relay
APPROVED 94BS.
 The IED shall be connected with independent CT in the BS as shown in the CT Table.
 Back up OC & E/F IED and associated 90BS shall be installed in the BS SW Panel.
 For Bus Section CB there must be independent Control IED BCU and shall be
connected with Metering Class CT and shall be installed in the SW LV
Compartment.

NOTES:
 Each CB shall have two Trip Coils and each trip coil shall be provided with trip
CERTIFIED circuit supervision such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or
not. TCS Relays shall be installed in the SW LV Compartment.
BY:

DATE:  The current transformer wiring for each zone shall be connected in a full ring
configuration to minimize resistance, maximize its injection. Testing.
facilities shall be provided to disconnect each fault detecting relay and
supervision relay from the CT bus wires for secondary injection testing.
 If the earth switch of the panels is inside the zone of 33kV bus bar protection
then during maintenance of particular panel facility through Bi Stable Relay shall
be provided such that when earth is applied to the 33kV panel the associated bus
bar CT shall be isolated and shorted
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS The CBF protection of Bus Section CB shall be Built in function of the Box 2 (Back Up
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
OC/E/F Protection IED). The CBF Initiation shall be external. The CBF Shall be

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

activated from BB Tripping Relay 86B and all other Tripping Relays operating through
BS CB. On Detection of CBF condition shall Trip the Associated Incomers and 33kV
Outgoing Feeders through 33kV CBF Tripping Bus.
The CBF Protection shall Operate through 86CBF Relay to be installed in the LV
DESCRIPTION

Compartment of the BS. To avoid continuous energization Trip Coil of failed CB through
86CBF relay one NC contact of CBF relay shall be wired in Series to cutoff the trip signal
to failed CB.

86CBF shall Tip the CBs feeding the failed CB through CBF tripping Bus , Give close
NO.

1
3

Block to the associated CB , Give local & remote indication and signal to SOE and BCU.
REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:
DC SUPPLY
CHK’D BY:

The DC supply for the bus bar protection shall be by a separate radial feed from the
main DC DB one each per each BS. It shall be wired and supervised in such a way that
APPROVED

any fault is detected by the appropriate supervision relay.

Each protection supply supervision relay alarm contact shall be connected in parallel
with MCB to initiate alarm.
Supply to the CBF protection shall be derived directly from DCDB one Feeder per each
BS Through MCB of appropriate Rating.

The Following DC Feeders shall be brought to BS/BR LV Compartment.

CERTIFIED
DC System 1; One Feeder.
Branched in the LV Compartment through MCBs of adequate rating for the following:

BY:
1- Back Up O/C IED.
DATE:
2- TC1 Supply.
DC System 2; One Feeder.
Branched in the LV Compartment through MCBs of adequate rating for the following:
1- TC2 Supply.
2- Indication Supply

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided through Bi Stable Relay for
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING each 87B protection.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
DESCRIPTION

each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
NO.

1
3

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
REVISIONS
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
ARS
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

APPROVED
2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT
 33kV BS A Protection Panel.
 33kV BS B Protection Panel.
 33kV BS C Protection Panel.


 BB protection for XA and XB in one panel shall be electrically and Mechanically

Separated.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
CERTIFIED

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

BY:  Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each BS CB such that the monitoring of the trip
DATE:

circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is
present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Panels.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

Per each bus bar Protection Zone, hand /electrical reset trip relay to be provided. The bus
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR bar trip signal from the bus bar protection shall activate lockout relay to trip all the Fault
CONSTRUCTION OR

feeding CBs and provide close block. For GT/SGT incomer 86BB shall also Trip the
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

associated 132/380kV CBs with close blocking and activation of CBF 1 and CBF2
protection of the 132/380kV CBs of the respective GTs/SGTs.

The 33kV BB Tripping Relays should have adequate # of spare contacts to be used for
DESCRIPTION

future 33kV Bays Tripping and Close Blocking with 20% spare for future Use/Extension.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
S. CT CT Particulars Protection Remarks
No. Designation Connected
1. CT1 Core 1 3000/1A Cl: X 87B
Vkp≥800V, Rct≤10Ω &
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 1mag≤30mA On one side

2. CT1 Core 2 3000/1A 5P20 30VA 50/50N+51/51N of BS CB
PREPARED BY: ARS 3. CT2Core 1 3000/1A Cl: X 87B
DATE:
Vkp≥800V, Rct≤10Ω & On Other
CHK’D BY:
1mag≤30mA side of BS
4. CT2 Core 2 3000/1A Cl: 02Fs5 Metering + CB
APPROVED
15VA BCU

Continuous thermal Current rating factor shall be 1.2 at 55C°.

 For BB Protection ratio 3000/1A, class X (Vk ≥800V, Rct ≤10 ohms and Image ≤30
mA)
 For BCU & CBF (BCPU) Protection Only in BS 3000/1A 5P20 30VA
 All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

CERTIFIED  The BB Protection CT Ratio shall Depend upon the Rating of the 33kV BB and shall be
decided as per the original TOL for the Project.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
BY:

DATE:

33kV 3phase GIS Bus VT:

 Rated Primary Voltage 33/√3 KV.

 Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
40VA.
 Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
40VA.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-022. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
DESCRIPTION

**END OF APPEDIX # E-16**

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 9
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-17
DESCRIPTION

33KV FEEDER PROTECTION

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
CONTENTS
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
1. INTRODUCTION

APPROVED
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 33 FEEDER PROTECTION
2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY
2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME
CERTIFIED

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
BY:

DATE:

5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 33kv Feeder protection.

The numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main protection and must be from
DESCRIPTION

different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in the same
protection IED’s unit.

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement (appendix
VII), in the PTs.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA specifications.
CHK’D BY:
This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
APPROVED

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

CERTIFIED
The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
Standards.
BY:

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 33KV FEEDER PROTECTION

DATE:

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

The 33kV feeder protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the following
Main multi functions:

Box #1: MAIN-1

 Line Differential Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Distance Protection.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  DEF protection.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Circuit breaker fail Protection.

 Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.
 Sensitive earth fault protection (for overhead lines).
 Auto Reclose function (For Overhead Lines).
DESCRIPTION

 Sequence of event Recording.

Box#2: MAIN-2
 Distance Protection.
 DEF protection.
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Circuit breaker fail Protection.
DATE:
 Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.
CHK’D BY:
 Sensitive earth fault protection (for overhead lines).
 Auto Reclose function (For Overhead Lines).
APPROVED

 Sequence of event Recording.

In case of Auxiliary Station Service Transformers to the connected with the

33kV Switchgear Panels then instead of Above the Main one and Main two
Protection IEDs shall be
Box #1: MAIN-1

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
CERTIFIED
 Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.
BY:

DATE:
 Sensitive earth fault protection (for overhead lines).
 Auto Reclose function (For Overhead Lines).
 Sequence of event Recording.

Box#2: MAIN-2

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Circuit breaker fail Protection.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING  Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  Sensitive earth fault protection (for overhead lines).
DATED

 Auto Reclose function (For Overhead Lines).

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Sequence of event Recording.

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME

DESCRIPTION

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

The first main protections shall be utilizing current differential protection.

DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using

NO.

1
3

'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media.

REVISIONS
 It shall be numerical type using three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
remote end similar relay.
CHK’D BY:  The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV & MV
O/H lines and U/G cables in resistance grounded power system.
APPROVED
 The protection shall be designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase
faults and 3-phase faults with or without earth.
 It shall not work on summation CT principle to change three single phase comparison to one
single phase comparison.
 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.

 The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be optical type. It shall have its
CERTIFIED own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion and other means
as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be standard device and
recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details and compatibility with the
BY:

DATE: Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication department}.

 The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
remotely.
 The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due to
communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching.
 All the required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from
remote location must be possible.
 The relay shall be equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING  The relay shall have self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND modules, memory and other major components like power supply) as well as
DATED
communication channel supervision.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording facility. All
the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and remotely through
separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end information and fault data
along various states of the input quantities from the start of the disturbance to end shall be
DESCRIPTION

available for last 3 records on nonvolatile memory and alarm/event data for last 10
alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.
 The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.
The relay ratings and ranges:
 Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.
NO.

1
3

 125DC or as per the S/S Auxiliary Supply.

REVISIONS
 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
ARS
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)

 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)
APPROVED  Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

DISTANCE PROTECTION

 The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL
&, MHO characteristic. Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with
an X/R ratio of ≥50

 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be wired
CERTIFIED
from a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. separate trip relays
and separate inter trip receive relays
BY:

DATE:
 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure/MCB Trip shall block the operation of
the distance protection

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones

 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current

reversal condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable
for two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each
THIS DOCUMENT IS zone shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring
DESCRIPTION

time shall not exceed one cycle.

The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following
additional functions such as whether used or not:
 Zone 1 ext. scheme
 Transfer trip scheme
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering

PREPARED BY: ARS  Voltage circuit supervision
DATE:
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking (including
CHK’D BY:
reverse measurement elements). All the additional logics in case of parallel lines
(transient blocking) or week in-feed have to be included ( current reversal guard)
APPROVED

 facility for single-pole trip

 power swing blocking function (with selectable zones)
 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding incase of requirement.
 Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines is to
be made available.
 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall be
suitable for activation by external binary.
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for use in
case of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than 100ms.
CERTIFIED

This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it should be
BY: possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may be) with the
DATE:
following requirements:

 Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive signal
initiated from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others), also the
carrier send signal (CS) might be issued in parallel both from an overreaching zone
and an under reaching, independent tripping zone.
 The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged while the carrier
send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the permissive signal shall permit
THIS DOCUMENT IS the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal CRG,
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND must always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence of the CRG
DATED
signal for a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as a CR signal,

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

This shall enables a permissive scheme to operate when the line fault blocks the
signal transmission or a coincidence of signal loss and the fault time occurs .The
carrier received signal created by the unblocking function is reset (150ms after the
security timer has elapsed. When that occurs an output signal is activated for
DESCRIPTION

signaling purpose. The unblocking function is reset 200ms after that the guard signal
is present again.
 Switch on to fault Feature:
The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such
NO.

1
3

cases to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that

REVISIONS
only external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch
PREPARED BY: ARS
or breaker auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 DEF of Box 2 shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have
back up element settings.
APPROVED

 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The relay

shall have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the harmonics on the
system or generated during CT saturation conditions.

DEF Protection

Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for high resistance
ground faults using permissive schemes via fiber optics, with echo-back feature for open-
end line and weak in-feed features for low fault level lines. The protection, in cooperation
CERTIFIED
with main distance protection, shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating time of
the relay shall be such that transient faults do not get converted into permanent-faults. The
BY: protection, in addition to providing instantaneous trip for 100% of the line length, shall
provide definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such that remote backup trip facility shall
DATE:

be available. However, above mentioned definite time delayed trip shall be wired through
selectable link such that it can be removed or brought in as and when required by Company.
The protection shall initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-mechanically
operated trip relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec. The protection
and all associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for following additional
functions: Annunciation at Station HMI
 SOE Alarm
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  SCADA Remote Alarm
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Station fault recorder
MATERIALS

Reclose initiation
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 
 Reclose-Blocking
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Breaker failure initiation

 Carrier or Communication system signaling

Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate the operation
of the relay & faulted phase.
DESCRIPTION

The relay shall be provided with testing facilities. The protection shall be suitable for CT
and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The MTA or characteristics angle of
the relay shall be to match application and as approved by Company.

The back Up O/C & E/F protection function (IDMT, DT & Instantaneous) shall be activated.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

SCHEME SIGNALING
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  A means of signaling between the two OHL/UGC line ends shall be inbuilt in the IED’s.
CHK’D BY:
dedicated channels (other than the channels allocated for current differential
protection).shall be needed to achieve this purpose, for each IED arranged as follows:-
APPROVED

 Channel # 1: Duplex channel For Permissive Over Reach Signal Send/Receive

From Distance Protection Main 2.
 Channel # 2: Duplex channel For Permissive Over Reaching Signal
Send/Receive From DEF Function of Main 2 Protection.
 Channel # 3: Duplex Channel Inter Trip S/R from all fast Operating Zones of
Main 1 and Main 2 Protection ( 85S1-1, 85S2-1) allow auto Reclosing at remote
end (Received End).
 Channel # 4: Duplex channel Inter Trip S/R from all Delayed Operating Zones
of Main 1 and Main2, 132KV Cable Tail end Protection 132kV BB Protection
CERTIFIED
132kV CBF Protection( 85S2) Block auto Reclosing at remote end ( Received
end).
BY:

DATE:
 All the above 4 binary signals shall be sent through the Communication Card of Main
1 and Main 2 Protection ( Box 1 & Box 2) Simultaneously.
 The operation of the overreaching forward element in both first & second main shall,
after receiving the remote end permissive signal Trip the local Circuit breaker.

 These signaling shall be common for Set1 and Set 2 protections. I/T send shall be
through the main protection IEDs while the contractor shall install conventional type
two Inter trip Receive Relays. 85R & 85R2.
 85R1 shall be activated from 85S1. The 85R1 shall operate through Trip coil 1, give
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR local and Remote Alarm Allow AR and signal to FR & SOE.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  85R2, shall be activated from 85S2. The 85R2 shall operate through Trip coil 1 and
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Trip coil2. give local and Remote Alarm Block AR and signal to FR & SO

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Signaling channel shall be having a continuous self-supervision with the necessary

alarm. Channel failure after the elapse of the unblocking scheme time shall
automatically transfer to the redundant channel, however complete communication
failure shall block the operation of the unit protection, the DEF protection, while the
DESCRIPTION

distance of the concerned IED to be converted into straight distance, it’s operating
shall depend on zone2 time delay.

INTER TRIPPING (DIRECT TRANSFER TRIPPING)

NO.

1
3

 A two way persistent inter-tripping shall be provided between the two circuits ends.
REVISIONS
 Both main and backup protections shall inter-trip. as explained above.
PREPARED BY: ARS

 Operation of the 1st main or 2nd main fast protection shall send an inter-trip through
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

the dedicated fiber as well as through channel # 1 (see item of the channel
allocation above) this transfer trip shall be used to trip and initiate the auto re-close
APPROVED

of the remote end.

 Operation of the 1st main Delayed protection , 2nd main Delayed protection, the
backup protection the cable tail end protection, or the (CBF) shall send an inter trip
through the dedicated fiber as well as through the channel # 4 ( see item # 4.6.
covering the channel allocation) this transfer trip shall be used to trip and block the
auto re-close of the remote end.

 The sending and receiving of the inter tripping signaling shall be through the IED’s

CERTIFIED
communication cards of main relays, both cards shall be initiated for this purpose to
insure the highest security in addition to the multiplexed system as shown in the
communication diagram appendix 13.
BY:

DATE:

AUTO RECLOSE
No separate auto reclose IED’s to be provided, the auto reclose features of the 1st and 2nd
main Protection IED’s to be utilized for this purpose.

The following features to be provided in the auto reclose :-

 Multi shot
 Settable dead time for each shot, 0.5-300 Sec
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Settable reclaim time 0.5- 120 Sec
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Input for permanent auto- reclose lockout
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Input for temporary auto- reclose inhibit

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Auto-reclose IN-OUT switch giving local-remote indication

 Indication of the number of shots made
 Indication of lockout condition
 Un successful reclose alarm
DESCRIPTION

 Auto-reclose in progress
The auto- reclose shall be permanently locked out by the operation of the delayed
protections or local cable/GIB protection and shall also be locked out after unsuccessful
single close attempt.
For the Panels to be used for Auxiliary Station Service Transformers the AR
NO.

1
3

Function shall be Deactivated.

REVISIONS

ARS
CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 No separate (CBF) IED’s to be provided, the CBF features of the 1st& 2nd Main Protection
IED’s to be utilized for this purpose.
APPROVED

 CBF Protection shall be External all the tripping relays operating through the CB shall
initiate the CBF Protection of Protection IED 1 and Protection IED 2.
 On detection of CBF Condition one 86CBF Relay shall be activated from CBF Condition of
Protection IED Main 1 and Main 2 and trip all the Associated 33kV Feeders of the Bus
Section along with the BS CB and the LV Incomer CB, Give close Block to Tripped CBs and
Local & Remote indication, Signal FR and SOE. 86CBf shall be H/E Rest.
 BCU shall be independent of Protection IED and shall be installed in the switchgear
Panel.

CERTIFIED
DC Supplies

BY:
For each Panel the Contractor shall bring two independent 125V DC Feeders through
DATE: MCBs of adequate Rating having Auxiliary contacts for Alarm one each from 125V Bus of
DC system one and DC system two.
The Each feeder shall be branched in the Panel through independent MCBs as Follows:

DC System 1

 MCB for Trip Supply 1 for Trip Coil 1.

 MCB for Protection Supply Box 1.
 MCB for Closing Supply.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR DC System 2
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS

MCB for Trip Supply 2 for Trip Coil 2.

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 
 MCB for Status Indication.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 MCB for Protection Supply Box 2.

Each Racially fed DC Supply shall be Supervised at the end of the loop.

AC Supply
DESCRIPTION

The AC Supply to the Panel shall be though 3-Phase Four wire Ring arrangement.
Independent Ring shall be provided for each BS. The AC Load of the Particular BS shall
be evenly distributed on different phases.
The Independent AC Supply MCB of appropriate rating with Auxiliary alarm contacts
NO.

1
3

shall be provided in each Panel.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: ALARMS
CHK’D BY:
Local and remote Alarms for feeders tripping/Faulty or over loading condition, Breaker
Status Protection operated protection Faulty to be provided. Reference shall; be made to
SEC specifications 38-TMMS-05 and TES-P-119-27.
APPROVED

2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities through Bi-stable Relay shall be provided for
each protection FOR 87L & 21 Main Protection IEDs. IN/OUT shall not be required for
Main 1 and Main 2 Protection Of 33kV Feeder Feeding Station Service transformers.
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
CERTIFIED
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
BY:
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
DATE:
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except Auxiliary DC Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 The BCU and other Auxiliary equipment shall be installed in the LV compartment of
DATED
33kV Switchgear panel.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 One Protection one panel shall be provided for Each Feeder.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
DESCRIPTION

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be for each Trip Coil such that the
monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed
and whether the trip signal is present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
NO.

1
3

 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Panels.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Two trip relays shall be provided per feeder, one is a self-reset trip relay for operation
from the Line differential Protection fast zones of Distance and DEF protection and allow
DESCRIPTION

Auto Reclosing, while the other is a lockout relay for operation from the Delayed zones of
the protection and CBF protection and block Auto Reclosing. For overhead line the feeder
protection initiates auto reclosing.
 In case of UGC Feeder or Station Service Transformer Feeder both Tripping Relays shall
be L/O Type with H/E Reset.
NO.

 Both for overhead and underground feeders, operation of the feeder protection shall
2

1
3

REVISIONS
initiate the circuit breaker fail protection of the same IED, the CBF shall operate through
PREPARED BY: ARS its own 86CBF Trip L/O Relay and trip all the feeder CBs feeding the Fault. The lockout
DATE:
relay shall also block closing of the tripped breakers give local & remote Alarm, Signal to
CHK’D BY:

SOE.

APPROVED

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
CT Details:

Designation
Sr. CURRENT TRANSFORMER TYPE OF
No. DETAILS PROTECTION

1. CT1 1250-800/1A Cl. X, Box 1

CERTIFIED Vkp≥1000V Rct≤2Ω & Imag≤ Protection
30mA at 800/1A Ratio
2. CT2 1250-800/1A Cl. X, Box 2
BY:

DATE: Vkp≥1000V Rct≤2Ω & Imag≤ Protection

30mA at 800/1A Ratio
3. CT3 1250-800/1A Cl. 0.2Fs5, 10 VA at Metering
800/1A Ratio
4. CT4 3000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 10 ohms, Vk> 33kV Bus-bar
800V, Im< 30 mA Protection
87 BB

The CT Rating shall match with Breaker Rating

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR The CT shall be capable of carrying 120% continuous current at the fundamental
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS frequency and at 55Cº.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all case the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
manufactures recommendations.
DESCRIPTION

The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the associated protection to perform
their intended functions without any limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up
to 50.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS No VT shall be installed in individual Feeder. VT for Distance and DEF function shall be
taken from respective bus VT
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

APPROVED
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-023 & 024. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-17**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 14
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-18

33kV 10MVAR CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: 1. INTRODUCTION
CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

APPROVED
2.1 PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
2.2 CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTIONS SCHEME FUNCTION
2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR SENSING NEUTRAL UNBALANCE.
CERTIFIED

5. CURRENT AND POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS IN THE BREAKER

CONTROLLING THE CAPACITOR BANK
BY:

DATE: 6. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER

7. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
8. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This Appendix details the basic protection requirement for the three feeders
concerning the three 10MVAR capacitor banks to be installed in the 33-34.5KV bus
DESCRIPTION

bar via three suitably rated breakers.

The neutral current transformers shall be with full primary insulation, with suitable
ratio, in such a manner that when one percent of the capacitors fails, it shall be
possible for being sensed and alarm is to be initiated. In the event of failure of large
number of series capacitor (10% or more), rendering higher level differential
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
currents the capacitor bank shall be arranged for tripping.
The prime point of consideration shall be the required voltage factor and the
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
corresponding time which, each phase unit is to be rated, in view of its applicable
CHK’D BY:
with the system neutral, which is resistance grounded, to avoid catastrophic failures
of capacitor bank , in the event of delayed clearance of any possible line to ground
APPROVED
faults.
Another possible and eventual over voltage condition to which these capacitor banks
could be subject to, is fifth harmonic voltage. Suitable metal oxide arrestors are to be
employed with adequate energy handling capacity and factor of safety to contain the
catastrophic failures of the banks.
Studies to be conducted to ensure that during the system operating conditions the
crest voltage to which the capacitor bank is subject to, is well within the rated
magnitude of the capacitor themselves or well within the residual voltage of the
arrestors employed for the Protection of these elements.
CERTIFIED The sixth harmonic content and the crest voltage to which the capacitor bank is
subject is to be studied and the voltage is to be suitably contained or the capacitors

BY:
are to be rated, in accordance with the system conditions.
DATE:
Note : This protection is proposed on the specific configuration, that the capacitor
bank is in the double star with the neutral floating but inter connecting the neutrals of
both the star connected element of the bank, If the concerned divisions have decided
to use different configuration, this appendix need to be modified accordingly.
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
specifications.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
DESCRIPTION

b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
Specifications and Standards.

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

2.1 IED PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
DATE:
The Protection IED used for the capacitor bank feeders shall be an intelligent, numerical,
CHK’D BY:
electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same Protection IED unit.
Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
APPROVED
communication medium.
The capacitor bank feeder protection IED, box 1 and Box 2 shall be facilitated with; but
not limited to the following Main multi functions
 Time and Instantaneous Over Current & E/F Protection (Backup)
 Negative Sequence Directional Over Current & E/F Protection
 Thermal O/L Protection.
 Neutral Unbalance Current protection
 Compensated Neutral Displacement Voltage protection
 Over Voltage protection
CERTIFIED
 Under Voltage Protection
 CBF Protection -2 (1 per group)
BY:  Other Protections recommended by manufacturer.
DATE:

The IED Units shall be provided as close as possible to each CT location where
analogue signals shall be needed from the associated CT, and binary signals from the
primary equipment, these units shall communicate with SAS via LAN system and with
the NCC/SCADA centres (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications Gateways
substation level and remote.

2.2 CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTIONS SCHEME FUNCTION

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
The Capacitor Bank Protection shall be facilitated with the following protection
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND functions
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.1 OVER CURRENT AND EARTH FAULT PROTECTION:

The over current Protection shall be peak detector including the harmonics but
supervised by the Positive sequence direction sensor with the timer supplement.
DESCRIPTION

In the event of currents discharges in to the parallel circuits the Protection is to be

blocked. The utility value of imparting direction feature, the relay to see only the
current flowing into the capacitor and not the discharges when any adjacent feeder
trips on fault and thus making the capacitor bank being available and thus providing
VARS in accordance with the available voltage on the bus while clearing the fault. In
NO.

1
3

the event of forward current increases inclusive of the harmonics the current
REVISIONS
function will have to be activated for accomplishing the tripping of the capacitor
ARS
bank.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: The earth fault protection shall be accomplished by peak detector supervised by
directional ground fault sensor with the timer supplement and only operates for fault
APPROVED within the capacitor bank and the ground faults in the adjacent feeders, the discharge
from the capacitor bank shall not lead to any operation of the direction earth fault
relay. It is to be noted that the 13.8 KV source is star connected and the neutral is
grounded through 10 ohms resistance.
The relay shall have the characteristic angle adjustable for accommodating the earth
fault current vector clearly in the operating part of the characteristics and the
fundamental discharge from the capacitor bank if any, in case of faults on the adjacent
feeders, shall lead to the blocking of the relay.

2.2.2 NEUTRAL UNBALANCE PROTECTION

CERTIFIED

Neutral unbalance current protection with proper compensation for the standing
BY:
unbalance of the system and variation in the manufacturing tolerance of the
DATE:
capacitors adopted. The range of setting shall be such as to identify the short
circuiting of one percent of the capacitor bank. The relay shall be provided minimum
two stages one for initiating the alarm at the low set level and tripping at the highest
level of unbalance is detected.

2.2.3 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE DIRECTIONAL PROTECTION.

Directional Negative Sequence Current Protection, to cover the inter rack phase
THIS DOCUMENT IS faults. The protection shall have the negative sequence directional sensor, to identify
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
the inter phase faults within the capacitor bank. The relay responds to the negative
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND sequence current flow into the capacitor bank only. Depending on the magnitude of
DATED
the inductive load on the parallel circuits or during the fault condition of the parallel

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

circuits, the relay is screened and sensitive setting could be adopted for the inter-
phase fault sensing function.

2.2.4 OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION.

DESCRIPTION

The over voltage protection is to be provided in the scheme of protection with the
fundamental voltage sensor supplemented with the timer with adjustable time
settings. The relay shall have two stages one for initiating alarm at low percentage of
increase of the nominal voltage and the other stage with the timer for initiating
tripping.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
2.2.5 UNDER VOLTAGE PROTECTION.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The under voltage protection is to be provided in the scheme of protection with the
CHK’D BY:
fundamental voltage sensor supplemented with the timer with adjustable time
settings. The relay shall have two stages one for initiating alarm at low percentage of
APPROVED

decrement of the nominal voltage and the other stage with the timer for (initiating
tripping if needed).

2.2.6 UNDER CURRENT PROTECTION.

The under current sensors are to be added for identifying open circuiting of the
capacitor string in the bank and to initiate tripping.

2.2.7 COMPENSATED NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE

PROTECTION
CERTIFIED

Neutral Unbalance Voltage protection with proper compensation for the standing
BY: unbalance of the system and variation in the manufacturing tolerance of the
capacitors adopted. Compensation shall be available such that the relay shall be
DATE:

stable during external system unbalances. The range of setting shall be such as to
identify the short circuiting of one percent of the capacitor bank. The relay shall be
provided minimum three stages, two for initiating the alarm at the low set level and
one for tripping at the highest level of unbalance. One single phase VT shall be
provided in the common neutral of the capacitor bank. The voltage relay shall have
harmonics filter, and tuned to fundamental frequency. IEEE guidelines shall be
referred for VT specifications.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Note: Current Transformers for Neutral Unbalance relay
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND The current transformer intended for adoption of the neutral unbalance sensing
DATED
relays shall be suitable for the low current application. The ratio and class of the CT

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

shall be specified by the contractor subject to SEC approval. The current transformer
shall be fully insulated as per PTS and the short time rating should be estimated after
appropriate study. Suitable surge protections should be provided as required and as
per guidelines of IEEE.C.37. There Must be independent CT for Set 1 and Set 2
DESCRIPTION

protection.

2.2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)

The built in function of the protection IED box 1 and Box 2 and shall be used for
CBF1 & CBFR2 Protection. as detailed bellow:
NO.

1
3

 CBF Initiation shall be external. All Tripping Relays Operating through 33-
REVISIONS
34.5kv CB shall initiate the CBF protection of Main Protection IEDs.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 On Detection of CBF condition shall activate 86CBF Trip L/O Relay to Trip
CHK’D BY:
the feeders feeding the failed CB and give close block to Failed CB local and
remote indication and Signal to SOE.
APPROVED

Alarm and Indications

The alarm organization for capacitor banks shall be such that all protection
and control functions shall be indicated on Annunciator Units . This shall
include monitoring functions such as DC supervision, AC supervisions, trip
circuit supervision, VT supervision, relay fault indications as per standard
practices subject to SEC approval. Each bank shall have separate
Annunciators with sufficient spare windows mounted on the ACCS
capacitor control panel. The Alarm indications shall be integrated with SAS
CERTIFIED and shall be available at Station HMI and to Remote CRCC through SCADA Gate
Ways. Possible grouping of alarms are acceptable for SCADA points as per
National Grid SA policies. The signal to SOE and FR shall be wired.
BY:

DATE: 2.2.9 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities through Bi-stable Relay shall be provided for
each protection FOR \set1 and Se2 1 Main Protection IEDs. IN/OUT shall not be
required for Main 1 and Main 2 Protection Of 33kV Feeder Feeding Station Service
transformers.
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except Auxiliary DC Supply.
DESCRIPTION

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
NO.

SCADA
2

1
3

REVISIONS
The supplier shall design and install appropriate SCADA system for Capacitor
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Banks remote control and monitoring from Station HMI and The remote CRCC
CHK’D BY:
through SCADA Gate Ways in line with the requirements of National Grid SA
concerned department.
APPROVED

The set one protection shall be fed from DC system one and set 2 protection from DC
system 2 through independent MCBs of adequate rating with Auxiliary Alarm Contacts.

2.3 PANEL REQUIREMT

Main 1& Main 2 Protection in one Protection .

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

CERTIFIED
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
BY: supervision for each Trip Coil of such that the monitoring of the trip circuits
is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip
DATE:

signal is present or not,

 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Panels.
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME
All protection and tripping DC circuits shall be logically segregated into two
groups operating on the two Station DC systems and to the two CB Trip coils
appropriately. DC supply Supervisions,
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR The set one protection shall operate through 86 C 1 L/O Relay and Set 2 shall
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
operate through 86C2. The third tripping 86CBF shall be provided for CBF
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Protection. The 86C1 shall operate through trip Coil1 and 86C2 shall Operate

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

through trip Coil 2. Both give Close Block, Block Auto Control and Give Local &
remote Alarm, signal to FR and SOE
Note: Suitable timers shall be provided such that sufficient time interval shall be
allowed as recommended by that Capacitor Bank Manufacturer between tripping
DESCRIPTION

and closing operations. Also there shall be provision for preventing

simultaneous closure of more than one bank. Sufficient time intervals (to allow
settling of transients) shall be provided between the switching in of two banks.
These interlocks shall be in addition to the logic controller (ACCS) software
configurations.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS BREAKER REQUIREMENT:

PREPARED BY: ARS The rating of the breaker is to be checked by the supplier, and approved by the
concerned design division for the suitability for the frequent switching on and
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

off the capacitor bank and also to handle the extreme fault level of 26000 amps
for 1 sec. at the 33 KV level.
APPROVED

The supplier shall confirm that the breaker is entirely re-strike free, and
approved by the concerned division

The Supplier shall provide the following details of the breaker adopted for the control of the
capacitor Bank.
Continuous current carrying capacity:
Breaking capacity (inductive)
Breaking capacity (capacitive)
Short circuit withstands Magnitude and duration.

CERTIFIED
Maximum Temperature
Tripping time
The TRV capability of the CB and the system TRV during the process of opening
BY:

DATE:
under all conditions of operation , must be matched in such a way that the TRV
capability of the CB is not exceeded under any circumstances, but limited to the
safe level recommended by the manufacturer of the CB. In the event of calculation
indicates that at any point of time from the instant of opening the breaker under
certain conditions, the System TRV generated , is exceeding the with stand capability
of the CB, or touching the level with in adequate safety margin, suitable limiting
action for the surges are to be adopted in such a manner that there exists always a
safety margin of specified magnitude from the with stand capability of the CB.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR SENSING NEUTRAL UNBALANCE
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND The current transformer intended for adoption of the neutral unbalance sensing
DATED

relays shall comply with the following requirements

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CT shall be as per the Manufacturer Recommendations and shall be subject to PED

approval. There must be two sets of CTs one for Set 1 protection and other for Set 2
Protection
DESCRIPTION

Note: The current transformer shall be fully insulated for the system voltage and shall be
rated for the impulse insulation level suitable for the applicable HV applications.

5. CURRENT AND POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS IN THE BREAKER

ONTROLLING THE CAPACITOR BANK
NO.

1
3

CURRENT TRANSFORMER
REVISIONS
Designation
PREPARED BY: ARS TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

1. CT1 1250-800/1A Cl. 5P20, 45VA at 800/1A Ratio Capacitor Bank Box
APPROVED
1 Protection
2. CT2 1250-800/1A Cl. 5P20, 45VA at 800/1A Ratio Capacitor Bank Box
2 Protection
3. CT3 1250-800-/1A Cl. 0.2Fs5, 10VA at 800/1A Metering
Ratio
4. CT4 3000/1A Cl. PX, Rct< 10 ohms, Vk> 800V, 33kV Bus-bar
Im< 30 mA Protection
87 BB

CERTIFIED The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations.
BY:

DATE:
The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the associated protection to
perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by saturation and an
X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2
at 55°.

Notes:
 Requirement of CTs and VTs for these protections shall be subject to the approval
of National Grid SA PED
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Surge Protections shall be provided for CTs or VTs wherever applicable.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING  Sensitive VT circuits shall be of screened cables to avoid stray voltages.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 In case the Neutral current CT is of very low ratio and accurate setting is not
possible with Current Relays, the Protection can be through a voltage relay across
a loading resistor.
6. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
DESCRIPTION

Three Phase PTs of 33kV/root 3) to (0.11/root 3 + 0.11/3) kV (40+40) VA, Class

(0.2+3P) for Protection, Metering and ACCS equipment's. for feeding the positive and
Negative sequence Directional relays.
The Single Phase VT at the neutral shall be rated and insulated as per PTS and its
class and burden shall be specified by the manufacture.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

ARS
7. ADDITIONAL REQUIRMENTS NEED TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

 For conducting the study and assessing the harmonics in the stations and to
establish the method to filter.
APPROVED

 To check the possibility of onset of linear or nonlinear resonance and the

method to either to contain or eliminate , without leading to the stressing
of the capacitor banks and the components.
 Consequent to the detailed examination, in the event of insulation
coordination is to be applied by the adoption of the limiting devices, their
capacity, withstand capability and the limiting level, etc are to be provided
insulation coordination chart and is to be accepted by the concerned Division.
 Establishing the withstand capability of the capacitor bank and the tuning
reactor during inrush and out rush currents, under the respective system
CERTIFIED
condition of energizing the bank and for fault in the adjacent section.
 To check the suitability of the breaker for breaking duty in the event of an inter
BY:
rack fault, at the critical point of the Capacitors string depending on the
DATE:
design of the bank.
 The whole system of shunt capacitor bank shall be designed such that, no
switching or control operation shall be possible violating the acceptable safety
practices for such operations. There shall be timers, mechanical, or electrical
devises suitable for interlocking such operations in a fail safe manner. These
safety interlocks shall be in addition to the operational sequences
programmed into the ACCS (Programmable Logic Controller).
 Each Shunt Capacitor Bank should be installed in separately fenced and
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
protected area, with independent access gates. These gates shall be
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS interlocked with the switchgear earth switch electrically and mechanically by
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED key interlock, such that opening of the gate requires closing of the earth

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

switch and locking it with key. The said key will be required to open the gate
of the capacitor yard. The reverse logic shall be required for switching back
the capacitor.
 The switchgear Earthing switch shall have a timer interlock with the circuit
DESCRIPTION

breaker, so that a minimum time of 10 minutes should be elapsed to permit

the capacitors to discharge to the recommended voltage level.
 There should also be timer interlocks between capacitor banks so that a
second bank shall not be switched in our out with in the 10 minutes
transients’ stabilization time.
NO.

1
3

 Also a breaker shall not be switched back ON with in the 10 minutes discharge
REVISIONS
time after a tripping operation.
ARS
CONTROL OF THE CAPACITOR BANK
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The scheme requirements for switching in or out of the capacitor bank shall be
provided and approved by the concerned division and the contractor responsible to
insure availability of this facility.
APPROVED

8. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-025. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-18**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-19
DESCRIPTION

132/13,8KV 50/67MVA TRANSFORMER

PROTECTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 1. INTRODUCTION

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 132/13.8KV 50/67MVA TRANSFORMER
PROTECTION.
APPROVED

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

CERTIFIED
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

BY: 5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

DATE:

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This specification details the basic protection requirement for 132/13.8kv 50/67
MVA Transformer protection to include the latest technology of the numerical relays.
DESCRIPTION

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the various specifications listed in Page
1 of the contents section.
The main 1 and Mai2 protections shall be provided from two different Manufacturers.
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

PREPARED BY: ARS specifications.

DATE: The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
CHK’D BY:
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. In addition to above the Contractor shall have
APPROVED
to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate remaining conventional type
equipment and Transformer Mechanical protection with SAS. The following Alarms shall
be integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
Specifications and Standards.

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF 50/67 MVA TRANSFORME PROTECTION

CERTIFIED

2.1 TRANSFORMER PROTECTION IED’S FUNCTIONS

BY: Two Protection IED’s boxes shall be used for the transformer protection and they shall
DATE:
be an intelligent, phase selectable, with multiple protection functions, designed to
operate correctly over a wide frequency range and to accommodate a wide frequency
variations without mal functioning.

Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by reliable fiber optic cables.

The two protection IED's (Box#1 MAIN-1& Box#2 MAIN-2), must be from different
manufacturer and to be identically wired from the primary CT’s and the secondary CT’s.

THIS DOCUMENT IS Each box shall be facilitated with the following functions:
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  Biased low Impedance differential protection.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  HV restricted earth fault protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 LV restricted earth fault protection.
 LV Standby Earth Fault Protection.
DESCRIPTION

 LV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage. (Whether used or Not)

Box # 3: Shall be for SBEF+NCA. protection.

NO.

 Instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

2

1
3

REVISIONS  Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED
2.2 TRANSFORMER PROTECTIONS SCHEMES FUNCTION
The transformer shall be facilitated with the following protection functions

2.2.1 DIFFERENTIONAL PROTECTION

The transformer differential protection shall be working on biased low
Impedance differential principle and it shall be suitable for protecting two- or
three-winding transformers. The necessary adaptation to the current
transformer ratios as well as zero-sequence current elimination and to the
vector groups shall be realized by the software and shall not require any
CERTIFIED external auxiliary transformers.
The differential protection functions shall be provided with a 2nd and 5th
harmonic restraints to avoid tripping during magnetizing inrush. Inrush and
BY:

DATE: CT saturation shall not be influence by the differential function. The differential
protection shall have an adjustable restraint characteristic and be provided with
an adaptive differential feature to maintain stability in case of high through- fault
currents, especially for multi-circuit breaker arrangements
The Multi-version terminals, shall further including over voltage, under voltage,
residual Over voltage, under frequency, over frequency and over excitation un-
biased high set function is to be added in the biased Differential Protection.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
2.2.2 RESTRICTED EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING For the purpose of obtaining high sensitivity for internal ground faults
MATERIALS

(sensitivity in the order of (3-10%)) compared to a sensitivity of the normal

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

differential relay ( sensitivities of 20-35%), Restricted earth fault protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

(REF) needs to be provided to be a complement to the normal transformer

differential relay on both the HV & LV windings. It is required to connect the
Restricted earth fault relay in the same current circuit of the transformer
differential relay. To avoid limiting the capability of the differential relays to
DESCRIPTION

detect earth faults, due to the mixed connection with the differential function,
high impedance differential function should be avoided and the low impedance
scheme should be used instead.

2.2.3 Buchholz protection & Bursting plate protection

Buchholz & bursting plate protections to be provided as per the transformer. All Other
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS mechanical protections as per Transformer Manufacturer Recommendations.

PREPARED BY: ARS All mechanical protections shall be integrated with S/S SAS through I/O modules
DATE:
IEC61850 compatible with dual active port for redundant communication.
CHK’D BY:

In order to provide convenient means of taking gas samples, the test Block of the
APPROVED design shall be situated near ground level.

2.2.4 Over temperature protection

Over temperature protection shall include oil temperature thermometer a winding
temperature thermometer or equivalent. The thermal image of the winding hot spot
temperature shall use as a base the top oil temperature. The temperature rise of the
hot spot over top oil temperature shall be produced by a bushing type CT. The two
stage oil temperature sensor shall be used to initiate two stages of alarms.

The winding temperature sensor shall be two stages one for alarm and Stage II for
CERTIFIED
tripping
The temperature protection shall trip the LV breaker only through self-rest Relay 94T1
BY: via a cutoff timer as per the National Grid SA standard. The Winding Temperature stage
2 for tripping shall be set at 125 Cº. The Transformer shall be designed to with stand
DATE:

such high Temperatures without life detrition.

2.2.5 Over Current & Earth Fault Protection

Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection shall be
provided both on HV & LV sides of the transformer as the integral part Multifunction
box Main 1 & Main 2 protection as stated above and should have instantaneous with
time Delay, IDMT and the definite time settings. The Setting ranges shall be adequate
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
for the application. HV O/C and E/F shall operate through respective 86T trip L/O
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Relays. The LV O/C & E/F shall operate through 13.8kV LV CB only through self-rest
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Relay 94T2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.3.6 Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm
Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm shall be the
independent Protection IED, and shall take input from the Grounding Transformer
Neutral connection CTs mounted on the transformer neutral/CT in NER Connection.
DESCRIPTION

The Stand by earth fault shall operate LV CB of the associated Main Transformer if fault
is cleared then the scheme shall reset otherwise trip the HV CB after a suitable time
delay 50-200ms. The Neutral Current have settings range of 0.025-0.2A Secondary and
shall initiate alarm only. Stand by Earth fault function shall have the adequate range
and multi characteristic selection settings.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
2.2. 7 The Fire Fighting protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The firefighting system is provided separately by others; however it should be
CHK’D BY:
integrated with SAS for alarm only.

APPROVED
2.2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION

b) The CBF protection for 132kV CBs

The CBF Protection for 132kV CBs shall be built in function of Main 1 and
Main 2 Protection IEDs. Each Main Protection IED shall have two
independent CBF1 & CBF2 Elements. CBF1 of each protection IED shall be
configured for the CBF condition of associated 132kV CB and CBF2 element
of the each Protection IED shall be configured for the CBF condition of
associated 13.8kV CB. The CBF initiation shall be external. CBF 1 of Main 1
CERTIFIED

and main 2 Protections IEDs shall be activated from all the Tripping relays
operating through 132kV CB of the GT. On Detection of CBF Condition shall
BY:

DATE:
operate through 132kV BB Tripping Scheme as per National Grid SA
Standards. Hence Trip L/O Relay 86B with Auto Rest Facility shall be
installed in the Panels and integrated with BB protection scheme. One
additional 86RTR Relay shall be installed in the Panel activated from CBF1
Main 1 and CBF1Main2 to Trip the associated 13.8kV CB and give Close
Block to associated 132kV and 13.8kV CB, local & remote Indication, Signal
SOE and FR.
b) The CBF Protection for 13.8kV CB:
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 As stated above Each Main protection IED shall have two independent
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING elements. CBF2 of each main protection IED shall be configured for
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED associated 13.8kV CB of the GT and shall be initiated from the Tripping
Relays operating through 13.8kV CB. The Initiation shall be external.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The 13.8kV CBF protection shall operate through 13.8kV CBF Trip Bus
through 86CBF Trip Relay.

 13.8kV 86 CBF Trip relay activated from 13.8kV CBF Condition shall
DESCRIPTION

Trip the associated 13.8kV CBs of the Bus Section and associated 132kV
CB, provide close block for the Tripped CBs, give local and remote
indication, Signal to FR and SOE. The 86RTR & 86CBF Relay shall be
H/E Rest.

 The 86CBF Trip Relays shall be installed in respective LV Compartment

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS of 13.8kV Switchgear Panels.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The following protections from the transformer protection IED’s 1&2 trips both LV & HV
CHK’D BY: CB’s
 Differential protection
APPROVED
 HV REF protection
 LV REF protection
 HV O/C protection
 Buchholz protection
 Bursting Plate Protection .
 Stand by Earth Fault Protection after a Adequate time Delay of 50-200 m Sec.

If the CBF protection is initiated by any of the above mentioned protections and the
current check indicates that the 13.8KV circuit breaker has successfully tripped but the
132KV CB failed to open then the CBF protection shall clear the relevant 132KV bus
CERTIFIED
section CB’s to clear the transformer supply from the HV side and initiate the ACSE.
If the CBF protection is initiated by any of the above mentioned protections and the
BY:
current check indicated that the 132KV CB has successfully tripped but the 13.8KV CB
DATE:
failed then the CBF shall trip the relevant bus section CB’s as stated above.

On the other hand the following protections trips the LV CB alone these protections are :-
 LV standby EF protection
 Under frequency protection
 LV O/C & EF protection
 Winding Transformer protection.
 VU Load Shedding
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING If the CBF protection is initiated by any of the above protections and the current check
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
indicates that the 13.8KV CB failed to open, then the CBF protection shall trip the relevant
13.8KV bus section CB’s , the transformer HV breaker and initiate the ACSE
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.9 UNDER FREQUENCY PROTECTION

 Under frequency protection to be provided on the LV side of the transformer, and fed
from the PT of the transformer LV side or the relevant bus PT
DESCRIPTION

 The separate U/F relays IEC 61850 compatible form Relay Approved list shall be
provided one per each BS, for the independent functionality.
 Each transformer under frequency protection shall look after its bus section, four
stages of under frequency protection to be provided; stage 1 & 2 to be for absolute &
rate of change of frequency respectively, operation of any of them should initiate
NO.

1
3

tripping of the outgoing 13.8KV feeders on Priority one the relevant bus while
REVISIONS
operation of any of stages 3 & 4 which are for absolute & rate of change of frequency
PREPARED BY: ARS
respectively shall trip the breakers of the bus section on Priority two.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The under frequency protection shall be an integral part of SAS, The paralleling of stages
1&2 or 3&4 can either be external or internal in the IED through OR gates.
APPROVED
 A self-reset Relay with the sufficient number of contacts to be provided for
achieving these functions. The Trip in put to the outgoing feeders/ Bus section
CBs/Transformer LV incomers shall be through Disconnectable links so that any
feeder can be put or taken out from UF load shedding according to priority
selection.
 IN & OUT Selection shall be provided for each UF Scheme. It is selectable locally from the
UF Protection Panel, from Station HMI and from the remote CRCC. With Back indications at
Local Panel, Station HMI and at the Remote.
CERTIFIED  The While lamp shall be provided on the UF Protection Panel for OUT indication.
 Simultaneous operation of UF IN/OUT selection from Station HMI and Remote CRCC shall
be inhabited.
BY:

DATE: The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design # OPDS-
XXX-045. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is attached
with the PTS.

2.2.10 OVER-EXCITATION PROTECTION

When the laminated core of a power transformer is subjected to a magnetic flux density
beyond its design limits, stray flux will flow into non-laminated components, these
components were not designed to carry flux hence this shall cause eddy currents to flow.
THIS DOCUMENT IS The eddy currents can cause excessive heating and severe damage to insulation and
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING adjacent parts in a relatively short time.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Overvoltage, or under frequency, or a combination of both, will result in an excessive flux
density level, which is denominated over fluxing or over-excitation.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

For the above reason Over Excitation protection to be provided. It is at the Company
discretion whether used or not.
Automatic voltage regulation function

Automatic voltage regulation function, to be a separate device used to cater for voltage
DESCRIPTION

variation. Tap position supervision shall also be included in the control IED.
Automatic change over and trip on parallel are to be added in the control IED or as a
separate device
The Contractor shall provide voltage regulation scheme for each Transformer by installing
voltage regulating Relays in the separate AVC panels as per National Grid SA specifications.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
The scheme should have the following features:
PREPARED BY: ARS

 Along with the Control room ( AVC Panel and Station HMI) CRCC should also have
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

facility to select AVC on Auto/Manual with Back indications. The Contractor shall
provide Bi-stable Relay for Auto Manual Selection.
APPROVED

 Local and Remote selection for Operation of the Tape changer shall be provided in
AVC Panel at Substation with Back indications at station HMI and at remote CRCC.
When selector switch is at local the manual Operation of the Tape changer shall be
possible from AVC panel and when at remote then manual operation of Tape
changer shall be possible from CRCC. The switch position shall always be kept at
remote position.
 There must be interlocking that when on manual the simultaneous operation of
raise and lower of the tape shall not be possible from remote (CRCC) and locally
(AVC Panel/Station HMI).
CERTIFIED
 Auto manual position indication and local /remote selector switch position
indication shall be available at AVC Panel, Station HMI and Remote CRCC
BY:
 The Tape Position indication shall be available at AVC Panel, at Station HMI and at
DATE:

Remote CRCC.
 The individual alarms of AVC scheme as per the National Grid SA Specifications 38-
TMMS-05 and TES-P-119-27 shall be available at AVC Panel through Annunciator
Unit.

AVC Relay Requirement

Due to the installation of shunt capacitor banks which operates according to the MVAR
THIS DOCUMENT IS requirement, the power factor of the load supplied by the Grid transformers will not be
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR constant (can change from 0.85 to 1.00). In this situation the AVC relays intended for
FOR ORDERING

negative reactance based parallel control of the transformers should be capable of adjusting
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

by itself the ‘X’ & ‘R’ compensations with in the above operating power factors. The
contractor shall offer the AVC relay having the above capability.
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-037. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
DESCRIPTION

attached with the PTS.

2.2.11 AUTO CHANGEOVER & TRIP ON PARALLEL SCHEME (ABTS)

The independent Control IED shall be provided (one for three Transformers) for Auto
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS change over Scheme. Detail is given bellow:

PREPARED BY: ARS  The control IED shall perform the task of auto-changeover scheme as given
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
below:

 The scheme shall be initiated by the 1 Unit protection of transformer

APPROVED
(transformer differential protection, HV side REF protection, LV side REF
protection, Buchholz protection in the Transformer, Buchholz protections in the
tap changer, sudden pressure relay in the main Transformer tank and winding
temperature trip, 2 HV bus bar protection, 3 HV circuit breaker fail
protection.

 But the scheme are not to be initiated by 1 Standby earth fault relay, 2 HV over
current/earth fault relay, 3 LV over current/earth fault relay and 4 Transformer fire
protection [5] 13.8kV BB protection & [6 ]13.8kV CBF Protection.
CERTIFIED
 The scheme shall be arranged to take on control over the three Transformers together with
the respective LV CBs and the bus section CBs totaling to five numbers, in such a manner
BY: that only two transformers shall be continuously in parallel and the third transformer is to
DATE:
be operated on load with the bus section open and this control shall be accomplished in any
combination of the transformer and the bus section CBs.

 The following facilities shall be incorporated in the scheme:

 Auto/Manual (IN/OUT) selection locally and From Remote CRCC with back
indications.
 Local and mote (CRCC) Operation selection when on Manual (OUT) with back
indications.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 The readiness of the scheme shall be indicated when all the five CBs are in
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING service condition irrespective of status of the CB open or close.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Necessary indications for the readiness of the scheme after having completed
the imposed task and to perform such a subsequent task shall be available.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 To take out any CB on TOP (Trip on Parallel) mode from the circuit.
 The TOP function shall comprise selection of any one of the five CBs i.e. three
transformer LV CBs and two bus section CBs and in the process three
transformers may have to be in parallel for a short time depending on the
DESCRIPTION

selection of CBs on TOP.

 Back indication to the CRCC shall be ACSE/IN, ACSE/OUT, TOP/IN, TOP/OUT
individually.
 In the event of simultaneous selection of CBs on TOP, only one command of such
simultaneous commands to be executed and other is to be aborted in the
NO.

1
3

process.
REVISIONS
 The trip on parallel and auto changeover functions shall be completely
ARS
independent in such that one can be in service while the other is out of service
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: not affected by each other

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
APPROVED OPDS-XXX-039. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.

2.2.12 THE CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

Synch-check relay for Manual Closing of 132kV CB shall be the built in feature of the
BCU. The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing.
Otherwise independent 25M IED shall be provided and shall be installed in the
respective LCC:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

CERTIFIED

 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
BY:

DATE:
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast
or delayed closure of EHV lines.
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT
input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.
No check synchronizing Is required at 13.8kV CB.

2.2.13 IN/OUT SELECTION

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
87T1 & 87T2. These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the
protection faulty alarm and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only.
 The CRCC and Station HMI shall have the Back Indications.
DESCRIPTION

 A white lamp shall be provided on Protection Panel showing Protection OUT

indication.
 All the input &out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except Auxiliary DC Supply.
 The Latch Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all
NO.

1
3

function requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
REVISIONS
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
ARS
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

2.3 PANEL REQUIRMENTS

APPROVED

 Main 1 protection and associated Auxiliary equipment one Panel.

 Main 2 Protection and associated Auxiliary equipment +SBEF Relay one Panel.
 AVC Panel.
 UF Load shedding panel. UF Load shedding for two BS can be accommodated in one
panel.
 ABTS Panel.

DC SUPPLY 13.8KV SWITCHGEAR

CERTIFIED
13.8kv DC Distribution:
For each Panel the Contractor shall bring two independent 125V Feeders through MCBs of
BY: adequate Rating having Auxiliary contacts for Alarm one each from 125V Bus of DC system
DATE:
one and DC system two. The Each feeder shall be branched in the Panel through
independent MCBs as Follows:
 DC System 1
 MCB for Trip Supply 1 for Trip Coil 1.
 MCB for Protection Supply.
 MCB for BCPU.
 DC System 2
 MCB for Trip Supply 2 for Trip Coil 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  MCB for Status Indication.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING For CBF there will be independent Feeder From DCDB one per BS.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Each Radially fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

AC Supply

 The AC Supply to the Panel shall be though 3-Phase Four wire Ring arrangement.
Independent Ring shall be provided for each BS.
 The AC Load of the Particular BS shall be evenly distributed on different phases.
DESCRIPTION

 The Independent AC Supply MCB of appropriate rating with Auxiliary alarm contacts shall
be provided in each Panel.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Two tripping coils shall be fitted to the 132KV circuit breakers and 13.8kV LV Breakers
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS each with the ability to trip the circuit breaker independently.

PREPARED BY: ARS

 Both trip coils shall be provided with trip circuit supervision such that the monitoring of
DATE: the trip circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip
CHK’D BY:
signal is present or not.
 Independent TCS Relays shall be installed for each Trip Coil for 132kv CB and 13.8kV CB.
APPROVED
 Same for 13.8kV Transformer LV CB. There must be independent Trip Circuit Supervision
Relays.
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
 132kV TCS Relays shall be installed in the 132kV Protection Panels. And 13.8kTCS Relays
shall be installed in 13.8kV Switchgear panel.
3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME
Two sets of lockout relays shall be provided per each transformer (86T1 & 86T2). 86 T1
and 86T2 shall (Hand/Electrical Reset) with each set; a parallel self reset trip relay to be
provided (94T1 & 94T2) respectively.
CERTIFIED
Protection IED Box 1 shall initiate the 86T1 and 94T1; from the following protection:
(Note: All Protections operating through 86T1 shall also operate through 94T1
BY:
through Blocking Diode.)
DATE:

 Biased low Impedance differential protection Box 1

 HV restricted earth fault protection Box 1
 LV restricted earth fault protection Box 1
 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection
 Firefighting system (if required)
 Input from Buchholz protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Input from bursting Plate protection.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 Stand By Earth fault Protection ( Time Delay of 100-200 Msec.)
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND The only 94T1 shall be initiated from the following:
DATED
 Stand By Earth Fault Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 23
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Winding Temperature Stage II.

 Thermal overload protections. If required.
The Protection IED Boxes 2 shall initiate the 86T2 and 94T2; shall be initiated from the
following protections: (All protections operating through 86T2 should also operate
DESCRIPTION

94T2. through Blocking Diode)

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection

 Biased low Impedance differential protection Box 2
 HV restricted earth fault protection Box 2
 LV restricted earth fault protection Box 2
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Standby earth fault protection. ( As stated above).

PREPARED BY: ARS  Firefighting system (if required)

DATE:  Input from Buchholz protection
CHK’D BY:
 Input from bursting Plate protection
 Standby earth fault protection (Time Delay of 100-200mSec.)
APPROVED

While only the 94T2 to be initiated from the following

 Thermal overload protections if required

 LV over current and earth fault protection

86T1 and 86T2 shall be Heavy Duty L/O Relays with H/E Reset while 94T1 and 94T2
shall be the Self Rest with Flag Hand rest heavy duty type

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
CERTIFIED
CTs for Transformer Protection in 132kV GIS and 13.8kV (LV) Switchgear

S. No HV SIDE (132kV) LV SIDE (13.8kV)

BY:

DATE: CT Particulars Purpose CT Particulars Purpose

1. Core 1: 600- Main1 3600/1A, Cl.X, Main 1
300/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ Protection Vk≥800V,Rct≤16, Im≤25 protection
2-1 Ω, Vk ≥ 600- Box 1 mA at Vk.
300V, Im ≤ 50-
100 mA
2. Core 2: 600- Main 2 3600/1A, Cl.X, Main 2
300/1A Cl. X, Rct Protection Box2 Vk≥800V,Rct≤16, Im≤25 Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS ≤ 2-1 Ω, Vk ≥ 600- mA at Vk.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
300V, Im ≤ 50- 3600/1A, 0.2Fs5, 15VA. BCU+
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 100 mA Metering
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 24
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3. Core 3: 600- Spare 3600/1A, 5P20, 30VA. Spare

300/1A Cl. X, Rct
≤ 2-1 Ω, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 50-
DESCRIPTION

100 mA
4. Core 3: 600- Metering 3600/1A, PX (Vk ≥800V, 13.8kV BB
300/1A Cl. 0.2Fs5 Rct ≤18 ohms and Image Protection
10VA at 300/1A ≤30 mA)
5. 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk Bus bar-
NO.

1
3

≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 25 Discriminative
REVISIONS
mA Rct ≤ 6 ohms. Zone
PREPARED BY: ARS
Protection
DATE:

CHK’D BY: 6. 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk Bus-bar Check

≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 25 Zone
APPROVED mA Rct ≤ 6 ohms. Protection

The Bushing CTs in the Transformer bushing.

S. No. CT Particulars Purpose

In HV Bushings.
1. 600-300/1A, Cl.X, Vk≥600-300V, Rct≤2-1 , Im ≤ 100- Spare
50mA at Vk.
600-300/1A, Cl.X, Vk≥600-300V, Rct≤2-1 , Im ≤ 100- Spare
50mAat Vk.50mA at Vk.
CERTIFIED
Core3: 3x1600-1200-800/1A, Cl.X, Vk≥1400V, Rct<2, Im< Numerical type Line
100mA at lowest Ratio. Protection.
BY:
2. In LV Bushings. One CT in Yellow (middle) Phase.
DATE:
2803/5A , Class= 1.0 , 50VA For AVC
In HV Neutral connection with earth.
3 . 600-300/1A, Cl.X, Vk≥600-300V, Rct≤2-1 , Im ≤ 100-50mA For HV REF
at Vk Protection (Box 1) .
. 600-300/1A, Cl.X, Vk≥600-300V, Rct≤2-1 , Im ≤ 100-50mA For HV REF
at Vk Protection (Box 2).
In LV Neutral connection with earth Resistor (NER).

THIS DOCUMENT IS
4 3600/1A, Cl. X, Vk≥800V,Rct≤16, Im≤25 mA at Vk. For LV REF +SBEF (Box 1).
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 3600/1A, Cl. X, Vk≥800V,Rct≤16, Im≤25 mA at Vk. For LV REF + SABEF (Box 2).
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND CT 3: 800/1A 15VA 5P20 SBEF+ NCA Box 3
DATED
CT 4: 800/1A 15VA 5P20 SBEF+ NCA

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 25
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations.
DESCRIPTION

The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the associated protection to perform their
intended functions without any limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All
CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
380kV 3phase GIS VT:
PREPARED BY: ARS  Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

APPROVED

13.8kV Side VT
 Rated Primary Voltage 13.8/√3kV
 Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
 Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
 Rated Output 25VA per each Secondary winding

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

CERTIFIED
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
BY:
OPDS-XXX-026. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
DATE:
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-19**

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 26
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 26
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E- 20
DESCRIPTION

13.8KV UNDER GROUND FEEDER PROTECTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

ARS
PREPARED BY:
1. INTRODUCTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

APPROVED
2.1 PLANE FEEDER
2.2 CONSUMER FEEDER
2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
CERTIFIED

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
BY:

DATE:
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This appendix details the basic protection requirement for 13.8KV plain
underground/overhead line feeder and Consumer Metered Feeder to include the
DESCRIPTION

latest technology of the numerical protection relays and SAS

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the various specifications listed in Page
1 of the relevant PR.
The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
NO.

(appendix VII), in the PTS.

2

1
3

REVISIONS The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PREPARED BY: ARS PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

specifications.
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
APPROVED

Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
Specifications and Standards.
CERTIFIED

2. THE MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

BY:

DATE: 2.1 PLAIN FEEDER

The plain underground cable protection & Control IED (BCPU) shall be facilitated
with; but not limited to the following Main multi functions:
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
 Directional O/C and Directional E/F.
 Thermal Over Load.
 Phase Unbalance.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Sensitive Earth Fault.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Auto Reclosing ( In case of OHTL Feeder).
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Circuit breaker fail Protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.

 CT Supervision.
 DFR/SOE
 Auto Reclosing and SEF whether used or not.
DESCRIPTION

Protection Scheme.

 The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction numerical
type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT, Instantaneous and
NO.

1
3

Definite Time setting

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS  The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or more x
DATE:
in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to 240% of
CHK’D BY:
rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate the same) shall
have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse time delay unit.
APPROVED

 In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to disable
the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element in ground
fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault current

 The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE, fault
recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & instant units shall have separate
outputs to energize separate Self Rest Relays.

 The Sensitive Earth Fault Protection of the Protection IED shall be activated to
take care of high Resistance faults. It shall have the Setting Range of 30-40A with
CERTIFIED
settable definite time delay of 3-10 Seconds.

BY:
 In addition to the protection functions the Protection IED shall include indication
DATE:
metering e.g. Ammeter, Maximum demand indicator, power factor meter, fault
recording, other status recording, data acquisition… etc.

2.2 CONSUMER FEEDER

Two IED box required for metered underground cable Feeder protection IED shall be
facilitated with; but not limited to the following Main multi functions:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
BOX #1: MAIN PREOTECTION
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Phase segregated current differential protection.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Distance Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
 Directional O/C and Directional E/F.
 Thermal Over Load.
DESCRIPTION

 Phase Unbalance.
 Circuit breaker fail Protection
 Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.
 CT Supervision.
 DFR/SOE
NO.

1
3

 Auto Reclosing and SEF whether used or not.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS BOX #2: BACKUP PREOTECTION (BCPU)

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
APPROVED
 Directional O/C and Directional E/F.
 Built Auto Reclosing If required.
 Thermal Over Load.
 Phase Unbalance.
 Circuit breaker fail Protection
 Metering , fault recording & data acquisition.
 CT Supervision.
 DFR/SOE

CERTIFIED
Protection Scheme
 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using
BY: 'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media.
 It shall be numerical type using three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with
DATE:

remote end similar relay.

 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV & MV
O/H lines and U/G cables in resistance grounded power system.
 The protection shall be designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase
faults and 3-phase faults with or without earth.
 It shall not work on summation CT principle to change three single phase comparison to one
single phase comparison.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
MATERIALS

clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be optical type. It shall have its
own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion and other means
as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be standard device and
recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details and compatibility with the
DESCRIPTION

Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication department}.

 The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
remotely.
 The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due to
communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching.
NO.

1
3

 All the required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from
REVISIONS
remote location must be possible.
ARS
 The relay shall be equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics.
 The relay shall have self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O
APPROVED modules, memory and other major components like power supply) as well as
communication channel supervision.
 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording facility. All
the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and remotely through
separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end information and fault data
along various states of the input quantities from the start of the disturbance to end shall be
available for last 3 records on nonvolatile memory and alarm/event data for last 10
alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.
 The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.

CERTIFIED
The relay ratings and ranges:
 Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.
 125DC or as per the S/S Auxiliary Supply.
BY:

DATE:  Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)

 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)
 Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

THIS DOCUMENT IS Back Up Protection

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction numerical
type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT, Instantaneous and
Definite Time setting

 The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or more x
DESCRIPTION

in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to 240% of
rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate the same) shall
have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse time delay unit.

 In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to disable
the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element in ground
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault current
ARS
The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE, fault
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & instant units shall have separate
outputs to energize separate Self Rest Relays.
APPROVED

The Sensitive Earth Fault Protection of the Protection IED shall be activated to take
care of high Resistance faults. It shall have the Setting Range of 30-40A with settable
definite time delay of 3-10 Seconds.

In addition to the protection functions the Protection IED shall include indication
metering e.g. Ammeter, Maximum demand indicator, power factor meter, fault
recording, other status recording, data acquisition… etc.
The IED UNIT LOCATION
CERTIFIED shall be provided as close as possible to each CT location where analogue signals shall
be needed from the associated CT, and binary signals from the primary equipment,
these units shall communicate with SAS via LAN system and with the CRCC/SCADA
BY:

DATE: centres (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications Gateways substation level
and remote. As per Latest SAS Specification all 13.8kV Protection and Control IEDs
shall be with PRP.

Circuit breaker Fail protection (CBF)

The Built in features of the Protection IED’s in the 13.8KV feeders bays to be utilized
for CBF Protection of the associated 13.8kV CBs. CBF Initiation shall be external.
For Consumer Feeder CBF protection of Unit type Protection and of BCPU shall be
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR activated. CBF condition shall trip the associated Bus section C B, all outgoing feeders
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING and Transformer LV CB through CBF Trip Bus Via L/O Relays to clear the Fault. The
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED H/Electrical reset L/O Relay shall be provided in each LV compartment of the

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

associated 13.8kV Switchgear Panel. It shall also provide close Block of the Associated
CB.

ALARMS
DESCRIPTION

Local Alarms for feeders tripping or over loading condition and CBF condition shall
be provided. Remote Alarms for feeders tripping or over loading and CBF condition to
be provided as a selectable option, this is to avoid crowding the CRCC staff with
alarms which are of a low priority, at the same time provide the option in case of the
need to control important feeders supplying hospitals or other important loads.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
DC Distribution
For each Panel the Contractor shall bring two independent 125V DC Feeders through
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: MCBs of adequate Rating having Auxiliary contacts for Alarm one each from 125V Bus
CHK’D BY:
of DC system one and DC system two.
The Each feeder shall be branched in the Panel through independent MCBs as
Follows:
APPROVED

For Plain Feeder:

 DC System 1:
 MCB for Trip Supply 1 for Trip Coil 1.
 MCB for Protection Supply.

 DC System 2:
 MCB for Trip Supply 2 for Trip Coil 2.

CERTIFIED
 MCB for Status Indication.
 MCB for Control Supply.

BY:
For Consumer Feeder:
DATE:
 DC System 1:
 MCB for Trip Supply 1 for Trip Coil 1.
 MCB for Protection Supply Main.

 DC System 2:
 MCB for Trip Supply 2 for Trip Coil 2.
 MCB for Back UP Supply (BCPU)
 MCB for Status Indication.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 MCB for Control Supply.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Each Radially fed DC Supply shall be Supervised at the end of the loop.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

AC Supply

The AC Supply to the Panel shall be though 3-Phase Four wire Ring arrangement.
Independent Ring shall be provided for each BS. The AC Load of the Particular BS
shall be evenly distributed on different phases.
DESCRIPTION

The Independent AC Supply MCB of appropriate rating with Auxiliary alarm contacts
shall be provided in each Panel.

2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

NO.

1
3

For 13.8kV Plain feeders there will be common Control and protection IED and shall
REVISIONS
be installed in the LV Compartment of Switchgear panel. The Trip Circuit Supervision,
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
the DC AC MCBs DC Supervision Relays, SF6 gas monitoring can also be installed in LV
CHK’D BY:
Compartment of the Switchgear panel.

For Consumer Feeder One Protection Panel for Two Feeders Shall be provided. Unit
APPROVED

type Protection for two Feeders and associated Tripping Relays DC Supervision relays etc.
shall be accommodated in one Protection to be installed in the Control Room Building.

The BCPU and other associated equipment shall be installed in the LV Compartment of
Switchgear Panel.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.

CERTIFIED

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be for each Trip Coil such that

BY:
the monitoring of the trip circuits is available whether the breaker is open or
DATE: closed and whether the trip signal is present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME.

Two trip relays shall be provided per plain feeder, one is a self-reset trip relay 94F for
operation from the over current and earth protection function, while the other is a
lockout relay (86CBF) for operation from the CBF protection function.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
The Consumer Feeder shall be fitted with Three Trip relays, one self-reset trip relay
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR (94F) Operating from Fast operating Zones of Main/Back Up Protection. One L/O
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
Relay (86F) operating from the Box 1 and Box 2 Delayed zones of protection. While
DATED
the third a lockout relay (86CBF)for operation from the CBF protection function. 86F

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

shall be Auto/E/H Rest. 86CBF shall be H/E Rest. For UGC Feeders 94 shall also be
L/O Relays. 94 F shall operate through Trip Coil 1. 86F & 86CBF shall operate
through Trip Coil1 and Trip Coil2. 94F & 86F shall give local & remote Indication
initiate AR in case of OHTL. 86CBF shall Block AR, give close Block to failed CB and
DESCRIPTION

Local and remote indication and signal to SOE.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

CT for Plain Feeder:

NO.

1
3

Each 13.8kV feeder bay shall be equipped with two sets of three CT’s located on the
REVISIONS
bus bar sides of the breakers.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 CT1 1250-800-400/1A, 5P20, 30VA at 400/1A For BCPU
CHK’D BY:

 CT2 1250-800-400/1A Class0.2Fs5, 10VA at 400/1A ratio For Metering.

APPROVED
 CT3: 3600/1A, CL X For 13.8kV BB Protection
(Vk 800V, Rct 18 ohms and Image 30 mA).

CT for Consumer Feeder:

Each 13.8kV feeder bay shall be equipped with two sets of three CT’s located on the
bus bar sides of the breakers.

 CT1: 1250-800-400/1A 5P20, 30VA at 400/1A Box 1

 CT2: 1250-800-400/1A, 5P20, 30VA at 400/1A Box 2 (BCPU)
CERTIFIED

 CT3: 1250-800-400/1A Class0.2 Fs5, 15VA at 400/1A ratio For Metering.

 CT 4: 3600/1A,Cl X (Vk 800V,Rct 18 ohms& Image 30 mA) 13.8kV BB Protection.
BY:

DATE:

Note: The CT rating shall match with the respective Breaker rating if the
manufacturer is offering 13.8kV switchgear with CB Rating of higher than the 1250A
then 1250A CTs shall not be accepted. CT Rating must match the 13.8kV Breaker
Rating.

The CTs shall be capable of 120% continuous over loading at 55Cº.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
THIS DOCUMENT IS

No VT shall be installed in normal Plain Feeder. For Metering respective BS VT shall

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
be used.
DATED
For Metered Consumer Feeder VT shall be :

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

13.8kV/√3: 120V/√3 : 120V/√3. Each Secondary winding shall be class 0.2+3P and
25VA.
DESCRIPTION

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-027 & 028. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The
Document is attached with the PTS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

**END OF APPEDIX # E-20**

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 10
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-21

13.8KV BUS BAR PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

1. INTRODUCTION
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION

APPROVED
2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
2.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY
2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME
CERTIFIED

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
BY:

DATE:

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING 1. INTRODUCTION
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
This document details the basic protection requirement for 13.8kV BB Protection

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main BB protection shall
be used with multiple protection functions, included in the same protection IED’s
unit.
DESCRIPTION

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
specifications.
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
NO.

1
3

Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
REVISIONS
Company Future use aftercommissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
ARS
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
APPROVED a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
Specifications and Standards.

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE 13.8KV BUS BAR PROTECTION

2.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

CERTIFIED The Protection IED used for the double bus bar protection should be an intelligent,
phase selectable, numerical, electronic device, with multiple protection functions,
included in the same Protection IED unit and shall be facilitated with; but not limited
BY:

DATE: to the following Main multi functions:

 Phase segregated; circulating current high impedance protection.

 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection (to be used on the bus
couplers for Energization)
 Circuit breaker fail Protection
 Sensitive earth fault protection
 Dead Zone Protection- (this feature to be used in case of existing system where no
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR CT’s overlap is provided, In new systems it shall be ensured that CT’s overlap is
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
provided).
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Back Up Protection.

Box 2 in Bus Section SW Panel BCPU .

DESCRIPTION

The Following functions available in BCPU can be Used for Back up Protection for Down
Steam Feeder faults not cleared by the Feeder protection
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
 Directional O/C and Directional E/F.
NO.

1
3

 Thermal Over Load.

REVISIONS
 Phase Unbalance.
ARS
 Sensitive Earth Fault.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Circuit breaker fail Protection.

APPROVED

2.2. MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME
 Each phase of each section of the bus bar protection shall be individually
protected by high impedance bus bar protection relays.
 The Class X CT shall be installed in Feeder covering the maximum portion of
the Switchgear preferably the cable termination. And CTs in the Either Side
of the Bus Section CB of Single BB arrangement. These CTs for each Bus
Section shall be connected back to Back to Create unit zone of the protection.
CERTIFIED
Each BS shall have independent BB protection IED
 One bus bar protection box, to be used for each Bus Section zone.
BY: IN ADDITION BUS BAR SCHEME SHALL FULFIL WITH FOLLOWIN REQUIRMNETS:
DATE:

 The Bus Protection shall remain stable for all kinds of external faults.
 Proper transient biasing shall be incorporated (to restrict the operating
characteristics) during CT saturation in the event of heavy faults in the
adjacent sections or even very close to the zone of protection.
 The speed of operation of the bus protection shall not exceed 20 ms at 2.5
times the set magnitude.
 Over and above the analogue information, other parameters for differential
THIS DOCUMENT IS function, supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals,
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
the Protection System shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND automatic compensation facility in the differential measurement.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 In all case, CT’s shall be class “X” as shall be detailed below in the CT
requirement sections.
 The IN/OUT selection of the Protection shall be accessible locally & from
remote.
DESCRIPTION

 The Protection Scheme shall be adoptable for all future extension.

 CT supervision shall be provided; CT open circuit shall initiate local & remote
alarm without tripping.
 The protection shall be facilitated with Metrosil unit having a non linear
resistance characteristic to limit the peak voltage appearing across the
NO.

1
3

secondary differential circuits.

REVISIONS
 The Protections IED box, supporting the above functions, shall depend on the
ARS
circuit configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant Substation Protection
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: Requirement (Appendix IX), in the PTS and the project SOW.
 Transfer of analogue and other relevant information shall be by the reliable
APPROVED fibre optic communication medium.
 The Sub Station Automation System shall include Bus Zone Protection.
2.2.2 Back Up Protection
 The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction numerical
type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT, Instantaneous and
Definite Time setting

 The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or more x
in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to 240% of
rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate the same) shall
CERTIFIED
have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse time delay unit.

 In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall be possible to disable
BY:
the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the instantaneous element in ground
DATE:

fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum through ground fault current

 The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for tripping annunciation, SOE, fault
recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F & instant units shall have separate
outputs to energize separate Self Rest Relays.

 The Relay Settings shall Be Coordinated with the Feeder Settings and LV Incomer Settings.

 The Function can be activated or deactivated as per the system requirements

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND NOTES:
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The current transformer wiring for each zone shall be connected in a full ring
configuration to minimize resistance, maximize its injection testing.
 Facilities shall be provided to disconnect each fault detecting relay and
supervision relay from the CT bus wires for secondary injection testing.
DESCRIPTION

 If the earth switch of the panels is inside the zone of 13.8kV bus bar protection then
during maintenance of particular panel facility through Bi-Stable Relay shall be provided
such that when earth is applied to the panel the associated bus bar CT shall be shorted and
isolated to avoid any mal operation of BB [protection during maintenance.
CT Supervision
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Independent CT Supervision Relay 95 shall be installed for each Bus Bb protection. In
case of CT Open Circuit the CTs shall be shorted and isolated.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)
CHK’D BY:

The Back Up OC & E/F Protection shall be provided for 13.8kV BS CB as stated

APPROVED
above. The Built in function of BCPU shall be used for CBF protection of Bus
Section CB. The BCPU shall be connected with one additional CT installed in the
BS. The CBF element of BCPU Shall be activated from all Tripping relays
operating though BS CB. On Detection of CBF condition the BCPU shall activate a
CBF Tripping Bus of associated Bus Sections. H/E Rest Trip L/O Relay Two
86CBF Relays shall be installed in the BS Switchgear Panel One each for
associated BS. The 86CBF shall be activated from the CBF Tripping Bus to Trip
the BS Section CB give close Block signal to SOE and Local and remote indication.

DC SUPPLY
CERTIFIED

 The DC supply for the bus bar protection shall be by a separate radial feed
from the main DC board 13.8 KV Bus. It shall be wired and supervised in
BY:

DATE: such a way that any fault is detected by the appropriate supervision relay.
 Supply to the CBF protection shall be derived from BB Supply by installing
MCB of adequate rating with Auxiliary Alarm contact.
 Each Radially Fed Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
 Each protection supply supervision relay alarm contact shall be connected in
parallel to initiate alarm.
2.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR FOR 87B.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection
faulty alarm and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back
indications at Station HMI and at remote CRCC.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to
DESCRIPTION

indicate when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be
available at HMI (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote
CRCC via SCADA through communication gate ways.
 All the inputs &out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT
Relay except Auxiliary DC Supply.
NO.

1
3

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all
REVISIONS
function requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future
ARS
use.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare
contacts shall be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper
APPROVED labelling.

2.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 13.8kV BS A Protection Panel.
 13.8kV BS B Protection Panel.
 13.8kV BS C Protection Panel.
Alarm Indication.
Following local and remote indications shall be provided.
• 13.8kV BB section A Operated.
• 13.8kV BB section A Faulty.
• 13.8kV BB section A CT Open Circuit.
CERTIFIED
• 13.8kV BB section B Operated.
• 13.8kV BB section B Faulty.
• 13.8kV BB section B CT Open Circuit.
BY: • 13.8kV BB section C Operated.
DATE: • 13.8kV BB section C Faulty.
• 13.8kV BB section C CT Open Circuit.
 Back Up Protection Operated.
 CBF Protection of BS Operated.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
supervision for each Trip Coil of each BS CB such that the monitoring of the
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING trip circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
the trip signal is present or not.
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective BS

Switchgear Panels.
3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME
 Per each bus bar Protection Zone, hand /electrical reset trip relay to be
DESCRIPTION

provided. The bus bar trip signal from the bus bar protection shall activate
lockout relay to trip all the associated CBs of the Faulty Bus section and
provide close block to the Tripped CBs.
 For GT incomer 86BB shall also Trip the associated 132kV CBs with close
blocking and activation of CBF 1 and CBF2 protection of the 132kV CBs of the
NO.

1
3

respective GTs.
REVISIONS
 One 94BS shall be Provided in BS SW Panel activated from BCPU Back Up
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Protection and Trip the BS CB, Give local & Remote Indication.
CHK’D BY:
 The 13.8kV BB Tripping Relays should have adequate # of spare contacts to
be used for future 13.8kV Bays Tripping and Close Blocking.
APPROVED
 86BB shall give local & remote Indication signal to SOE and FR.
 86CBF H/E Rest L/O Relay in SW panel for CBF protection as stated above.
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
 For BB Protection ratio 3600/1A, class X (Vk ≥800V, Rct ≤16 ohms and Image
≤30 mA)(Two CTs one each on either side ob BS CB)
 For BCPU [50/51 50N/51N] [CBF] Protection Only in BS 3600/1A 5P20 30VA.
(On one side of BS CB).
 3600/1A Class 0.2Fs5 15VA For Metering (on other side of BS CB).
 All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.
CERTIFIED

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
BY: 13.8kV 3phase GIS Bus VT:
DATE:

 Rated Primary Voltage 13.8/√3 KV.

 Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p; 25VA.
 Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p; 25VA.
For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS & TES.
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-046. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR attached with the PTS.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-21**

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-22
DESCRIPTION

13.8kV 7MVAR CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:
1. INTRODUCTION
CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

2.1 PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

APPROVED

2.2 CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTIONS SCHEME FUNCTION

2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2TRIPPING SCHEME.

CERTIFIED

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR SENSING NEUTRAL UNBALANCE

BY:
5. CURRENT AND POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS IN THE BREAKER
CONTROLLING THE CAPACITOR BANK.
DATE:

6. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
7. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
8. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION
This Appendix details the basic protection requirement for the three feeders
concerning
the three 7MVAR capacitor banks to be installed in the 13.8KV bus bar via three
DESCRIPTION

suitably rated breakers.

The neutral current transformers shall be with full primary insulation, with suitable
ratio, in such a manner that when one percent of the capacitors fails, it shall be
possible for being sensed and alarm is to be initiated. In the event of failure of large
number of series capacitor (10% or more), rendering higher level differential
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
currents the capacitor bank shall be arranged for tripping.

PREPARED BY: ARS The prime point of consideration shall be the required voltage factor and the
DATE:
corresponding time which, each phase unit is to be rated, in view of its applicable
CHK’D BY:
with the system neutral, which is resistance grounded, to avoid catastrophic failures
of capacitor bank , in the event of delayed clearance of any possible line to ground
APPROVED
faults.
Another possible and eventual over voltage condition to which these capacitor banks
could be subject to, is fifth harmonic voltage. Suitable metal oxide arrestors are to be
employed with adequate energy handling capacity and factor of safety to contain the
catastrophic failures of the banks.
Studies to be conducted to ensure that during the system operating conditions the
crest voltage to which the capacitor bank is subject to, is well within the rated
magnitude of the capacitor themselves or well within the residual voltage of the
arrestors employed for the Protection of these elements.
CERTIFIED
The sixth harmonic content and the crest voltage to which the capacitor bank is
subject is to be studied and the voltage is to be suitably contained or the capacitors
BY: are to be rated, in accordance with the system conditions.
DATE:

Note : This protection is proposed on the specific configuration, that the

capacitor bank is in the double star with the neutral floating but inter
connecting the neutrals of both the star connected element of the bank, If the
concerned divisions have decided to use different configuration, this appendix
need to be modified accordingly.
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.

THIS DOCUMENT IS It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING specifications.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
DATED
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
DESCRIPTION

a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)

b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
Specifications and Standards.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION

PREPARED BY: ARS 2.1 IED PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
DATE:

CHK’D BY: The Protection IED used for the capacitor bank feeders shall be an intelligent,
numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same Protection
APPROVED IED unit. Transfer of analogue and other relevant information shall be by the reliable
fibre optic communication medium.
The capacitor bank feeder protection IED, box 1 and Box 2 shall be facilitated with;
but not limited to the following Main multi functions
 Time and Instantaneous Over Current & E/F Protection (Backup)
 Negative Sequence Directional Over Current & E/F Protection
 Thermal O/L Protection.
 Neutral Unbalance Current protection
 Compensated Neutral Displacement Voltage protection

CERTIFIED
 Over Voltage protection
 Under Voltage Protection
 CBF Protection -2 (1 per group)
BY:

DATE:
 Other Protections recommended by manufacturer.

The IED Units shall be provided as close as possible to each CT location where
analogue signals shall be needed from the associated CT, and binary signals from the
primary equipment, these units shall communicate with SAS via LAN system and with
the NCC/SCADA centres (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications Gateways
substation level and remote.

2.2 CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTIONS SCHEME FUNCTION

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
The Capacitor Bank Protection shall be facilitated with the following protection
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED functions

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.2.1 OVER CURRENT AND EARTH FAULT PROTECTION:

The over current Protection shall be peak detector including the harmonics
DESCRIPTION

but supervised by the Positive sequence direction sensor with the timer
supplement.
In the event of currents discharges in to the parallel circuits the Protection is
to be blocked. The utility value of imparting direction feature, the relay to see
only the current flowing into the capacitor and not the discharges when any
adjacent feeder trips on fault and thus making the capacitor bank being
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS available and thus providing VARS in accordance with the available voltage
PREPARED BY: ARS on the bus while clearing the fault. In the event of forward current increases
DATE:
inclusive of the harmonics the current function will have to be activated for
CHK’D BY:

accomplishing the tripping of the capacitor bank.

The earth fault protection shall be accomplished by peak detector supervised
APPROVED

by directional ground fault sensor with the timer supplement and only
operates for fault within the capacitor bank and the ground faults in the
adjacent feeders, the discharge from the capacitor bank shall not lead to any
operation of the direction earth fault relay. It is to be noted that the 13.8 KV
source is star connected and the neutral is grounded through 10 ohms
resistance.
The relay shall have the characteristic angle adjustable for accommodating
the earth fault current vector clearly in the operating part of the
characteristics and the fundamental discharge from the capacitor bank if any,
CERTIFIED
in case of faults on the adjacent feeders, shall lead to the blocking of the relay.

BY: 2.2.2 NEUTRAL UNBALANCE PROTECTION

DATE:

Neutral unbalance current protection with proper compensation for the

standing unbalance of the system and variation in the manufacturing
tolerance of the capacitors adopted. The range of setting shall be such as to
identify the short circuiting of one percent of the capacitor bank. The relay
shall be provided minimum two stages one for initiating the alarm at the low
set level and tripping at the highest level of unbalance is detected. There must
be independent CT for Set 1 protection and independent CT for Set 2
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
protection.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
2.2.3 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE DIRECTIONAL PROTECTION.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Directional Negative Sequence Current Protection, to cover the inter rack

phase faults. The protection shall have the negative sequence directional
sensor, to identify the inter phase faults within the capacitor bank. The relay
responds to the negative sequence current flow into the capacitor bank only.
DESCRIPTION

Depending on the magnitude of the inductive load on the parallel circuits or

during the fault condition of the parallel circuits, the relay is screened and
sensitive setting could be adopted for the inter-phase fault sensing function.
2.2.4 OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION.
NO.

The over voltage protection is to be provided in the scheme of protection

2

1
3

REVISIONS with the fundamental voltage sensor supplemented with the timer with
PREPARED BY: ARS adjustable time settings. The relay shall have two stages one for initiating
alarm at low percentage of increase of the nominal voltage and the other
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

stage with the timer for initiating tripping.

2.2.5 UNDER VOLTAGE PROTECTION.

APPROVED

The under voltage protection is to be provided in the scheme of protection

with the fundamental voltage sensor supplemented with the timer with
adjustable time settings. The relay shall have two stages one for initiating
alarm at low percentage of decrement of the nominal voltage and the other
stage with the timer for (initiating tripping if needed).

2.2.6 UNDER CURRENT PROTECTION.

The under current sensors are to be added for identifying open circuiting of
CERTIFIED
the capacitor string in the bank and to initiate tripping.

BY: 2.2.7 COMPENSATED NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE

DATE:
PROTECTION

Neutral Unbalance Voltage protection with proper compensation for the

standing unbalance of the system and variation in the manufacturing
tolerance of the capacitors adopted. Compensation shall be available such
that the relay shall be stable during external system unbalances. The range of
setting shall be such as to identify the short circuiting of one percent of the
capacitor bank. The relay shall be provided minimum three stages, two for
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
initiating the alarm at the low set level and one for tripping at the highest
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING level of unbalance. One single phase VT shall be provided in the common
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
neutral of the capacitor bank. The voltage relay shall have harmonics filter,

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

and tuned to fundamental frequency. IEEE guidelines shall be referred for VT

specifications.

Note: Current Transformer for Neutral Unbalance relay

DESCRIPTION

The current transformer intended for adoption of the neutral unbalance

sensing relays shall be suitable for the low current application. The ratio and
class of the CT shall be specified by the contractor subject to SEC approval.
The current transformer shall be fully insulated as per PTS and the short time
rating should be estimated after appropriate study. Suitable surge
NO.

1
3

protections should be provided as required and as per guidelines of

REVISIONS
IEEE.C.37.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)

APPROVED
The built in function of the protection IED box 1 and Box 2 and shall be used
for CBF1 & CBFR2 Protection. as detailed bellow:
 All Tripping Relays Operating through 13.8kv CB shall initiate the CBF
protection of Main Protection IEDs.
 On Detection of CBF condition shall activate 86CBF Trip L/O Relay to Trip
the BS and LV Incomer CB of the associated GT. Give Close Block to The
Failed CB and the Tripped CBs.
 Give signal to ACCS scheme

Alarm and Indications

CERTIFIED
The alarm organization for capacitor banks shall be such that all
protection and control functions shall be indicated on Annunciator Units .
BY:
This shall include monitoring functions such as DC supervision, AC
DATE:
supervisions, trip circuit supervision, VT supervision, relay fault indications
as per standard practices subject to SEC approval. Each bank shall have
separate Annunciators with sufficient spare windows mounted on the
ACCS capacitor control panel. The Alarm indications shall be integrated
with SAS and shall be available at Station HMI and to Remote CRCC through
SCADA Gate Ways. Possible grouping of alarms are acceptable for SCADA
points as per National Grid SA policies. The signal to SOE and FR shall be
wired.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS OPDS-XXX-041. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED attached with the PTS.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

SCADA

The supplier shall design and install appropriate SCADA system for Capacitor
DESCRIPTION

Banks remote control and monitoring from Station HMI and The remote
CRCC through SCADA Gate Ways in line with the requirements of National
Grid SA concerned department.

The set one protection shall be fed from DC system one and set 2 protection
NO.

from DC system 2 through independent MCBs of adequate rating with

2

1
3

REVISIONS Auxiliary Alarm Contacts.

PREPARED BY: ARS 2.3 PANEL REQUIREMT
DATE:

CHK’D BY: Main 1& Main 2 Protection in one Protection .

APPROVED
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is
available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is
present or not,
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the 13.8kV Switchgear panels.
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME
CERTIFIED
All protection and tripping DC circuits shall be logically segregated into two groups
operating on the two Station DC systems and to the two CB Trip coils appropriately.
BY: DC supply Supervisions,
DATE:
The set one protection shall operate through 86 C 1 L/O Relay and Set 2 shall operate
through 86C2. 86C1 and 86C2 shall be H/E Rest and having Resetting Facility for
Station HMI and through SCADA Gate ways from CRCC.
The third tripping 86CBF shall be provided for CBF Protection. The 86C1 shall
operate through trip Coil1 and 86C2 shall Operate through trip Coil 2. Both give Close
Block, Block Auto Control and Give Local & remote Alarm, signal to FR and SOE

Note: Suitable timers shall be provided such that sufficient time interval shall be
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
allowed as recommended by that Capacitor Bank Manufacturer between tripping and
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING closing operations. Also there shall be provision for preventing simultaneous closure
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
of more than one bank. Sufficient time intervals (to allow settling of transients) shall

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

be provided between the switching in of two banks. These interlocks shall be in

addition to the logic controller (ACCS) software configurations.

BREAKER REQUIREMENT:
DESCRIPTION

The rating of the breaker is to be checked by the supplier, and approved by the
concerned design division for the suitability for the frequent switching on and off
the capacitor bank and also to handle the extreme fault level of 26000 amps for 1
sec. at the 13.8 KV level.
NO.

1
3

The supplier shall confirm that the breaker is entirely re-strike free, and approved
REVISIONS
by the concerned division
ARS
The Supplier shall provide the following details of the breaker adopted for the control
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: of the capacitor Bank.

 Continuous current carrying capacity:
APPROVED  Breaking capacity (inductive)
 Breaking capacity (capacitive)
 Short circuit withstands Magnitude and duration.
 Maximum Temperature
 Tripping time

The TRV capability of the CB and the system TRV during the process of opening
under all conditions of operation , must be matched in such a way that the TRV
capability of the CB is not exceeded under any circumstances, but limited to the

CERTIFIED
safe level recommended by the manufacturer of the CB. In the event of calculation
indicates that at any point of time from the instant of opening the breaker under
certain conditions, the System TRV generated , is exceeding the with stand capability
BY:

DATE: of the CB, or touching the level with in adequate safety margin, suitable limiting
action for the surges are to be adopted in such a manner that there exists always a
safety margin of specified magnitude from the with stand capability of the CB.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR SENSING NEUTRAL UNBALANCE

The current transformer intended for adoption of the neutral unbalance sensing
relays shall comply with the following requirements

THIS DOCUMENT IS As per the manufacturer recommendations Subject to PED approval. Independent CT
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING for Set 1 and Set 2 Protection
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Note: The current transformer shall be fully insulated for the system voltage and shall
be rated for the impulse insulation level suitable for the applicable HV applications.

5. CURRENT AND POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS IN THE BREAKER

DESCRIPTION

CONTROLLING THE CAPACITOR BANK

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

Designation TYPE OF
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
Sr. No. PROTECTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 1. CT1 1250-800-400/1A Cl. 5P20, 30VA at 400/1A Capacitor Bank Box
PREPARED BY: ARS Ratio 1 Protection
DATE:
2. CT2 1250-800-400/1A Cl. 5P20, 30VA at 400/1A Capacitor Bank Box
CHK’D BY:
Ratio 2 Protection
3. CT3 1250-800-400/1A Cl. 0.2Fs5, 10VA at 400/1A Metering
APPROVED

Ratio
4. CT4 3600/1A Cl. X, Rct< 18 ohms, Vk> 800V, Im< 13.8kV Bus-bar
30 mA Protection 87 BB

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations.

The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the associated protection to

CERTIFIED
perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by saturation and an
X/R ratio up to 50. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2
at 55°.
BY:

DATE:
Notes:
Requirement of CTs and VTs for these protections shall be subject to the approval of
National Grid SA PED
Surge Protections shall be provided for CTs or VTs wherever applicable.
Sensitive VT circuits shall be of screened cables to avoid stray voltages.
In case the Neutral current CT is of very low ratio and accurate setting is not possible
with Current Relays, the Protection can be through a voltage relay across a loading
resistor.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 6. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Three Phase PTs of 13.8kV/root 3) to (0.12/root 3 + 0.12/3) kV (25+25) VA, Class

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

(0.2+3P) for Protection, Metering and ACCS equipment's. for feeding the positive and
Negative sequence Directional relays.
 The Single Phase VT at the neutral shall be rated and insulated as per PTS and its class
and burden shall be specified by Manufacture.
DESCRIPTION

7. ADDITIONAL REQUIRMENTS NEED TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR

 For conducting the study and assessing the harmonics in the stations and to establish
the method to filter.
 To check the possibility of onset of linear or nonlinear resonance and the method to
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS either to contain or eliminate , without leading to the stressing of the capacitor

PREPARED BY: ARS banks and the components.

DATE:
 Consequent to the detailed examination, in the event of insulation coordination is to
CHK’D BY:
be applied by the adoption of the limiting devices, their capacity, withstand
capability and the limiting level, etc are to be provided insulation coordination chart
APPROVED
and is to be accepted by the concerned Division.
 Establishing the withstand capability of the capacitor bank and the tuning reactor
during inrush and out rush currents, under the respective system condition of
energizing the bank and for fault in the adjacent section.
 To check the suitability of the breaker for breaking duty in the event of an inter rack
fault, at the critical point of the Capacitors string depending on the design of the bank.
 The whole system of shunt capacitor bank shall be designed such that, no switching or
control operation shall be possible violating the acceptable safety practices for such
operations. There shall be timers, mechanical, or electrical devises suitable for
CERTIFIED
interlocking such operations in a fail safe manner. These safety interlocks shall be in
addition to the operational sequences programmed into the ACCS (Programmable
BY: Logic Controller).
DATE:

 Each Shunt Capacitor Bank should be installed in separately fenced and protected area,
with independent access gates. These gates shall be interlocked with the switchgear
earth switch electrically and mechanically by key interlock, such that opening of the
gate requires closing of the earth switch and locking it with key. The said key will be
required to open the gate of the capacitor yard. The reverse logic shall be required for
switching back the capacitor.
 The switchgear Earthing switch shall have a timer interlock with the circuit breaker, so
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR that a minimum time of 10 minutes should be elapsed to permit the capacitors to
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
discharge to the recommended voltage level.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 There should also be timer interlocks between capacitor banks so that a second bank
shall not be switched in our out with in the 10 minutes transients’ stabilization time.
 Also a breaker shall not be switched back ON with in the 10 minutes discharge time
after a tripping operation.
DESCRIPTION

CONTROL OF THE CAPACITOR BANK

The scheme requirements for switching in or out of the capacitor bank shall be provided and
approved by the concerned division and the contractor responsible to insure availability of
this facility.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 8. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

PREPARED BY: ARS The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
DATE:
OPDS-XXX-029. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
CHK’D BY:

attached with the PTS.

APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-22**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 11
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-23
DESCRIPTION

380 -230KV UNDER GROUND CABLE FEEDER

PROTECTIONWITH SHUNT REACTOR
CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 1. INTRODUCTION

DATE:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED 2.1 FIRST MAIN& SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 Auto Reclosing [not required]
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME
2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

CERTIFIED 2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

2.4 SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION

BY: 3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

DATE:

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
3.3 INTER TRIP SEND & RECEIVE SCHEME.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV Under
Ground Cable Feeder protection with Shunt Reactor.
DESCRIPTION

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main UGC protection and
must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit.
Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The Protection IEDs shall be provided for Shunt Reactor as stated in section 2.4of this

PREPARED BY: ARS document.

DATE: The TEE connection Protection zone shall be extended to cover the Shunt reactor
CHK’D BY:
controlling CB by installing the identical CTs for TEE protection on the SR side of the
Controlling CB.
APPROVED

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTS.
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to
CERTIFIED
meet the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
BY:
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
DATE:

Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above.
Full testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
380-230kV UGC feeder shall fall the under the scope of this contract.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE UGC PROTECTION
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

The 380kV UGC protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the
following Main multi functions:
DESCRIPTION

Box # 1: MAIN-1 & Box #2: MAIN-2.

 Phase segregated current Line differential protection as a main.
 Distance protection
 Directional earth fault Protection.
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current
NO.

1
3

protection.
REVISIONS
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Circuit breakers fail Protection.
CHK’D BY:
 Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
 Fuse failure supervision.
APPROVED
 Direct Transfer trip.
 Auto Reclosing
 Check synchronizing.
 FR & Fault Locator.
 Event Recorder.
 Disturbance Recorder.

Note; Protection IED shall be equipped with all functions whether used or not.
Box # 3:
CERTIFIED Under Voltage and Over Voltage protection IED having three independent
settable stages for OV & UV settings with adequate range.

BY: 2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.

DATE:

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential protection
and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main Functions ,

Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores/E1 Data
cannel and one E 1 data channel to achieve the redundancy.
Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using
THIS DOCUMENT IS 'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type using three
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar relay.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV & EHV
O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection shall be
designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults and 3-phase faults
with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT principle to change three single
DESCRIPTION

phase comparison to one single phase comparison.

Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
NO.

1
3

Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3, 4 and
REVISIONS
more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input with its own
ARS
dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to provide reliable
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: protection not affected by transmission delays and communication switching etc. Multi-
terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH or Low density or medium
APPROVED density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.

The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical type. It
shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion
and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be standard
device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details and
compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication
department}.

The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or

CERTIFIED
remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due
to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the
required features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote
BY:

DATE: location must be possible. The relay shall be equipped with all optional features and
charging current compensation. The relay shall have back-up distance, directional phase &
ground fault and directional comparison E/F protection features.

The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC &Inst). The features
for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone protection .

The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall have self-
THIS DOCUMENT IS monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules, memory and
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR other major components like power supply) as well as communication channel supervision.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording facility. All
the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and remotely through
separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end information and fault data
along various states of the input quantities from the start of the disturbance to end shall be
DESCRIPTION

available for last 3 records on nonvolatile memory and alarm/event data for last 10
alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.

The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.

 The relay ratings and ranges:

NO.

1
3

 Rating (In) 1A or 5A as required per S/S.

REVISIONS
 125DC or as per the S/S DC Supply.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
CHK’D BY:
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
APPROVED
 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)
 Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

 The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL &,
MHO characteristic.
 Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an X/R ratio of ≥40

 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be wired
CERTIFIED from a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. Separate trip relays
and separate inter trip receive relays.

BY:
 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure shall block the operation of the distance
DATE:
protection.
 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones.
 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current reversal
condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable for
two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each zone
shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below:
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS 
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic

Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring
DESCRIPTION

time shall not exceed one cycle.

The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following
additional functions such as:
Zone 1 ext. scheme
Transfer trip scheme
Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Voltage circuit supervision

PREPARED BY: ARS Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking
DATE:
(including reverse measurement elements).
CHK’D BY:
All the additional logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-feed
have to be included ( current reversal guard), facility for single-pole trip,
APPROVED

power swing blocking function (with selectable zones)

Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding in case of requirement.
Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines is to
be made available.
At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall be
suitable for activation by external binary.
The relays to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for use in
case of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than 100ms.

CERTIFIED  This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it
should be possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may

BY:
be) with the following requirements:
DATE:

Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive signal
initiated from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others), also
the carrier send signal (CS) might be issued in parallel both from an
overreaching zone and an under reaching, independent tripping zone.
The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged while
the carrier send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the
permissive signal shall permit the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.

THIS DOCUMENT IS Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal CRG,
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING must always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence of the
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND CRG signal for a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as a
DATED

CR signal, This shall enables a permissive scheme to operate when the line fault

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

blocks the signal transmission or a coincidence of signal loss and the fault time
occurs .The carrier received signal created by the unblocking function is reset
(150 ms after the security timer has elapsed. When that occurs an output signal
is activated for signaling purpose. The unblocking function is reset 200 ms
DESCRIPTION

after that the guard signal is present again.

 Switch on to fault Feature:
The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such
cases to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that
NO.

1
3

only external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch
REVISIONS
or breaker auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 DEF as Built-in function in MAIN- 1 Box & MAIN-2 Box:
CHK’D BY:

Shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have back up element
settings.
APPROVED

Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The relay

shall have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the harmonics on the
system or generated during CT saturation conditions.
Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for high
resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fiber optics, with echo-back
feature for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault level lines. The
operating mode shall be selectable for Permissive Over-reaching and Directional
Comparison Blocking Scheme. Features for preventing mal-operation of the relay
under current reverse conditions shall be provided. The protection, in cooperation
CERTIFIED
with main distance protection, shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating
time of the relay shall be such that transient faults do not get converted into
BY:
permanent-faults. The protection, in addition to providing instantaneous trip for
DATE:

100% of the line length, shall provide definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such
that remote backup trip facility shall be available. However, above mentioned
definite time delayed trip shall be wired through selectable link such that it can be
removed or brought in as and when required by Company. The protection shall
initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-mechanically operated
trip relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec. The protection
and all associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for following
additional functions:
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 Annunciation at Station HMI
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  SOE Alarm
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 SCADA Remote Alarm

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Station fault recorder

 Reclose initiation
 Reclose-Blocking
 Breaker failure initiation
DESCRIPTION

 Carrier or Communication system signaling

Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate the
operation of the relay & faulted phase.

The relay shall be provided with ON- line testing facilities. The protection shall be
NO.

1
3

suitable for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The MTA
REVISIONS
or characteristics angle of the relay shall be to match application and as
ARS
approved by Company
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: 2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING.

No Auto Reclosing shall be required for UGC Feeder.
APPROVED

2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU provided
BCU shall fulfil the Following conditions. If not then Independent Protection IED shall
be provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.
The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:
 Voltage Difference Settable in range 5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
CERTIFIED  Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole
fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.

BY:
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
DATE:  Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT
input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such
that in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close
the CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from
remote end first or from the local end first.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
MAIN-1, MAIN-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
DESCRIPTION

HMI and at remote CRCC.

A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch.
PREPARED BY: ARS The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.

APPROVED
All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME

A. Communication for Line Differential Protection 87L1 & 87L2

The Communication between two ends 87L Relays shall be as per the attached 380kV
Communication Diagram Fig.#2

 Main Communication shall be through Pair of Dark Fiber with speed of

CERTIFIED
communication 2Mps and redundant shall be through 2Mbps Data Channel (E1-
SDH).

BY:
 The Contractor shall Provide Media Converter to convert Optical Relay Out put
DATE: Signal to E1 SDH (2Mbps) Galvanic Signal.

 To avoid any electrical interference the Media Converters shall be installed in the
Communication Room and the Contractor will provide install connect and
Commission the F.O cable between the Protection IEDs in the Control Room to
Media Converters in the Communication Room.
 The two end Relays shall communicate on main F.O Dark Pair connection in case
of failure of failure of main connection the Relays automatically switchover to
Redundant channel. In case of restoration of main connection the communication
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR shall be switched back to the main.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED B. Protection Signaling Equipment.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1) and
distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-2(21-2 & 67N-2) shall operate
in accordance with protection philosophy described in National Grid SA , Standards.
The Distance protection of MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall work in permissive Over
DESCRIPTION

reaching scheme.
The directional earth fault function associated with MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be used
for permissive over reaching using protection signalling equipment.
The protection signalling associated with MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1), MAIN-2 (21-2 &
67N-2) and Intertrip Send/Receive system shall be arranged via sixteen channels
NO.

1
3

using two diverse OLS systems. The allocation of signalling channels shall be as
REVISIONS
follows:
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  First Optical Line System

APPROVED
(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1
Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-1
Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-1
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip 85S1/85R1 OLS-1
Channel-4 Spare OLS-1

(21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-1
Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-1

CERTIFIED
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip 85S2/85R2 OLS-1
Channel-8 Spare. OLS-1

BY:

DATE:

 Second Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection

Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-2

Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-2
Channel-3 First Inter-Trip 85S1/85R1 OLS-2

THIS DOCUMENT IS
Channel-4 Spare OLS-2
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING

(21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-2

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-2

Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-2
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip 85S2/85R2 OLS-2
DESCRIPTION

Channel-8 Spare OLS-2

For more Details for Communication Equipment the Contractor shall Refer to
Telecommunication Requirements Appendix VI of the PTS.
Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
PREPARED BY: ARS The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either
DATE:
locally or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not
CHK’D BY:
mal-operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc
disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through
APPROVED

relay panel, computer and from remote location must be possible.

2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT.

The Contractor has to provide the following:
 MAIN-1, I/T S/R and associated equipment.
 MAIN-2, UV/OV Relay and associated equipment
 87TEE1 & 87TEE1 and associated equipment.
 87R1 & CBF1 and associated Auxiliary Equipment.
 87R2 and CBF2 and associated Auxiliary Equipment
Grounding Reactor Protection PD Protection & TCS Relays for CB KX70 Panel.
CERTIFIED


As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has
BY:

DATE: to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01
and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-
C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must
be at least 20% spare windows for future use. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas
compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be
noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay
Control unit all signalling shall be through Fibre optic/Ethernet switching
THIS DOCUMENT IS communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR

2.3TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection.
 The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and
connected to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1
DESCRIPTION

and main two shall be fed from DC system 2.

 To cover the entire portion of the GIS including cable termination/Cable sealing
ends for 380kV UGC bays one set of 2x 3 Ring type CTs shall be provided at the end
of GIS bellow cable termination each CT has two cores one for TEE protection main
one and 2nd for TEE protection main two. Before these CTs set of CTs shall be
NO.

1
3

provided in the GIS for Main-1 & MAIN-2. So that to achieve overlapping zones of
REVISIONS
the protection.
ARS
 To include the Shunt reactor connection under the TEE connection Protection 2x3
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: CTs shall be installed after the Shunt reactor CB identical to the CTs for TEE
connection protection and shall be connected back to back to create the Unit zone of
APPROVED protection. CT Positioning of 87R1 and 87R2 shall be before the Shunt reactor
Controlling CB to create overlapping zones of protection.
 The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.
 The contractor shall provide two sets of dedicated unit protection for the above
feeders. This shall necessitate the provision of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay
matrix overlapping the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase Ring
Type CTs bellow the cable Termination and 2x3 CTs in Shunt reactor CB. Please
refer to CT table. These shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire
forming the unit zone. Two Numerical type High Impedance differential protection

CERTIFIED
IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires and shall operate into first DC tripping
and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT supervision and shorting and
isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided.
BY:

DATE:

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the UGC protection IEDs stated above
for UGC protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets.
 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be
more than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-
300 V.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR to avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt
FOR ORDERING

resistors of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
protection IED.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The labelling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator

panel/HMI (Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE
shall be as under:
DESCRIPTION

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:
 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed
CHK’D BY:
from first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating
with NC contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for
APPROVED
380kV TEE Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply
distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote
alarm.

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via
appropriate tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset
tripping L/O relay (86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip
coil of the local circuit-breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of
the associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end circuit-breaker,
initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.
CERTIFIED

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE
BY:

DATE: connection protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay
shall short and isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable
time delay of 1-15 Seconds.

2.4 SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION

 The two sets of High Impedance protection shall be provided for the Shunt Reactor.
 The CT before the SR CB and the 2 x 3 CTs in the neutral bushing of the SR shall be
connected back to back to back to make a unit zone of the protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Shunt Reactor Main 1 (87R1) and Main 2 (87R2) Protections shall be multifunction
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Numerical type IED with High Impedance Protection as main function each from
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED different Manufacture.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The complete Reactor protection panels satisfying NATIONAL GRID SA

Specifications and as detailed in this document shall be provided. It includes
tripping Relays trip L/O Relays inter-trip send receive Relays.
 The Inter-trip send from the reactor protection shall send I/T on 85S1 and 85S2 via
DESCRIPTION

the Reactor Disconnector Auxiliary contacts. Each 87R1 and 87R2 shall activate its
own trip L/O Relay 86R1 and 86R2.
 The Grounding reactor shall have 87GR High Impedance type protection. Shall
Operate through 86GR L/O Relay
 Along with the 87R1 and 87R2 the Contractor shall provide Multifunction
NO.

1
3

Numerical Device with Back up O/C and E/F (50/51+50N+51N) as the main
REVISIONS
function and shall be connected with the CT 3 of the Hybrid/Dead tank CB Bay.
ARS
 87R1, 87 R2 shall operate through independent Trip L/O Relays and shall have
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: independent Alarm and Indications for Operation and Relay Faulty. 87R1 shall be
fed from DC System one and 87R2 shall fed from DC system 2. Each Radially fed DC
APPROVED supply shall be supervised at the end of the Loop.
 The Contractor shall provide CBF1 and CBF 2 Numerical type multifunction
Protection IEDs for Shunt Reactor CB from two different Manufacturers and shall be
connected with CT-3 along with the FDR unit as indicated in the CT table above.
 Each Tripping Relays and Trip L/O relay shall initiate CBF1 and CBF 2 of the
Controlling CB. Trip L/O Relays also provide close block of associated CBs. 86R1
shall operate through Trip Coil one and 86R2 shall Operate through Trip Coil 2 of
the controlling CBs. 86BU (O/C & E/F) and 86GR shall operate through Trip Coil one
and Trip Coil2.

CERTIFIED
 The CBF I and CBF 2 Protections of Hybrid/Dead tank CB shall operate through
their own Trip L/O relays 86CBF1 and 86CBF 2 and trip the Associated Controlling
CBs of the Bay Matrix, send I/T to remote on 85S1 & 85S2 give close block to the
BY:

DATE: Line controlling CBs, give local and remote indications signal to FR & SOE. The
signals shall check the status of Shunt reactor that Shunt reactor Disconnector is
closed and Shunt reactor is in service condition. CBF1 shall be fed from DC system 1
and CBF2 from DC system 2.
 The Shunt Reactor Controlling CB shall have complete Trip Circuit Supervision as
per the NATIONAL GRID SA standards. Independent LCC Panel and independent
BCU shall be provided for Shunt Reactor CB. The Shunt Reactor CB if single pole
Operated shall have Pole Discrepancy protection as per NATIONAL GRID SA
THIS DOCUMENT IS standards and as described in this PR respective section..
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  The Contractor shall provide 50G/51G GR, 51N & 64GR multifunction numerical
FOR ORDERING

type protection IEDs as indicated in the attached Typical Protection Diagram.

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

50G/51G shall Operate through 86R1 and 51NGR & 64GR through independent L/O
relay 86GR.
 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
87R1, 87R2. These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection
DESCRIPTION

faulty alarm and shall be operable from Protection Panels only with Back
indications at Station HMI and to remote CRCC. A white lamp shall be provided for
each protection on the relay panel to indicate when each protection is out of service.
All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch. The
Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
NO.

1
3

requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use. All used
REVISIONS
contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
ARS
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

Alarm indications shall be as per the SEC specifications 35-TMMS-05 and TES-P-119-27
APPROVED and as recommended by the manufacturer.

The Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection

 The Mechanical as per national Grid SA Specifications for Shunt reactor shall be as
follows:

 Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.

 Pressure Relief Protection.

CERTIFIED
 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
 Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.
BY:

DATE:

 The Shunt Reactor shall have mechanical protection. Buchhalz shall operate through
86R2 Relay and Winding Temperature shall operate through self reset Trip Relay.

 The shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection shall be integrated with SAS through
independent I/O Modules.
 Each shunt Reactor protection shall have independent Indication. Each CT
supervision shall also have independent Indication.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  87R1 Operated.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  87R1 faulty.
FOR ORDERING

87R2 operated.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 
DATED
 87R2 faulty.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Shunt Reactor O/C & E/F operated.

 Shunt reactor O/C & E/F Faulty.
 87GR Operated
 87GR Faulty.
DESCRIPTION

 51N NGR Operated.

 51NGR Faulty.
 64GR Operated
 64GR Faulty.
 Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.
NO.

1
3

 Pressure Relief Protection.

REVISIONS
 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
ARS
 Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.

 CT Open Circuit.
APPROVED  CT Supervision Faulty.
 The Trip L/O Relays shall be Hand/Electrical Reset and Electrical Resetting shall
also be possible from Remote through Station Gate Ways.
 The Tripping scheme for the UGC associated with shunt Reactors shall be decided
after the system detailed studies as per the SEC operational Studies
Division/Control department and required modification to implement the scheme
as per the system requirement shall fall under the scope of this project.
DC Supplies
The DC Supplies for Shunt Reactor shall be Directly Derived from DCDB system one ±R1

CERTIFIED
for 87R1 and from DC system 2 ±R2 for 87R2 via MCBs of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. And Branched in the Protection Panel as per the NATIONAL
GRID SA Standards.
BY:

DATE: Set one protection and its Associated Supplied shall be fed from DC System 1 and Set
two Protection and its Associated Supplies shall be fed from DC System 2. DC Supply GR
Protection shall be derived from the Main DC Supply through MCB of Appropriate rating.
Each radially fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip
MATERIALS

signal is present or not

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole

Discrepancy Panels. For Shunt Reactor CB the TCS Relays shall be installed in the
SR Protection Panels.
DESCRIPTION

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV UGC feeder protection MAIN-1 & MAIN-2
shall be via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated
with SAS at the Substation.
NO.

 It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers,
2

1
3

REVISIONS
initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter
PREPARED BY: ARS trip to remote end circuit-breakers, initiate alarms, indication and start the fault
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
recorder, SOE etc.
 All tripping shall be hard wired.

APPROVED A. Feeder Protection Tripping Relays:

The MAIN-1 (87L-1+ 21-1 Zone 1+ 67N-1 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one L/O
tripping Relay (86F-1) with H/E rest Facility and of adequate # of contacts. If one
Relay is not enough then the contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel
86F-1 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50
 Close Block to associated CBs.
CERTIFIED
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
BY:

DATE:
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.
 BCU.
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

One L/O Relay (86F1-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPFM (21-1) & (67N-1) & Back Up Protection 50/50N &51/51N.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
86F1-BU Shall initiate:
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
DESCRIPTION

 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 1.
 . Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.
NO.

 Close Block of associated CBs.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 BCU.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Alarm/Indication.
CHK’D BY:
 SOE.
The MAIN-2 (87L-2+ 21-2 Zone 1+ 67N-2 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one L/O
APPROVED
tripping Relay (86F-2) with H/E Rest and of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not
enough then the contractor shall install 2-3 Relays in parallel.
86F-2 shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
 Close Block to Associated CBs.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
CERTIFIED  Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.

BY:  BCU.
DATE:
 Alarm/Indication.
 SOE.

One L/O Relay (86F2-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the
delayed zones of FPSM (21-2) & (67N-2) & Back Up Protection 50/50N & 51/51N.
86F2-BU Shall initiate:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
THIS DOCUMENT IS  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Close Block of Associated CBs.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 1.
DESCRIPTION

 Inter-trip send via 85S1 on OLS system 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip send via 85S2 on OLS system 2.
 BCU.
NO.

Alarm/Indication.
2

1
3


REVISIONS
 SOE.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The Self Reset Relays and L/O Relays shall be heavy duty and Relay capability is proven
CHK’D BY: according to the relevant circuit parameters and trip coil ratings. The L/O relays shall
have Auto Rest Facility
APPROVED
B. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.
86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).
86TEE-1 shall initiate:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
 Close Block CBKX10/ KX50.
 Close Block CBKX30.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CERTIFIED  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1 OLS system 1.

BY:  Inter-trip sends via 85S1 OLS system 2.

DATE:
 Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
 SOE.
86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).
86TEE-2 shall initiate:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 Close Block CBKX10 KX50.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Close Block CBKX30.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S2 OLS system 1.
 Inter-trip sends via 85S2 OLS system 2.
 Alarm/Indication
DESCRIPTION

 BCU.
86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.
All Tripping Relays shall have Remote Electrical Rest facility through SCADA
Gate Ways.
3.1. INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
The independent inter-trip Send and Receive Relays shall be provided. The I/T send
PREPARED BY: ARS Relays shall be designated as 85S1 & 85S2. Similarly I/T Receive relays shall be
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
designated as 85R1 & 85R2.
Inter-Trip Send Relays:
APPROVED 85S1 Shall be operated from: 86F1, 86F1-BU, 86TEE-1, 86CBF 1&2 & PD Stage II.
86R1(If required).
85S2 shall be operated from: 86F2, 86F2-BU, 86TEE-2, 86CBF1& 2 & PD Stage II.
86R2 (If Require).
Sending the I/T Signal to Remote end shall check the Line Disconnector Status.
Inter-Trip Receive Relays:
85R1 shall be operated from: 85S1 of the remote end.
85R1 shall initiate:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
CERTIFIED

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
BY:

DATE:  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Rest Timer.
 SOE.
85R2 shall be operated from: 85S2 of the remote end.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 85R2 shall initiate:
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1
DATED
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
DESCRIPTION

 Fault recorder.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Rest Timer.
 SOE.
NO.

For communication Channels Requirements for the inter trip send receive functions
2

1
3

REVISIONS
shall be forwarded to the Telecommunication Department well before time so that
PREPARED BY: ARS these can be arranged. 85R1 & 85R2 shall be self-Reset with Flag hand Rest.
DATE:

CHK’D BY: 4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

A. In Bay Matrix.
Designation
APPROVED

CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF

Sr. No.
PROTECTION

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection

CT 1-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection
CT 2-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
CERTIFIED
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Spare
Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
BY: 5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
DATE:
Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2
6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2

B. CTs in the GIS For UGC Protection,.

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> MAIN-1
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, MAIN-2+FR

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Vk>3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA

3. CT9 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering

C. Ring Type CTs bellow Cable Termination for TEE connection protection
DESCRIPTION

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection

NO.

1
3

Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.

REVISIONS
2. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
CHK’D BY:

D. CT for Shunt Reactor Out Door/Hybrid CB:

APPROVED

Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Reactor Differential Protection (87 R1).

ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
2. 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Reactor Differential Protection (87 R2).
ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
3. 3X600-300/1A, 60-30VA, 5P20 50/50N+51/51N+CBF1+CBF2+ FR
4. 3X600-300/1A, 30-15VA, 0.2FS5 Metering
5. 3X3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection Protection 1.
Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25-35 mA
6. 3X3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection Protection 2.
Vk ≥ 3600-2400V, Im ≤ 25-35 mA
CERTIFIED

E. CTs in the Bushings of the Reactor:

BY:
Bushing Designation CURRENT
DATE:
TYPE OF
Sr. No. TRANSFORMER
PROTECTION
DETAILS
1. L-C-1 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
380kV ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
2. 380kV L-C-2 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
Bushing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
3. 380kV L.C-3 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
Bushing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR 4. Reactor CT as per Manufacturer Winding
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
winding Design Temperature (
MATERIALS 49)
5. Three Phase N.C-1 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Grounding
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
neutral Rct≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ Reactor Diff

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Bushing 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 (87GR)

(3CTs) mA
6. Three Phase 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Reactor
neutral N.C.2 ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Differential
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection Main
(3CTs) 2 (87 R2)
DESCRIPTION

Three Phase N.C.3 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ Reactor

7. neutral 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Differential
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection Main
(3CTs) 1 (87 R1)
8. Reactor (RG C-1) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 50G/51G + FR.
Grounding CT 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
NO.

9. Grounding ( NRG-C2) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 87GR,

2

1
3

REVISIONS Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-

Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
PREPARED BY: ARS connection
DATE: CT
CHK’D BY: 10. Grounding ( NRG-C2) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 87GR,
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
APPROVED
connection
CT
11. Grounding ( NRG-C2) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ Spare
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
12. Single phase CT-GR 1X 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct 64GR
in Earthing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Connection 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA

The CT characteristics for MAIN-1 MAIN-2 shall match with the remote end.
CERTIFIED

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
BY:
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
DATE:
Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to
enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions without any
limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous
thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3phase GIS VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 23
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
DESCRIPTION

OPDS-XXX-004. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-23**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 24
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 24
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-24.
380KV GENERATING BAYS FOR SUGT
DESCRIPTION

CONNECTION PROTECTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 1. INTRODUCTION.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF 380KV GENERATING BAYS FOR SUGT
CHK’D BY: CONNECTION PROTECTION.

2.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
APPROVED

2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 PROTECTION SCHEME.

2.2.2 BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.3 INTERTRIP SEND/RECEIVE SCHEME.
2.2.4 COMMUNICATION.
2.2.5 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.6 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.7 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3. TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

CERTIFIED

4. POWER PLANT SIDE PROTECTION.

BY: 5. Interfacing with Generation Protection.

DATE:

6. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

6.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.

6.2 TRIPPING SCHEME

7. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

7.1 IN GIS BAY AT 380KV BSP.

7.2 IN SUGT EHV BUSHINGS AT Power Plant .
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 8. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
9. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This document details the basic protection requirement for 380KV Cable/GIB
Connection to Step-up Generating Transformers (SUGT). The Protection
DESCRIPTION

requirements for the Step Up Generating Transformers and the Downstream

Generating Units and their associated Auxiliary equipment is not the Part of this
Document. It shall be covered in the Protection requirements from the Generation
Department.
Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for each SUGT Cable/GIB
Connection protection and must be from different manufactures shall be used with
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS multiple protection functions, included in the same protection IED’s unit. Back Up
PREPARED BY: ARS Protections shall be built in function of main protection IED.
DATE:
Identical two Protection IEDs shall be Provided at the Power Plant end in the
CHK’D BY:

Transmission Room for each GIB/Cable connection to SUGT.

Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
APPROVED

connection Protection as stated in section 3.

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTS and the project SOW.
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
specifications.
This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to
CERTIFIED
meet the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
BY:
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
DATE:
Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
Specifications and Standards.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
The document is applicable for GT (Gas Turbine) and ST (Steam Turbine) Generating
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS Units. If more than one SUGT (Step Up Generating Transformer) is connected with
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

single 380kV Bay the Main 1 and Main 2 protection shall independently be provided
for each GIB/Cable connection to each SUGT.
DESCRIPTION
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF 380KV GENERATING BAYS FOR SUGT

CONNECTION PROTECTION.

2.1 MAIN1 & MAIN2 PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

DESCRIPTION

Box # 1:MAIN-1 & Box2:MAIN-2shall have the following functions:

 Circulating Current differential protection.
 Instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
NO.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.

2

1
3

REVISIONS  Over voltage , Under voltage, residual over voltage.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

APPROVED
2.2.1 MAIN 1 & MAIN 2 PROTECTION SCHEME.

Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential
protection and Back up OC &EF Protection as Main Functions ,
Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores from
two different F.O Cables for TX-RX-1 and TXRX-2 connection to achieve the
redundancy.
Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle
using 'Fiber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type

CERTIFIED
using three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar
relay. The Protection IEDs shall be multifunction numerical type IEC61850
compatible with dual active port for PRP communication.
BY:

DATE: The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of EHV
U/G cables/GIB connections to each SUGT in solidly grounded power system. The
protection shall be designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase
faults and 3-phase faults with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT
principle to change three single phase comparison to one single phase comparison.
Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
THIS DOCUMENT IS The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be optical type. It shall
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion
FOR ORDERING

and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
standard device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

and compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned

communication department}.
The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either
locally or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not
DESCRIPTION

mal-operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc

disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through
relay panel, computer and from remote location must be possible. The relay shall be
equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation. The relay
shall have back-up distance, directional phase & ground fault and directional
NO.

1
3

comparison E/F protection features.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS For 380kV to be connected with one, two or three SUGT units each 380kV Cable/GIB
DATE: connection shall have independent protection IEDs for 87C1 and 87C2 protections.
CHK’D BY:

2.2.2 BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME.

APPROVED
Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection shall be
provided as the integral part Multifunction box Main 1 & Main 2 protection as stated
above.
The Protection IEDs for Back Up O/C and E/F Protection shall be multifunction
numerical type Protection IEDs with multi characteristic selections and IDMT,
Instantaneous and Definite Time setting
The relay shall have multiple time multiplier settings in the range of 0.05x to 2.5 or
more x in steps of 0.025. Its current multiplier setting range shall be in range of 5% to
240% of rated current in steps of 5%. The instantaneous unit (possible to deactivate
CERTIFIED
the same) shall have a range of 1 to 31 times relay pickup current setting on inverse
time delay unit. In case instantaneous unit is provided inherently in the relay, it shall
BY: be possible to disable the same at site. In order to avoid mal-operations, the
instantaneous element in ground fault relaying shall be set to 125% of maximum
DATE:

through ground fault current The relay shall have adequate number of contacts for
tripping annunciation, SOE, fault recorder and SCADA functions. Both time O/C & E/F
& instant units shall have separate outputs to energize trip lockout relays.
The complete Software for Protection/monitoring /control shall be loaded for
protection IEDs Multifunction numerical type Relays such that any function at any
time as and required shall be activated.
The 87C1 protection shall be connected with CT 7 and 87C2 shall be connected with
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR CT8 as stated in the above CT table
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
MATERIALS

ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends or single end.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either
locally or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not
mal-operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc
disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through
DESCRIPTION

relay panel, computer and from remote location must be possible.

For time synchronization IRGB Antenna shall be installed.
The integrity of the protection shall not be jeopardized by the inductive behaviour of
power system, which gives rise to decaying exponential offset during transient
conditions. Security of protection shall also be ensured with respect to the behaviour
NO.

1
3

of current transformers against external faults without any limitation caused by

REVISIONS
saturation & X/R ratio of up to 17, thus the CTs shall be checked & adequately sized.
ARS
Note: The sensitivity setting of protection Phase Segregated Current Differential
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: Relay; (87C-1) & (87C-2) shall be adjusted above the charging current in order to
ensure the protection stability and avoid any mal-operation due to the above feature.
APPROVED The two Numerical Phase Segregated Current Differential Relays; (87C-1) & (87C-2)
shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems.
The Alarm Indications shall be local (Station HMI), Remote CRCC through
communication gate ways and to Generating Station Micro SCADA station. Alarms
indications shall be as per the SEC specifications 38-TMMS-05 & TES-P-119-27
Note: The Protection Details for Generating Transformers and downstream
switchgear and the Generating units shall be as per the Protection
Requirements/specification from Generation Department. This document gives only
the protection Requirements of 380kV Cable connection up to bushings of Step Up

CERTIFIED
Generating Transformers.
The labelling and indications/alarms for this protection at substation bay control
unit/LCC, Control panel/Station HMI ( SCADA Micro station) and to remote CC and to
BY:

DATE: PP as required shall be provided and subject to National Grid approval. Reference
shall be made National Grid SA specifications 38TMMS-05 & TES-P-119-27. The
Signals to FR, SOE and other monitoring equipment shall be made as per National
Grid SA standards and as given in SAS Appendix XIV.

2.2.3 INTERTRIP SEND/RECEIVE SCHEME

In addition to above the Contractor shall install two Inter Trip Send Receive
Protection IEDs (85S1/85R1 & 85S2/85R2) working on F.O cable redundant
THIS DOCUMENT IS connection. These shall be IEC61850 compatible with PRP communication to be
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
integrated with SAS. The Inter Trip Send/Receive (85S1/85R1 & 85S2/85R2) IEDs
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND shall be from PED-C Relay Approved list.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC-61850 for operation
under electrical environment present in high-voltage substations, it shall follow the
latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.
DESCRIPTION

2.2.4 COMMUNICATION
The two fibre optic cables shall be laid along the rout off each 380kV Cable/GIB
connection between 380kV BSP Transmission Room for each SUGT. The Fiber optic
cables shall be (1310/1550 nm single mode with 12/24 fibers) or as recommended
NO.

1
3

by the Relay (Protection IED) Manufacturer and dedicated for protection. The two
REVISIONS
additional dedicated fibre optic cables (1310/1550 nm single mode with 12/24
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
fibres) shall be laid one each along the route of 380kV power cable circuit for each
CHK’D BY:
bay for I/T send Receive function. Before procurement the F.O Cable specifications
shall be got approved from Telecommunication department.
APPROVED

87C1 and 87C2 communication

The Communication between two end substations Relays shall be through 2 x pair of
dark fibres with speed of communication 2Mbps (or As per the Relay manufacturer
recommendations) one as a main and other as redundant. The offered Relays shall be
suitable to function satisfactorily under the Auto selection of above mode of
communications. Two dark Fibre pairs connected to the same set of two end 87C
relays shall be from two different fibre Optic Cables laid on two different routes.

Fibre optic Cables shall be connected between the two 87C relays though
CERTIFIED

communication room all hard ware and software required for Fibre optic
connectivity and proper functionality shall be provided under the scope of this
BY:

DATE:
project. For laying of Fibre Optic cables and their commissioning the Contractor shall
follow the relevant National Grid SA specification and the Telecommunication
Requirements Appendix VI.
Under the condition no Media converters shall be required for 87C Protection IEDs
communication.

Inter trip Send and receive Communication.

The inter trip send receive shall be on two systems

THIS DOCUMENT IS  Inter-trip send receive 1 on dedicated Optical fibre cable one (OLS system 1)
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING and on dedicated Optical fibre cable Two (OLS system 2).
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  Similarly Inter-trip send receive 2 on dedicated Optical fiber cable one (OLS
DATED

system 1) and on dedicated Optical fibre cable Two (OLS system 2)

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Contractor shall install Independent I/T S/R Receive Protection IEDs for
85S1/85R1 and 85S2/85R2 at the S/S end and at the Transmission room at PP
sending/Receiving I/T on Optical Fibre system. I/T Send/Receive IEDs shall be
from Relays approved list Latest version according to Relay Approved ordering
DESCRIPTION

code with dual port for communication between two end Relays one each on
Dark Fibre pair of two dedicated Fibre optic Cables for I/T send receive. Also
should have two additional dual active ports for communication with
substation Automation System on IEC-61850 communication protocol with
redundant communication (PRP).
NO.

1
3

 At both ends the Contractor shall install Conventional type 85R1 and 85R2
REVISIONS
Relays for Tripping the respective CBs. Initiation of CBF1 and CBF2 of the
ARS
Controlling CBs, Give local and remote Alarm and signal to FR and SOE. These
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: Relays shall be heavy Duty L/O type with Hand/Electrical Rest. Re-settable
from Remote CRCC also.
APPROVED

Each fiber pair and the fiber Optic shall be supervised.

For further details the Contractor shall refer to Telecommunication requirements

from Telecommunication Department.

2.2.5CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

We understand that synchronization of Generating units shall be on low voltage side

that is at 13.8kV CBs and the 380kV CB shall be closed on synch check function.
CERTIFIED

Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU. The BCU
shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing. If not satisfied
BY:

DATE:
then Independent 25M Relay shall be provided in the LCC.
 Voltage Difference Settable in range
 5-35 V in steps of 5V or less.
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole
fast or delayed closure of EHV lines.
 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
input for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Contractor shall provide external VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on
same Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC
such that in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to
close the CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from
DESCRIPTION

remote end first or from the local end first.

2.2.6 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

Protection IN/OUT switching facilities though Bi-stable Relay shall be provided for
each protection relay 87C1, 87C2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2. These facilities
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and shall be
operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI and at
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: remote Control Centre. A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the
CHK’D BY:
relay panel (IED Cabinet) to indicate when each protection is out of service. This
indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and
APPROVED
at Remote Control Centre via SCADA through communication gate ways. All the
outputs & Inputs from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch except
DC Supply. The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all
function requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use. All
used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.7 PANEL REQUIREMENT

CERTIFIED
At Substation End.

1. 87C1 & 85S1/85R1 and the associated Auxiliary equipment protection Panel.
BY:
2. 87C2& 85S2/85R2 and the associated Auxiliary equipment Protection Panel.
DATE:

3. 87TEE1 & 87TEE2 and the associated Auxiliary equipment protection Panel.
87TEE1 and 87TEE2 shall Electrically & Mechanically Segregated.

As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has
to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01
and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-
C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR be at least 20% spare windows for future use after commissioning. For SF6 gas each
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING phase of each gas compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for
MATERIALS

Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

windows. From bay Control unit all signalling shall be through Fibber optic/Ethernet
switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

At Power Plant End.

DESCRIPTION

1) 87C1 & 85S1/85R1 and the associated Auxiliary equipment protection Panel.
2) 87C2& 85S2/85R2 and the associated Auxiliary equipment Protection Panel.
3) Interface Panel.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
3. TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The S/S being 1½ breaker scheme and to have proper zones of protection the
Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection overlapping the 380kV Cable/GIB
APPROVED
Connection protection as detailed bellow:

The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV Generating Bays shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay
and the short section of the GIS arms. The contractor shall provide two sets of
dedicated unit protection at BSP for the Generating Transformer Bays.

This shall necessitate the provision of two (2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in the bay
matrix overlapping the two Generating Bay controlling CBs and 2 x 3-phase ring type
CTs on 380kV Cable bellow Cable Termination to bring the Cable Termination within
CERTIFIED
the zone of TEE connection protection. In case of GIB the CTs shall be installed in GIB
after 87C1 and 87C2 CTs to create overlapping zones of protection. In case of more
BY:
than one SUGT to be connected with same bay then TEE connection CTs shall be
DATE:
provided in each GIB/Cable connection Arm. Please refer to CT table below. These
shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone pf
protection. Two Numerical type multifunction High Impedance type differential
protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires and shall operate into first DC
tripping and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT supervision and shorting
and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided as per the SEC
standard specifications.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
The Contractor shall install independent CT supervision Relay may be conventional
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING type from Relay approved list latest version as per the Relay Approved Ordering
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Code. The CT supervision Relay should have Voltage & Definite time Delay setting
range 4-20V & 2-20 seconds respectively.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the 380kV Cable/GIB Connection
protection IEDs and shall be installed in the separate TEE connection protection
cabinets. The Protection IEDs shall be multi-function Numerical type High Impedance
protection as main function, IEC-61850 latest version Compatible and shall be
DESCRIPTION

integrated with substation SAS with full redundancy as per SAS specifications
Appendix XIV. The Protection IEDs shall have dual active port for redundant (PRP)
communication.
The Protection IED used for the TEE 1 and TEE 2 connection protection shall be an
intelligent, numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same
NO.

1
3

Protection IED unit. Transfer of analogue and other relevant information shall be by
REVISIONS
the reliable fibre optic communication medium.
ARS
Protection IED's shall be integrated in the SAS, utilizing the latest issue of IEC-61850
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: communication standard connectivity and functionality.

The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC-61850 for operation
APPROVED under electrical environment present in extra high-voltage substations, it shall follow
the latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.
It should be an integral part of the SAS; support remote control and monitoring from
CC/SCADA centres (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications Gateways.
The labelling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for remote CC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as
under:
380 kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated.

CERTIFIED
380 kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty.
380 kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
380 kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
BY:

DATE: TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.

TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.
The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380 kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via
an MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

THIS DOCUMENT IS The tripping from each separate 380KV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
FOR ORDERING

(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the associated circuit–

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

breakers, send inter trip to remote end 13.8kV circuit-breakers of Generating

Transformers through respective Disconnector in case connected to two/three step
up Generating Transformers, initiate alarms, indication and start the fault recorder
and signal to SOE.
DESCRIPTION

4. AT POWER PLANT SIDE PROTECTION.

The substation contractor shall provide & install protection panels & Protection
IEDs identical to the protection panels installed at 380kV BSP associated with 87C-1
& 87C-2 & inter-trip send/ receive Relays (85S1/85R1 & 85S2/85R2) All necessary
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS alarms and indications shall be provided in accordance with the above

PREPARED BY: ARS

interconnection. The required AC/DC Panels, Communication Panels, Annunciation,
DATE: Interface panels at Transmission room are under the scope of this Contract.
CHK’D BY:
The contractor of S/S shall be fully responsible for all CT wiring between respective
cores of bushing CTs on 380/13.8/13.8KV Generator Transformers to be installed
APPROVED
under this project to the main relays, installing, testing and commissioning of the
above protection panels.
As per the National Grid SA standard and as per PTS the Transmission room shall be
provided in the Power Plant premises by Generation Contractor. The 380kV BSP
Contractor shall install all protection Panels, required AC/DC Panels, Communication
Panels, Annunciation, Interface panels, SAS Panel in the Transmission Room at the PP
and test and commission the system. The end to end testing and commissioning of
380kV Cable/GIB connection Protection is the full responsibility of the 380kV BSP
Contractor.
The Generation Contractor shall be responsible for providing two cores of current
CERTIFIED

transformers on the 380/13.8/13.8KV Generator Transformers' bushings closer to

BY: the HV winding for 380kV Cable ' protections 87C1 and 87C2.
DATE:
Each CT installed shall have CT shorting & Isolation Facility as per the National
standards.
Each protection IED shall have test block for testing. The Relay.

DC Supplies

For Auxiliary supplies and DC control supplies to the Transmission room the
contractor shall install Sub DC DB as per the National Grid SA standard specifications
THIS DOCUMENT IS TES-P-119-30 (That is DCDB with DC System one and DC System 2). The DC system
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 1 and 2 shall be fed from the DC battery 1 and DC Battery 2 at the Power plant with
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 2x2 redundant power Cable circuits of adequate Size. Cable size shall be such that
DATED
each cable can carry the entire load of the Transmission room with safety factor of

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

not less than three. For designing the Sub DCDB the Contractor shall take in to
account the future loads also. In addition to above there must be 30% spare MCBs for
future National Grid SA use. For The Auxiliary Supplies also refer to the main PTS.
The ATS scheme shall be provided for DC System 1 and DC system two.
DESCRIPTION

The Voltage at the sub DC DB shall be maintained as per National Grid SA standard
specifications. Under voltage monitoring shall be provided. The sub DC DB shall be as
Per the National Gird SA specification 31-TMMS-02 & TES-P-119-30. All protection
supplies for Main 1 protection shall be fed from DC system 1 and all protection
supplies for Main 2 protection shall be fed from DC system 2. The Alarm indication,
NO.

1
3

Inter-trip sends Receive supplied shall be derived from the DC DB as per the National
REVISIONS
Grid SA standards. Each radially fed supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop
ARS
through independent DC supervision relay. The scheme shall be subject to SEC PED
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: approval.

APPROVED AC Supplies

The AC supplies for the Transmission Room the Contractor shall install Sub AC DB in
the Transmission room. The AC DB shall be as per the National Grid SA specifications
31-TMMS-02 & TES-P-119-30 and shall be fed from the PP Main AC DB through 2x2
redundant power cables of adequate size. The Voltage at the AC Bus of the AC DB
shall be maintained as per the National Grid SA Standards. Under voltage monitoring
shall be provided. While designing the Sub ACDB all future loads shall be taken in to
account. Additionally there should be 30% spare MCBs available in each category for
future use. There should be approach to Bus bar of ACDB from the front of the panel
for easy Maintenance.
CERTIFIED

BY: The AC supply to protection cabinets shall be either through 3-phase 4 wire ring fed
DATE:
from AC Bus 1 and AC Bus 2 with PN MCB with Auxiliary Alarm Contact in each panel
or the independent feeder to each panel though independent PN MCB at ACDB. The
AC load shall be evenly distributed on all the Three phases.

Complete redundancy shall be achieved for AC Auxiliary supplies and the DC supplies.

Communication

The Communication shall be as stated in the section 2.2.4 above.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
The Contractor shall install communication panels in the Transmission room for
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS communication requirements (Communication equipment) for 87C1 and 87C2
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Protection and Inter Trip Send/Receive Functions.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Fault recording.
The Built in Function of Main Protection IED shall be activated for Fault recording.
The Following Event and Analogue channels shall be wired to Main Protection IED
87C2 and data shall be Transmitted to Main Substation SAS through F.O Link between
DESCRIPTION

the transmission Room protection IEDs and the Data with specified IP Address shall
be available at Operator/Engineering Work Station at the S/S Control Room and
master stations at remote and can be extracted from the Engineering/Operator Work
Station or protection IED Locally through direct assess and remotely through Router
and SCADA RTU.
NO.

1
3

Channel Allocation
REVISIONS
Analogue: (SUGTs) Neutral Current - In- 2000A FSD.
PREPARED BY: ARS

Digital
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
1) 87C1 1 Trip.
2) 87C 2 Trip.
APPROVED
2) Back Up of Set 1 Protection Operated.
4) Back Up of Set 2 Protection Operated
5) IT Receive 1.
6) IT Receive 2.
7) 87TEE 1 Trip.
8) 87TEE 2 Trip.
9) SUGT Main1 Protection Operated. (For each SUGT)
10) SUGT Main2 Protection Operated. (For each SUGT)
11) SUGT B/U Protection Operated. (For each SUGT)
13) Turbine Main 1 Protection Operated. (For each Gas Turbine)
14) Turbine Main 2 Protection Operated. (For each Gas Turbine)
15) 13.8kV CB Trip for each Generating Unit

Integration with SAS

CERTIFIED

The Protection IEDs installed at Transmission Room shall be integrated with SAS. The

BY:
Contractor shall install SAS Panel at transmission room with Ethernet switches all
DATE: protection IEDs shall be connected with SAS Panel through redundant PRP
connection. All Conventional type equipment shall be integrated through
Independent I/O Boxes. The SAS panel at transmission Room shall be connected with
SAS at the 380kV BSP through Redundant dedicated F.O cables of adequate rating and
size. The F.O Cables for 87C1 and 87C2 and 85R1/85S1 & 85R2/85S2
communications shall not be used for this purpose.
Note: The Tripping of 13.8kV associated CBs of the SUGTs from Tripping Relays
and Inter-trip Receive Relays shall check the Status of the Respective Disconnector of
THIS DOCUMENT IS the SUGT. Vice Versa for Inter-trip Send (85S1 & 85S2) from the 380kV Cable
NOT TO BE USED FOR
Protection, Generator Protection & SUGT Protection etc to the 380kGV BSP
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Substation.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

5. INTERFACING WITH GENERATION PROTECTION.

The required interfacing between the PP and the substation shall be as per the
DESCRIPTION

mutually agreed by the two Contractors and SEC/NATIONAL GRID SA concerned

Departments. The Contractors are bound to implement the final decision from
SEC/NATIONAL GRID SA on any disputed matter.

To have clear Boundary between Generation Department and the Transmission

NO.

Department the Contractor shall provide interface panels for the PP interfacing. The
2

1
3

REVISIONS
all Control wiring / indications /alarms/interlocking etc from the PP to the Interface
PREPARED BY: ARS panel shall be done by the Generation Contractor. While all protection wiring control
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
wiring alarm indications/ interlocking from S/S up to interface panel shall be the
responsibility of S/S Contractor.

APPROVED
The S/S Contractor is responsible for end to end commissioning of the 380kV
Cable/GIB connection protection system. The Testing & Commissioning of SUGT and
Generating Unit shall be under the scope of Generation Contractor. Both the
Contractors coordinate with each other for end to end commissioning.

In normal case the synchronization of Generating units shall be at their associated LV

CB (13.8kV). For manual closing of 380kV CBs check synchronizing function shall be
25M. However for emergency synchronization of generations at 380kV CBs the
system synchronizer shall be installed at the substation.
CERTIFIED

The following is the boundary between Substation Contractor and generation

Contractor.
BY:

 All the tripping functions send from the protection at the PP for Gen.-
DATE:

Transformer and Generator which necessitate tripping of 380KV circuit

breakers at 380kV BSP be through send relays at the PP.
 All the tripping functions receive from the protection at 380kV BSP which
necessitate tripping of 13.8KV generators' circuit breaker(s) at the PP to the
receive relays at the PP.
 The Generation Contractor for new Generation Units shall provide the
Tripping Signals, Interlocking, Alarm Indications etc from new Generating
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Units to Interface panel. The Testing & Commissioning of new Generating
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING units shall be the responsibility of Generation Contractor.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Generation Contractor and Substation Contractor shall Co-Ordinate for over
all commissioning and bringing the new Generating Units on line.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 All Interlocking between 13.8kV System at the PP and associated 380kV

System at the Substation shall be provided by the Contractor through
interface panel to be provided under this project. All Control and indications
required at the PP for associated 380kV GIS switchgear and the protection
DESCRIPTION

and control shall be provided at the power plant as per mutually agreed by
the Generation and the NATIONAL GRID SA Transmission. Also Voice Versa
All Control and indications required at the S/S for associated 13.8kV
switchgear and the protection and control at the PP shall be provided at the
S/S as per mutually agreed by the SEC Generation and the NATIONAL GRID
NO.

1
3

SA Transmission.
REVISIONS
 The signalling for alarm indication and their integration with S/S SAS and
ARS
event & Analogue inputs to FDR system at S/S from the protection &
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: equipment to be installed at Transmission Room at PP by the Substation

Contractor shall be brought to station HMI through Fibber optic link or
APPROVED metallic wiring then to CC through station gateways.
 If 380kv BSP VT circuit & Status required at PP end then shall be wired up to
the interface panel by S/S Contractor and from Interface panel to the Power
Plant by Generation Contractor. And vice Versa if required for 13.8Kv VT at
PP Plant.
 Same as g above for Control and Status indications.
 This shall be the S/S contractor's responsibility for connecting the protection
signals of associated Generator-Transformer and Generator protection at the
PP to the above send and receive relays through interface Panel. From

CERTIFIED
interface panel onwards to Generation is the responsibility Generation
Contractor. Remote end CC signals from the equipment at Transmission
room shall be via substation SCADA RTU/Gate Ways. The Alarms indicates
BY:

DATE: and Control as per the Generation Requirement shall be provided to

Generation Contractor

6. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.

6.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.

Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip

THIS DOCUMENT IS
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR is present or not. Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed. Trip
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy
DATED
Panels.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

6.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

AT 380KV BSP
DESCRIPTION

The 380KV TEE Conn. Protection 1 and TEE Conn. Protection 2

86TEE-1Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

86TEE-1Shall initiate:
NO.

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

2

1
3

REVISIONS  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
PREPARED BY: ARS
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Send I/T on 85S1 & 85S2.
 Alarm/Indication.
 BCU.
APPROVED
 SOE
 Close Block of KX10/50 & KX30.

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

86TEE-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Alarm/Indication
CERTIFIED  BCU.
 Send I/T on 85S1 and 85 S2
 SOE.
BY:  Close Block of KX10/50 & KX30.
DATE:

a) Generator Transformer 380kV Cable/GIB Connection Protection Tripping Relays:

86C -1 Shall be operated from: 87 C -1

86C2 -2 Shall be operated from: 87 C -2

86C -1 shall initiate:

THIS DOCUMENT IS  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Send I/T on 85S1 & 85S2.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Alarm/Indication.
 BCU.
 SOE.
 Close Block of KX10/50 & KX30.
DESCRIPTION

86C-2 Shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
NO.

 Send I/T on 85S1 & 85S2.

2

1
3

REVISIONS  Alarm/Indication
 BCU.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 SOE.
CHK’D BY:  Close Block of KX10/50 KX30.

b) Inter-Trip Send Relays:

APPROVED

85S1 Shall be operated from:

 86 C -1, 86C-2, 86 TEE-1 , 86TEE2, 86CBF-1 KX10/50, 86CBF-2

KX10/50, 86CBF-1 KX30, 86CBF-2 KX30 .

85S2 Shall be operated from:

 86 C -1, 86C-2, 86 TEE-1 , 86TEE2, 86CBF-1 KX10/50, 86CBF-2

KX10/50, 86CBF-1 KX30, 86CBF-2 KX30 .

CERTIFIED
c) Inter-Trip Receive Relays:

BY:
85R1 Shall be operated from:
DATE:

 85S1 of the remote end.

85R1 Shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1 &2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1&2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Fault Recorder
THIS DOCUMENT IS  SOE
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Close Block of KX10/50 KX30.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS

85R2 Shall be operated from:

UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

 85S2 of the remote end.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

85R2 Shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1&2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1&2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
DESCRIPTION

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Alarm/Indication
 Fault Recorder.
 SOE.
 Close Block of KX10/50 KX30.

85R1& 85R2 shall be Self Rest with Flag Hand Reset.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
AT Power Plant END

PREPARED BY: ARS a) Generator Transformer 380kV Cable Protection Tripping Relays:
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
86C-1 Shall be operated from:
87C -1
APPROVED

86C -1 Shall initiate:

 Associated 13.8kV CBs of Connected SUGTs of the Bay trip coil 1.

 13.8kV Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 of Connected SUGTs CBs of the Bay.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 & 85S2.
 SAS.
 S.O.E.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Close Block of associated 13.8kV SUGT CBs

86 C-2 Shall be operated from:

CERTIFIED
 87 C -2

BY:
86 C -2 Shall initiate:
DATE:  Associated 13.8kV CBs of Connected SUGTs of the Bays trip coil 1.
 13.8kV Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 of Connected SUGT of the Bay.
 Inter-trip send via 85S1 & 85S2.
 SAS.
 S.O.E.
 Alarm/Indication.
 Close Block of associated 13.8kV SUGT CBs

b) Inter-Trip Send Relays:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
85S1 Shall be operated from:
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 86C -1 86C-2
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 From Generator Transformer & Generator Main & Back Up
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Protection & all other associated protections like CBF etc

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

85S2 Shall be operated from:

 86C-1 & 86C-2
 From Generator Transformer and Generator Main& Backup
Protection & all other associated protections like CBF Protection etc.
DESCRIPTION

c) Inter-Trip Receive Relays:

85R1 Shall be operated from:

 85S1 of the remote end.

85R1 Shall initiate:

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Associated 13.8kV CBs of Connected SUGTs of the Bay trip coil 1 & 2.
 13.8kV Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 of Connected SUGTs CBs of the Bay.
ARS
Fault recorder
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 SOE .
 Alarm /Indication local & Remote & PP.
 Close Block of associated 13.8kV SUGT CBs
APPROVED

85R2 Shall be operated from:

 85S2 of the remote end.

85R2 Shall initiate:

 Associated 13.8kV CBs of Connected SUGTs of the Bay trip coil 1 & 2.
 13.8kV Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2 of Connected SUGTs CBs of the Bay.
 Fault recorder
 SOE .
 Alarm /Indication local & Remote & PP13.
CERTIFIED
 Close Block of associated 13.8kV SUGT CBs

85R1& 85R2 shall be Self Rest with Flag Hand Reset.

BY:

DATE: 7. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

7.1 AT 380KV BSP.
a) In Bay Matrix.

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> TEE Connection
THIS DOCUMENT IS CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> CBF1 + CBF2
FOR ORDERING CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 4. CT4 3000-2000/1 Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> Spare
DATED
3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

5. CT 5 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection

Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2
6. CT6 4000/1A, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2
DESCRIPTION

b) CTs in the each GIS arm up to cable compartment for each SUGT cable
connection.

Designation
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. MRCT CT7 MRCTs 2000-1200-800-400/1A Cl. X, 380kV Cable Main One

NO.

Rct< 5 ohms, Vk> 2400V, Im< 25- mA Protection (87C-1) Built in

2

1
3

REVISIONS at Highest Ratio 50/51& 50N/51N

2. MRCtCT8 MRCTs 2000-1200-800-400/1A Cl. X, 380kV Main 2 Protection
PREPARED BY: ARS Rct< 5 ohms, Vk> 2400V, Im< 25 mA (87C-2)
DATE:
At highest Ratio. Built in 50/51 &
CHK’D BY:
50N/51N
3. MRCT CT9 MRCs 2000-1000/1A Cl. X, 0.2FS5, Metering
15VA at 1000/1A.
APPROVED

c) Ring type CTs on 380kV Cable bellow cable Termination/GIS CTs in case of
GIB.

Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.

CERTIFIED

7.2 AT POWER PLANT SIDE .

BY:

DATE:
CTs in the HV Bushing of the Step Up Transformer.

Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION
DETAILS
1. MRCT CT12 As Per Generation Department Transformer Main 1 (87T-1)
Requirement Protection.
2. MRCtCT13 As Per Generation Department Transformer Main 2 (87T-2)
Requirement Protection.
3. MRCT CT14 As Per Generation Department Back up Protection /Metering
Requirement
4. CT15 MRCTs 2000-1200-800-400/1A Cl. 380kV Cable Main One
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR X, Rct< 5 ohms, Vk> 2400V, Im< Protection (87C-1) Built in
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
25- mA at Highest Ratio 50/51 & 50N/51N
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
5. CT16 MRCTs 2000-1200-800-400/1A Cl. 380kV Main 2 Protection
DATED X, Rct< 5 ohms, Vk> 2400V, Im< 25 (87C-2) Built in 50/51 &
mA At highest Ratio. 50N/51N

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to
DESCRIPTION

enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions with out any
limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 17. The continuous thermal
Current rating factor of the CTs shall be 1.2 at 55C°.

8. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 3phase GIS VT:

PREPARED BY: ARS  Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
DATE:
 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
CHK’D BY:

 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

APPROVED GIS VT shall be installed before the Line Disconnector on BB Side. For VT and CT
specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

9. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-030. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-24**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 22
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-25.

380KV SPARE GENERATING BAYS FOR FUTURE

DESCRIPTION

SUGT CONNECTION PROTECTION

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 1. INTRODUCTION.

PREPARED BY: ARS 2. TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
APPROVED 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This document details the basic protection requirement for 380KV Spare bays for
Future Cable/GIB Connection to Step-up Generating Transformers (SUGT). The
DESCRIPTION

Protection requirements for the for the GIB/Cable Connection, Step Up Generating
Transformers protection and the Downstream Generating Units and their associated
Auxiliary equipment protection is not the Part of this Document.

The CBF1 and CBF2 protection Pole Discrepancy protection TCS Relays, shall be
installed as detailed in the respective sections of the PRS Appendix VII
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
Two Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE connection
ARS
Protection as stated in section 3.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
APPROVED

(appendix VII), in the PTS and the project sow.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to
meet the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
CERTIFIED

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
BY: Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
DATE:

requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
Specifications and Standards.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2. TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION.

The S/S being 1½ breaker scheme and to have proper zones of protection the
DESCRIPTION

Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection overlapping the 380kV Cable/GIB
Connection protection as detailed bellow:

The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV Generating Bays shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay
NO.

and the short section of the GIS arms. The contractor shall provide two sets of
2

1
3

REVISIONS
dedicated unit protection at BSP for the Generating Transformer Bays.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: This shall necessitate the provision of two (2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in the bay
CHK’D BY:
matrix overlapping the two Generating Bay controlling CBs and 2 x 3-phase ring type
CTs on 380kV Cable bellow Cable Termination to bring the Cable Termination within
APPROVED
the zone of TEE connection protection. In case of GIB the CTs shall be installed in GIB
after 87C1 and 87C2 CTs to create overlapping zones of protection. In case of more
than one SUGT to be connected with same bay then TEE connection CTs shall be
provided in each GIB/Cable connection Arm. Please refer to CT table below. These
shall be connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone pf
protection. Two Numerical type multifunction High Impedance type differential
protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires and shall operate into first DC
tripping and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT supervision and shorting
and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided as per the SEC
CERTIFIED
standard specifications.

The Contractor shall install independent CT supervision Relay may be conventional

BY:

DATE: type from Relay approved list latest version as per the Relay Approved Ordering
Code. The CT supervision Relay should have Voltage & Definite time Delay setting
range 4-20V & 2-20 seconds respectively.

These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the 380kV Cable/GIB Connection
protection IEDs and shall be installed in the separate TEE connection protection
cabinets. The Protection IEDs shall be multi-function Numerical type High Impedance
protection as main function, IEC-61850 latest version Compatible and shall be
integrated with substation SAS with full redundancy as per SAS specifications
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
Appendix XIV. The Protection IEDs shall have dual active port for redundant (PRP)
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS communication.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Protection IED used for the TEE 1 and TEE 2 connection protection shall be an
intelligent, numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same
Protection IED unit. Transfer of analogue and other relevant information shall be by
the reliable fibre optic communication medium.
DESCRIPTION

Protection IED's shall be integrated in the SAS, utilizing the latest issue of IEC-61850
communication standard connectivity and functionality.
The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC-61850 for operation
under electrical environment present in extra high-voltage substations, it shall follow
the latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
NO.

1
3

continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.

REVISIONS
It should be an integral part of the SAS; support remote control and monitoring from
ARS
CC/SCADA centres (SCADA Master Station(s)) via Communications Gateways.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED The labelling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator
panel/HMI (Micro SCADA), for remote CC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE
shall be as under:

 380 kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated.

 380 kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty.
 380 kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
 380 kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty
 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.

CERTIFIED
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed
BY:

DATE: from first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with
NC contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380 kV
TEE Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution
board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

The tripping from each separate 380KV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via
appropriate tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset
tripping L/O relay (86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil
THIS DOCUMENT IS of the local circuit-breakers, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end 13.8kV circuit-breakers of
FOR ORDERING

Generating Transformers through respective Disconnector in case connected to

MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

two/three step up Generating Transformers, initiate alarms, indication and start the
fault recorder and signal to SOE.

1.1 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

DESCRIPTION

Protection IN/OUT switching facilities through Bi-stable relay shall be provided for
each protection relay 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2. These facilities shall
remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and shall be operable
from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI and at remote
NO.

1
3

Control Centre. A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel
REVISIONS
(IED Cabinet) to indicate when each protection is out of service. This indication shall
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
also be available at HMI (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote
CHK’D BY: Control Centre via SCADA through communication gate ways. All the outputs &
Inputs from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch except DC Supply.
APPROVED The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use. All used
contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be marked
as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

1.2 PANEL REQUIREMENT

87TEE1 & 87TEE2 and the associated Auxiliary equipment protection Panel. The
87TEE1 and 87TEE2 shall Electrically & Mechanically Segregated.
As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has
CERTIFIED

to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as

detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01
BY:

DATE:
and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-
C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must
be at least 20% spare windows for future use after commissioning. For SF6 gas each
phase of each gas compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for
Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32
windows. From bay Control unit all signalling shall be through Fibre optic/Ethernet
switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix VIX.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

DESCRIPTION

Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip
circuits is available whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal
is present or not. Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed. Trip
NO.

Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy

2

1
3

REVISIONS
Panels.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY: 3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME

The 380KV TEE Conn. Protection 1 and TEE Conn. Protection 2
APPROVED
86TEE-1Shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

86TEE-1Shall initiate:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Send I/T on 85S1 & 85S2. (Future)
 Alarm/Indication.
CERTIFIED  BCU.
 SOE.

BY:
 Close Block of KX10/50 KX30.
DATE:

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

86TEE-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Alarm/Indication
THIS DOCUMENT IS  BCU.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Send I/T on 85S1 and 85 S2(Future)
FOR ORDERING

SOE.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 
DATED
 Close Block of KX10/50 KX30.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
a. In Bay Matrix.
Designation
DESCRIPTION

Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection

CT 1-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, TEE Connection
CT 2-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
4. CT4 3000-2000/1 Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Spare
Vk> 3600-2400V, Im< 25-35 mA
PREPARED BY: ARS 5. CT 5 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk> 1000 V, Im< 25 Bus-bar Protection
DATE: mA , Rct< 5 ohms. 87 BB2
CHK’D BY: 6. CT6 4000/1A, Cl. X; Vk> 1000V, Im< 25 Bus-bar Protection
mA , Rct< 5 ohms 87BB2
b. CTs in the each GIS arm up to cable compartment for each SUGT
APPROVED

cable connection.
Designation
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. MRCT CT7 MRCTs 2000-1200-800-400/1A Cl. X, Spare ( Future 87C1

Rct< 5 ohms, Vk> 2400V, Im< 25- mA Protection)
at Highest Ratio
2. MRCtCT8 MRCTs 2000-1200-800-400/1A Cl. X, Spare (Future 87C2
Rct< 5 ohms, Vk> 2400V, Im< 25 mA Protection)
At highest Ratio.
3. MRCT CT9 MRCs 2000-1000/1A Cl. X, 0.2FS5, Metering
15VA at 1000/1A.
CERTIFIED
c. Ring type CTs on 380kV Cable bellow cable Termination/GIS CTs in
case of GIB.
BY:
Designation
TYPE OF
DATE:
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. CT10 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct< 7-5 ohms, Vk> 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im< 25-35 mA Protection 2.

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to
THIS DOCUMENT IS enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions with out any
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 17. The continuous thermal
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Current rating factor of the CTs shall be 1.2 at 55C°.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

3Phase GIS VT:

DESCRIPTION

 Primary winging 380kV/√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

GIS VT shall be installed before the Line Disconnector on BB Side. For VT and CT
specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

DATE:

CHK’D BY: The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-031. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
APPROVED attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-25**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 8
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-26.

132kV SPARE BAY FOR FUTURE SVC

DESCRIPTION

PROTECTION

CONTENTS.

1. INTRODUCTION.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

ARS
2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SPARE BAY FOR FUTURE SVC PROTECTION.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.1 SVC CONNECTION PROTECTION.
2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
APPROVED

2.3 CBF PROTECTION.

2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
CERTIFIED

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
BY:

DATE:
6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 1
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This document details the basic protection requirement for 132KV spare bay
allocated for future SVC. It covers the SVC Protection Requirements Part I. The Main
SVC Components Protection and the SVC Step Down Transformer Protection is not
DESCRIPTION

the part of this document.

The SVC connection Protection shall be main 1 and Main 2. In addition to above CBF 1
& CBF2 Protection and TCS Relays etc shall be installed.
Two Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for SVC Connection
Protection.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: (appendix VII), in the PTs and the project sow.
CHK’D BY:
The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the
PED.
It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
APPROVED

specifications.
This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to
meet the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use after commissioning. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above
requirement then the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel
to integrate conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be
CERTIFIED
integrated with SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
BY: b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
DATE:
The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed shall be carried out
as per the National Grid SA specifications and Standards.

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SPARE BAY FOR FUTURE SVC PROTECTION

2.1 SVC CONNECTION PROTECTION.

The Protection IED used for the 87C 1 and 87C2 connection protection shall be an
intelligent, numerical, electronic device, with multiple functions, included in the same
THIS DOCUMENT IS Protection IED unit with High Impedance protection as main protection function.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND communication medium.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 2
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function by external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be
more than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-
DESCRIPTION

300V.
In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements
to avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt
resistors of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the
protection IED.
NO.

1
3

The systems shall be of the latest state-of-the art based on IEC-61850 for operation
REVISIONS
under electrical environment present in extra high-voltage substations, it shall follow
ARS
the latest engineering practice, ensure long term compatibility requirements and
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: continuity of equipment supply and the safety of the operating staff.
The Protection IEDs shall be integrated with SAS. It shall support remote control and
APPROVED monitoring from CRCC/SCADA centres (SCADA Master Station(s)) via
Communications Gateways.

The labelling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator

panel/Station HMI , for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as
under:
 132kV SVC 87C1 Conn. Protection-1 Operated.
 132kV SVC 87C2 Conn.Protection-1 Faulty.
 132kV SVC 87C2 Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
 132kV SVC 87C2 Conn. Protection-2 Faulty.
87C Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.
CERTIFIED

 87C Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.
BY:

DATE:
The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 132kV 87C Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 132kV 87C
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via
an MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

CT Supervision Relays for 87C Connection Protection

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each 87C

THIS DOCUMENT IS
connection protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR shall short and isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
time delay of 1-15 Seconds.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 3
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

If the SVC Transformer Connection length is more than 500Meters. Then Current
Differential Unit Type Protection shall be Installed at Substation Side and at the SVC
side. The Two Sets of 87C Relays shall communicate through Direct Fibre Optical
Cables with full redundancy. The Two End I/T S/R shall be through same set of
DESCRIPTION

Protection IEDs for the Cable Differential Protection. Scheme shall be subject to PED
Approval.

2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided through Bi-stable Relay for
NO.

1
3

each protection relay 87C1, and 87C2. These facilities shall remove the tripping
REVISIONS
outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and shall be operable from the Protection
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI and at remote CRCC. A white lamp
CHK’D BY: shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when each
protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
APPROVED SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
through IN/OUT switch. The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after
utilizing for all function requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for
future use. All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare
contacts shall be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION

The independent CBF1 and CBF2 protection IEDs with single stage activation shall be
CERTIFIED provided. The CBF Protection shall be multifunction IEC 61850 Compatible
Protection IED with Current check element and definite time Delay timer with

BY:
adequate Setting Range. The Protection IED shall From National Grid Sa Approved
DATE: Ordering Code and from the Latest Approved relay list. The Protection IEDs shall be
integrated with SAS. The IEDs must have dual active Port for PRP communication. All
Tripping Relays Operation Through the Controlling 132kV CB shall simultaneously
activate CBF1 and CBF2 Protections. The CBF Protection shall Operate through 132kV
BB Tripping scheme via Blocking Diode and Contact for Back Tripping as per the
National Grid SA specifications. Hence 86B Trip L/O Relay with Auto Rest Facility
and 86CBF L/O Relay H/E Rest shall be installed in the Panels. The Scheme shall be
subject to PED Approval.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
2.4 PANEL REQUIREMENT
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  87C1, CBF1, TCS1 and associated equipment.
DATED
 87C2, CBF2, TCS2 Relays and associated equipment.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 4
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has
to provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as
detailed in the National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01
and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED
DESCRIPTION

Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be
at least 20% spare windows for future use after commissioning. For SF6 gas each gas
compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be
noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay
Control unit all signalling shall be through Fibre optic/Ethernet switching
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
CHK’D BY:

3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION

APPROVED Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit
supervision for each Trip Coil such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not.
Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the Protection Panels.

3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

Tripping from each protection shall be via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow
and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation. It shall energise the associated trip

CERTIFIED
coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers; initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1
& 2 of the circuit–breakers, initiate alarms, indication and SOE etc. All tripping shall
be hard wired.
BY:

DATE:
SVC connection Protection Tripping Relays.
86C1 Shall be operated from: (87C1).

86C1Shall initiate:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 5
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 BCU.
 SOE.
86C2 Shall be operated from: (87C2).
DESCRIPTION

86C-2 Shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
 Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).

PREPARED BY: ARS  Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)

DATE:  BCU.
CHK’D BY:
 SOE.

APPROVED 86B BB Tripping Relay

86B shall be integrated with the 132kV BB Tripping Scheme and shall be activated
from the respective Zone of 87B .

86B Shall be operated from: (87BB).

86B Shall initiate:

 132 kV CB trip coil 1.
 132 kV CB trip coil 2.
 132 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CERTIFIED
 Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
 Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
BY:
 Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote).
DATE:
 Auto Reset Timer.
 BCU.
 SOE.

86CBF Shall be activated from: CBF1 and CBF2

86CBF Shall initiate:

 Close Block to 132kV CB.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Signal SVC Control System 1 ( Block Auto switching).
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Signal SVC Control System 2 ( Block Auto switching).
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
 Alarm/Indication (Local and Remote)
DATED
 BCU.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 6
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 SOE.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
CT Detail
DESCRIPTION

a) In 132kV GIS.

TYPE OF
No. Designation CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. CT1 3000-2000-1200-1000-800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 87C1 Connection
ohms, Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100mA at 800/1A CT Protection .
Ratio.
NO.

1
3

2. CT2 3000-2000-1200-1000-800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 87C2Connection

REVISIONS ohms, Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800/1A CT Protection .
Ratio.
ARS
3. CT3 3000-2000-1200-1000-800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 CBF1 + CBF2+FR
PREPARED BY:

ohms, Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800/1A CT

DATE:

Ratio.
CHK’D BY:

4. CT4 3000-2000-1200-1000-800/1A 15VA at Metering

APPROVED
800/1A 0.2 Fs5
5. CT 5 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk ≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 30 mA Rct ≤ Bus-bar Protection
6 ohms. Discriminative Zone
6. CT6 4000/1A, Cl. X. Vk ≥ 800 V, Im ≤ 30 mA Rct ≤ Bus-bar Protection
6 ohms. Check Zone

b) CTs in the HV Bushings of Step Down transformer for SVC.

TYPE OF
No. Designation CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION
1. ‫٭‬CT7 3000-2000-1200-1000-800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 87C1 Connection
ohms, Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100mA at 800/1A CT Protection .
Ratio.
CERTIFIED 2. ‫٭‬CT8 3000-2000-1200-1000-800/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 2 87C2Connection
ohms, Vk ≥ 1400V, Im ≤ 100 mA at 800/1A CT Protection .
Ratio.
BY:

DATE:
‫ ٭‬CTs shall be the Part of SVC Protection requirements Part II.
The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and
every Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the
Relay Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to
enable the associated protection to perform their intended functions without any
limitation caused by saturation and an X/R ratio up to 50. All CTs shall have
continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
3PHASE GIS VT:
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

Primary winging 132kV/√3 200VA

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 7
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
Star-Star-Star
For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.
DESCRIPTION

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-047. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
NO.

1
3

attached with the PTS.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: **END OF APPEDIX # E-26**
CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 8
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-027
DESCRIPTION

380 -230KV OVERHEAD LINE PROTECTION WITH

SHUNT REACTOR & WITH FSC.
CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: 1. INTRODUCTION
CHK’D BY:

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION

APPROVED

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME
2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT
CERTIFIED

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

2.4 SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION
BY:

DATE:

3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
3.3 INTER TRIP SEND & RECEIVE SCHEME.

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 9
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION
DESCRIPTION

This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV overhead line
protection with line shunt Reactor & FSC.

Four numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main line protection Two for
FPFM and Two For FPSM and each Set must be from different manufactures. Each
Protection IED shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in the same
NO.

1
3

protection IED’s unit.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE
DATE:
connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
CHK’D BY:
The Line Shunt Reactor Protection shall be provided as described in section 2.4. For
integration of Mechanical Protection of the Shunt Reactor with SAS one I/O box shall be
APPROVED

provided in the Protection Panels of Shunt Reactor.

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTS.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

CERTIFIED This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet
the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

BY: The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
DATE:
Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then the
Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate conventional
type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through
Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above. Full
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the 380-230kV
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED OHL shall fall the under the scope of this contract.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 10
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

The 380kV OHL protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the following
DESCRIPTION

Main multi functions: The Main 1 Comprises Protection IED Box 1 & 3 and Main 2
Comprises Box 2 & 4.

Box # 1: MAIN-1 & Box #2: MAIN-2.

xv. Phase segregated current Line differential protection as a main.
NO.

xvi. Distance protection

2

1
3

REVISIONS
xvii. Directional earth fault Protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS xviii. Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
xix. Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
xx. Circuit breakers fail Protection.
APPROVED xxi. Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
xxii. Fuse failure supervision.
xxiii. Direct Transfer trip
xxiv. Auto Reclosing.
xxv. Check synchronizing.
xxvi. FR & Fault Locator.
xxvii. Event Recorder.
xxviii. Disturbance Recorder.

CERTIFIED Box # 3: MAIN-1 & Box #4: MAIN-2.

BY:
i. Distance protection
DATE: ii. Directional earth fault Protection.
iii. Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current
protection.
iv. Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
v. Circuit breakers fail Protection.
vi. Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
vii. Fuse failure supervision.
viii. Direct Transfer trip
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR ix. Auto Reclosing.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS x. Check synchronizing.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
xi. FR & Fault Locator.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 11
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

xii. Event Recorder.

xiii. Disturbance Recorder.
DESCRIPTION

The Box 1 & 3 shall be from one Manufacturer and Box 2 & 4 shall be from Other Manufacturer.

Box # 5:
Under Voltage and Over Voltage protection IED having three independent settable
stages with adequate settable definite time delay for OV & three independent settable
NO.

1
3

stages for UV settings with adequate settable definite time delay . The UV & OV shall
REVISIONS
have adequate Settable Range.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.

APPROVED
2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

 Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential protection
and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main Functions ,

 Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores and one E
1 data channel to achieve the redundancy.

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using

'Fibber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type using

CERTIFIED three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar relay.

 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV &
BY:
EHV O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection shall be
DATE:
designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults and 3-phase
faults with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT principle to change
three single phase comparison to one single phase comparison.

 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
 Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3, 4
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR and more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input with its
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND own dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to provide reliable
DATED
protection not affected by transmission delays and communication switching etc. Multi-

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 12
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH or Low density or
medium density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.

 The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical type. It
DESCRIPTION

shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion
and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be
standard device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details
and compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication
department}.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally

PREPARED BY: ARS

or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-
DATE: operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc
CHK’D BY:
disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through relay
panel, computer and from remote location must be possible. The relay shall be
APPROVED

equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation. The relay shall
have back-up distance, directional phase & ground fault and directional comparison E/F
protection features.

 The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC & Inst). The
features for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone
protection .

CERTIFIED
 The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall have
self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules, memory
and other major components like power supply) as well as communication channel
BY:

DATE: supervision.

 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording
facility. All the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and
remotely through separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end
information and fault data along various states of the input quantities from the start of
the disturbance to end shall be available for last 3 records on non-volatile memory and
alarm/event data for last 10 alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  The relay ratings and ranges:
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 13
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 125DC or as per the S/S.

 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
DESCRIPTION

 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)

 Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

 The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
NO.

1
3

minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL

REVISIONS
&, MHO characteristic.
ARS
PREPARED BY:
 Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an X/R ratio of ≥40
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The 2nd main BOX # 2 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 1& shall be wired
from a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. Separate trip relays
APPROVED

and separate inter trip receive relays.

 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure ( VT MCB Trip) shall block the operation
of the distance protection.

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones.

 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current

reversal condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable
CERTIFIED
for two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each
zone shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.
BY:

DATE:
 For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below:

 Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic

Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring time shall
not exceed one cycle.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following additional
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING functions such as:
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Zone 1 ext. scheme
 Transfer trip scheme
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 14
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering

 Voltage circuit supervision
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking (including
reverse measurement elements).
DESCRIPTION

 All the additional logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-feed have
to be included ( current reversal guard), facility for single-pole trip, power swing blocking
function (with selectable zones)
 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding incase of requirement.
 Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines is to be
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS made available.

PREPARED BY: ARS

 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall be
DATE: suitable for activation by external binary.
CHK’D BY:
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for use in case
of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than 100ms.
APPROVED

 This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it should be
possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may be) with the
following requirements:

Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive signal initiated
from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others), also the carrier send signal
(CS) might be issued in parallel both from an overreaching zone and an under reaching,
independent tripping zone.

CERTIFIED
The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged while the
carrier send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the permissive signal
shall permit the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.
BY:

DATE: Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal CRG, must
always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence of the CRG signal for
a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as a CR signal, This shall enables
a permissive scheme to operate when the line fault blocks the signal transmission or a
coincidence of signal loss and the fault time occurs .The carrier received signal created by
the unblocking function is reset (150 ms after the security timer has elapsed. When that
occurs an output signal is activated for signalling purpose. The unblocking function is
reset 200 ms after that the guard signal is present again.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  Switch on to fault Feature:
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 15
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such cases
to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that only
external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch or breaker
DESCRIPTION

auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary

 DEF as Built-in function in MAIN- 1 Box & MAIN-2 Box:

 Shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have back up element
NO.

settings.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The relay shall
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the harmonics on the system or
CHK’D BY:
generated during CT saturation conditions.

APPROVED
Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for high
resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fibre optics, with echo-back feature
for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault level lines. The operating mode
shall be selectable for Permissive Over-reaching and Directional Comparison Blocking
Scheme. Features for preventing mal-operation of the relay under current reverse
conditions shall be provided. The protection, in cooperation with main distance
protection, shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating time of the relay shall
be such that transient faults do not get converted into permanent-faults. The protection,
in addition to providing instantaneous trip for 100% of the line length, shall provide
CERTIFIED definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such that remote backup trip facility shall be
available. However, above mentioned definite time delayed trip shall be wired through

BY: selectable link such that it can be removed or brought in as and when required by
DATE:
Company. The protection shall initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-
mechanically operated trip relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec.
The protection and all associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for
following additional functions:
 Annunciation at Station HMI
 SOE Alarm
 SCADA Remote Alarm
 Station fault recorder
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 Reclose initiation
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Reclose-Blocking
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Breaker failure initiation

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 16
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Carrier or Communication system signaling

Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate the
operation of the relay & faulted phase.
DESCRIPTION

The relay shall be provided with On-line testing facilities. The protection shall be suitable
for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The MTA or characteristics
angle of the relay shall be to match application and as approved by Company.

2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The Contractor shall install Multi-function Numerical Type Auto Reclose relay
PREPARED BY: ARS independent for Each Controlling CB or one common for two controlling CBs from
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
National Grid SA Latest Approved Relay List with approved ordering code.

 All 380 kV OHL Feeders shall be provided with Auto Reclosure feature.
APPROVED

 The scheme shall be tailored to meet the CB switching requirement associated with
Breaker and Half switchgear.

 The Reclosure of the line shall be through the Bus side CB (the leader) at first and after
the successful Auto Reclosing of the Bus side CB the middle CB (the follower) shall be
closed subsequently after the set time delay. If the Bus side CB failed to close the mid
CB shall automatically be blocked.

 Auto-Reclose of the specific circuit-breaker shall be enabled by protection provided that

immediately prior to the protection operation:
CERTIFIED

 The CB was closed,

 The “energy” input from respective CB’(s) indicate sufficient stored energy to
BY:

DATE:
perform auto Reclose cycle and
 Auto Reclose for respective CB is not switched out of service and is not lockout.
 In case of Double circuit fault Auto Reclosing on both the lines shall not be
allowed simultaneously.

 If the Auto Reclosure of Bus Side CB is out of service or the Bus side CB (X10/X 50) is
under maintenance and the line is energized only from the Mid CB(X30) then the first
Auto Reclosing sequence after the transient fault shall be switched to middle CB.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  The bus-side CB shall follow either live-bus/dead bus or Synchrocheck closing modes.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING The mid breaker shall follow the bus side breaker and close on synchronous check
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
condition. The Auto Reclosing of 2nd CB should have about 300-2000 m sec settable time
Delay.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 17
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 When two adjacent lines in the same bay of one-and-a-half circuit-breaker substation
arrangement are each controlled by auto-Reclosing relays, the auto-Reclosing schemes
of both lines shall be designed such that in the event of concurrent auto-Reclose cycles
DESCRIPTION

on both circuits, the middle CB shall Reclose only when the required conditions are
satisfied by auto-Reclosing relays of both the lines. IN case of 2nd Bay with other plant
primary equipment the AR of middle CB shall only be allowed when 2nd bay equipment
was in service prior to fault conditions on the OHL and not blocked from the protection
of 2nd bay.
NO.

1
3

 The Contractor shall install Auto Reclosure IN/OUT selection with While lamp for OUT
REVISIONS
indication at Protection Panel. AR IN/OUT selection shall also be possible from Station
PREPARED BY: ARS
HMI and from Remote CRCC, The IN/OUT indication shall also be available at Station
DATE:

CHK’D BY: HMI and at CRCC.

APPROVED
 Single IED for AR for two Controlling CBs in 1½ Breaker scheme can be accepted
provided it will Satisfy all the above stated requirements.

2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

 Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU provided
BCU shall fulfil the Following conditions. If not then Independent Protection IED shall be
provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.

 The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

CERTIFIED
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
BY:
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast or
DATE:

delayed closure of EHV lines.

 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT input
for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

 For Auto Reclosing the built in feature of the AR relay shall be adopted for Synchrocheck
function. No independent IED shall be required for check synchronizing.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such that
DATED
in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close the

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 18
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from remote
end first or from the local end first.

2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

DESCRIPTION

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities through Bi-stable Relay shall be provided for each
protection relay MAIN-1, MAIN-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
and at remote CRCC.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
PREPARED BY: ARS
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
DATE:

CHK’D BY: SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
APPROVED

 All the inputs &out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch
except DC Auxiliary Supply.

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use after.

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME

CERTIFIED

a. Communication for Line Differential Protection 87L1 & 87L2

BY:
 The Communication between two ends 87L Relays shall be as per the attached 380kV
DATE:
Communication Diagram Fig.#2.

 Main Communication shall be through Pair of Dark Fibber with speed of communication
2Mps and redundant shall be through 2Mbps Data Channel (E1-SDH).

 The Contractor shall Provide Media Converter to convert Optical Relay Output Signal to
E1 SDH (2Mbps) Galvanic Signal.

 To avoid any electrical interference the Media Converters shall be installed in the
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
Communication Room and the Contractor will provide install connect and Commission
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING the F.O cable between the Protection IEDs in the Control Room to Media Converters in
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED the Communication Room.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 19
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The two end Relays shall communicate on main F.O Dark Pair connection in case of
failure of failure of main connection the Relays automatically switchover to Redundant
channel. In case of restoration of main connection the communication shall be switched
back to the main.
DESCRIPTION

 In case the line length is greater than the recommended line length for the Offered
87L protection IED to work on Pair of Dark Fibber without repeaters then the
Contractor shall adopt Media Converters for Main and Redundant Communication for
two end 87L Protection IEDs. In this case the RXTX1 and RXTX2 shall be E-1
NO.

1
3

connection through Media Converters.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

b. Protection Signaling Equipment.
DATE:

CHK’D BY: b.1 The Protection Signaling Between two End Substations.

APPROVED  The distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1) and
distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-2) shall operate in
accordance with protection philosophy described in National Grid SA , Standards.

 The Distance protection of MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall work in permissive Over reaching
scheme.

 The directional earth fault function associated with MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be used for
permissive over reaching using protection signalling equipment.
CERTIFIED

 The protection signalling associated with MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1), MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-

BY:
2) and Intertrip Send/Receive system shall be arranged via sixteen channels using two
DATE: diverse OLS systems. The allocation of signalling channels shall be as follows:

 First Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-1

Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-1
THIS DOCUMENT IS Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-1
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND (21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 20
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-1

Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-1
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-1
DESCRIPTION

 Second Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection
Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-2
Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-2
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2

PREPARED BY: ARS

Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-2
DATE: (21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-2
CHK’D BY:
Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-2
Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-2
APPROVED

Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-2

b.2 Signaling Between Substation and FSC.

Because FSC shall be installed in between the interconnectors hence communication shall be
required between the fixed Series Capacitors and the substations. Hence additional PSE with full
redundancy shall be installed between the substation and the FSC. On detection of the Fault in
FSC it will send trip signal to associated local to CBs and Inter Trip to the remote end to clear the
CERTIFIED
Fault. Local Tripping and the remote Tripping shall be through two independent sources. If the
fault detected by the line protection fault being on the line then the protection at FSC station
and the protection at remote end shall send signal to FSC to close the Bypass CB then Trip the
line from two ends as per National Grid SA standards, after confirming that Bypass is closed and
BY:
Capacitor is discharged
DATE:

First Optical Line System.

Channel-1 First Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-1

Channel-2 First Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-1
Channel-3 First Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-1

Channel-4 Second Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-1

Channel-5 Second Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-1
Channel-6 Second Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS Second Optical Line System

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Channel-1 First Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-2
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Channel-2 First Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-2
DATED
Channel-3 First Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 21
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-4 Second Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-2

Channel-5 Second Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-2
Channel-6 Second Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-2
DESCRIPTION

Tripping from each separate 380KV OHL feeder protection FPFM & FPSM shall be via
appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation
and the FSC. It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate
the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end
circuit-breakers, send signal to FSC Bypass CB to Discharge Capacitor, initiate/inhibit Auto-
Reclosure of associated CBs, initiate alarms, indication and SOE etc.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS For more Details for Communication Equipment the Contractor shall Refer to Telecommunication

PREPARED BY: ARS

Requirements Appendix VI of the PTS.
DATE: Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and ratings.
CHK’D BY:
Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed clearing of faults
irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
APPROVED

The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due to
communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the required
features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote location must be
possible.

2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 The Contractor has to provide the following:

CERTIFIED

 MAIN-1 and associated equipment.

 MAIN-2, and associated equipment
BY:

DATE:
 AR , I/T SR, UV Relay and associated equipment.
 I/T S/R Panel between S/S and FSC.
 87TEE1 & 87TEE2 and associated equipment.
 87R1 & CBF1 and associated Auxiliary Equipment.
 87R2 and CBF2 and associated Auxiliary Equipment
 Grounding Reactor Protection PD Protection & TCS Relays for CB KX70 Panel.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in the
DATED
National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as recommended by

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 22
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C Approval. After allocation of all
alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at least 20% spare windows for future
use after commissioning. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas compartment shall have
individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit
DESCRIPTION

shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all signalling shall be through
Fibber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS covered under TEE connection protection.

PREPARED BY: ARS  The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
connected to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1 and
main two shall be fed from DC system 2.

APPROVED  To cover the entire portion of the GIS including cable termination/Cable sealing ends
for 380kV OHL bays one set of 2x 3 outdoor type CTs shall be provided at the end of GIS
each CT has two cores one for TEE protection main one and 2nd for TEE protection main
two. Before these CTs set of CTs shall be provided in the GIS for Main-1 & MAIN-2. So
that to achieve overlapping zones of the protection.

 The identical CTs shall be provided in the Hybrid CB of line Shunt Reactor and
connected with the TEE Protection CTs to Bring the Shunt Reactor Arm along with
Hybrid SR CB in the zone of TEE Protection.

CERTIFIED
 For the bays to be connected with Transformers the Bushing CTs of the Transformer
shall be utilized for TEE connection protection.
BY:

DATE:
 The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.

 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV OHTL Bays.

 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV OHL Feeders shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and
the short section of bus to 380kV OHL and the SR Arm with hybrid CB . The contractor
shall provide two sets of dedicated unit protection for the above feeders. This shall
necessitate the provision of two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix overlapping

THIS DOCUMENT IS the two line controlling CBs and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase out door CTs at each
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
connection end of 380kV OHL which shall also cover the line termination and also 2x3
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND CTs in the Line SR Hybrid CB. Please refer to above CT table a. These shall be connected
DATED
back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone. Two Numerical type High

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 23
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires and shall
operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT
supervision and shorting and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided.
DESCRIPTION

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the line protection IEDs stated above for
OHL protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets.

 While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series
Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be
NO.

1
3

more than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.
REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS  In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to
DATE:
avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
CHK’D BY:

of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

APPROVED
 The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty

 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty

 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.

 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

CERTIFIED
 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
BY:
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
DATE:

Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
(86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
breakers, block auto Reclosure, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the
associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end circuit-breaker, initiate
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 24
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.
DESCRIPTION

2.4 Line Shunt Reactor Protection.

The Line Shunt Reactor along with Hybrid CB shall have the Protection as detailed
bellow:
 The two sets of High Impedance protection shall be provided for the Line Shunt Reactor.
 The 2 x3 CTs before the SR CB and the 2 x 3 CTs in the neutral bushing before neutral
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS point of the SR shall be connected back to back to make a unit zone of the protection.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Shunt Reactor Main 1 (87R1) and Main 2 (87R2) Protections shall be multifunction
DATE:

CHK’D BY: Numerical type IED with High Impedance Protection as main function each from
different Manufacture.

 The complete Reactor protection panels satisfying NG-SA Specifications and as detailed in
APPROVED

this document shall be provided. It includes tripping Relays trip L/O Relays Intertrip send
receive Relays.

 The Inter-trip send from the reactor protection shall send I/T on 85S1-2 and 85S2-2 via
the Reactor Disconnector Auxiliary contacts. Each 87R1 and 87R2 shall activate its own
trip L/O Relay 86R1 and 86R2.

 Along with the 87R1 and 87R2 the Contractor shall provide Multifunction Numerical
Device with Back up O/C and E/F (50/51+50N+51N) as the main function and shall be
CERTIFIED connected with the CT 3 of the Hybrid/Dead tank CB Bay.

 87R1, 87 R2 shall operate through independent Trip L/O Relays and shall have
BY: independent Alarm and Indications for Operation and Relay Faulty. 87R1 shall be fed
DATE:
from DC System one and 87R2 shall fed from DC system 2. Each Radially fed DC supply
shall be supervised at the end of the Loop.

 The Contractor shall provide CBF1 and CBF 2 Numerical type multifunction Protection
IEDs for Shunt Reactor CB from two different Manufacturers and shall be connected with
CT-3 along with the FDR unit as indicated in the CT table above.

 Each Tripping Relays and Trip L/O relay operating through SR CB shall initiate CBF1 and
CBF 2 of the Controlling CB. Trip L/O Relays also provide close block of associated CBs.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
86R1 shall operate through Trip Coil one and 86R2 shall Operate through Trip Coil 2 of
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING the controlling CBs. 86BU (O/C & E/F) and 86GR shall operate through Trip Coil one and
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Trip Coil2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 25
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The CBF I and CBF 2 Protections of Hybrid/Dead tank CB shall operate through their own
Trip L/O relays 86CBF1 and 86CBF 2 and trip the Associated Controlling CBs of the Bay
Matrix, send I/T to remote on 85S1-2 & 85S2-2, give close block to the Line controlling
CBs, give local and remote indications signal to FR & SOE. The signals shall check the
DESCRIPTION

status of Shunt reactor that Shunt reactor Disconnector is closed and Shunt reactor is in
service condition. CBF1 shall be fed from DC system 1 and CBF2 from DC system 2.
 If SR Disconnector is closed then 86CBF1 and 86CBF2 shall send Intertrip to By Pass CB of
the FSC to close on OLS system 1 and OLS system 2.
 I/T shall be sent on 85S1[FSC] and 85S2[FSC]
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The Shunt Reactor Controlling CB shall have complete Trip Circuit Supervision as per the
PREPARED BY: ARS NG-SA standards. Independent LCC Panel and independent BCU shall be provided for
DATE:
Shunt Reactor CB. The Shunt Reactor CB if single pole Operated shall have Pole
CHK’D BY:
Discrepancy protection as per NG-SA standards.

APPROVED
 The Contractor Shall Provide 87GR for Grounding Reactor. It shall operate through 86GR.
G

 The Contractor shall provide 50G/51G GR, 51N & 64GR multifunction numerical type
protection IEDs as indicated in the attached Typical Protection Diagram. 50G/51G shall
Operate through 86R1 and 51NGR & 64GR through independent L/O relay.

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay 87R1,
87R2 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty
alarm and shall be operable from Protection Panels only with Back indications at Station
HMI and to remote CRCC through SCADA Gate Ways. A white lamp shall be provided for
CERTIFIED each protection on the relay panel and to indicate when each protection is out of service.
All the out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch. The Relays
selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function requirements
BY:

DATE: there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use after commissioning. All used
contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be marked as
spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

 Alarm indications shall be as per the SEC specifications 35-TMMS-05 and TES-P-119-27.
TES-P-107-08 and as recommended by the manufacturer.

 SOE point list shall be as per TES-P-108-20

THIS DOCUMENT IS  The I/T S/R if required as per the system requirement from the Line SR Protection shall
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
be intimated at the time of execution of specific project and shall be carried out.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 26
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Line Shunt Reactor CBF 1 and CBF2 shall send signal to BY Pass CB of the respective FSC.
It shall be wired up the PSE provided by others.

 86R1 and 86R2, 86GR shall Trip The Local Hybrid CB if required as per the System
DESCRIPTION

Requirement to Trip the Line locally and remotely then shall send signal to By Pass CB to
close. It shall be wired up the PSE provided by others.

The Shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection

 The Mechanical as per national Grid SA Specifications for Shunt reactor shall be as
follows:
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.

PREPARED BY: ARS  Pressure Relief Protection.
DATE:
 Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
CHK’D BY:

 Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.

 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.
APPROVED

 The Shunt Reactor shall have mechanical protection. Buchhalz shall operate through 86R2
Relay and Winding Temperature shall operate through self-reset Trip Relay.

 The shunt Reactor Mechanical Protection shall be integrated with SAS through
independent I/O Modules.

 Each shunt Reactor protection shall have independent Indication. CT supervision

shall also have independent Indication.
 87R1 Operated.
 87R1 faulty.
CERTIFIED
 87R2 operated.
 87R2 faulty.
BY:  Shunt Reactor O/C & E/F operated.
DATE:
 Shunt reactor O/C & E/F Faulty.
 87GR Operated.
 87GR Faulty
 51N NGR Operated.
 51NGR Faulty.
 64GR Operated
 64GR Faulty.
 Shunt Reactor Buchholz Stage I and Stage II Protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  Pressure Relief Protection.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING  Oil Temperature Stage I & Stage II.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  Winding Temperature Stage I and Stage II.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 27
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Any additional Protection Recommended by the Manufacturer.

 CT Open Circuit.
 CT Supervision Faulty.

 The Trip L/O Relays shall be Hand/Electrical Reset and Electrical Resetting shall also
DESCRIPTION

be possible from Remote through Station Gate Ways.

 The Tripping scheme for the OHL associated with shunt Reactors and FSC shall be
decided after the system detailed studies and required modification to implement the
scheme as per the system requirement. It shall be carried out as specific case.
NO.

1
3

DC Supplies
REVISIONS
The DC Supplies for Shunt Reactor shall be Directly Derived from DCDB system one ±R1 for
ARS
87R1 and from DC system 2 ±R2 for 87R2 via MCBs of appropriate rating with NC contacts
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY: for remote alarm. And Branched in the Protection Panel as per the NG Standards.
Set one protection and its Associated Supplied shall be fed from DC System 1 and Set two
APPROVED
Protection and its Associated Supplies shall be fed from DC System 2.
For 380kV Hybrid CB LCC Panels shall be installed as per the PTS. The Contractor has to provide
Annunciators in LCC panels as per SEC standards and as detailed in the Sec Specifications 38-
TMMS-05 , TES-P-119-27 and as recommended by the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be
subject to PED-C Approval. After allocation of all alarms as per the scheme requirement there
must be at least 20% spare windows for future use after commissioning. For SF6 gas each phase of
each gas compartment shall have individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be
noted that one Annunciator unit shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all
signaling shall be through Fiber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the SAS
Appendix XIV. Group Alarms shall be Available on station HMI s and to Remote CRCC through
SCADA gate ways.

CERTIFIED
Note: The Tripping of Shunt Reactor CB on line fault (Transient or Permanent) and from
Inter trip and vice versa shall be as per the system studies and as per the system
requirements at the time of detail engineering/Commissioning. The Contractor is
BY: responsible to modify the scheme as per the National Gris SA requirement. For remote
DATE: end Tripping if required the Contractor shall wire the signals from Tripping Relays to
I/T S/R Panels including I/T to FSC.

3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit supervision
for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy Panels.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 28
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Tripping from each separate 380KV OHL feeder protection MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be
via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at
the Substation.
 It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate
DESCRIPTION

the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter trip to
remote end circuit-breakers, initiate/inhibit auto-Reclosure of associated CBs, initiate
alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
 All tripping shall be hard wired.
NO.

1
3

A. Feeder Protection Tripping Relays:

REVISIONS

The MAIN-1 (87L-1+ 21-1 Zone 1+ 67N-1 Fast operating Zone) shall activate oneself tripping
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: Relay (94F-1) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the contractor shall
CHK’D BY:
install 2-3 Relays in parallel

APPROVED

94F-1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

CERTIFIED
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.

BY:
 Signal to FSC Bypass CB.
DATE:
 Alarm/Indication.

 SOE.

One L/O Relay (86F1-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the delayed
zones of FPFM (21-1) & (67N-1).

86F1-BU Shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 29
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.

DESCRIPTION

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.

 BCU
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Alarm/Indication.

 Auto reset timer.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Signal to FSC By Pass CB
CHK’D BY:

 SOE.

APPROVED The MAIN-2 (87L-2+ 21-2 Zone 1+ 67N-2 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one self tripping
Relay (94F-2) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the contractor shall
install 2-3 Relays in parallel.

94F-2 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

CERTIFIED
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

BY:
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.
DATE:
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.

 Signal to FSC By Pass CB

 Alarm/Indication.

 SOE.

One L/O Relay (86F2-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the delayed
zones of FPSM (21-2) & (67N-2).

86F2-BU Shall initiate:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 30
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.


DESCRIPTION

CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.

 BCU
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Alarm/Indication.
CHK’D BY:

 Auto reset timer.

APPROVED  Signal to FSC By Pass CB

 SOE.

The Self Reset Relays and L/O Relays shall be heavy duty and Relay capability is proven
according to the relevant circuit parameters and trip coil ratings. The L/O relays shall have
Auto Rest Facility

C. TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).
CERTIFIED

86TEE-1 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
BY:

DATE:
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 BCU
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 Alarm/Indication
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Signal to FSC By Pass CB

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 31
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 SOE.

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

86TEE-2 shall initiate:

DESCRIPTION

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

NO.

1
3

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

REVISIONS
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.
CHK’D BY:
 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.

 BCU
APPROVED

 Alarm/Indication

 Signal to FSC By Pass CB

 SOE.

86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.

c. INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME Between Substations.

The independent Intertrip Send and Receive Relays shall be provided. The I/T send Relays
shall be designated as 85S1-1, 85S1-2, 85S2-1 & 85S2-2. Similarly I/T Receive relays shall be
CERTIFIED designated as 85R1-1, 85R1-2, 85R2-1 & 85R2-2.

Inter-Trip Send Relays:

BY:

DATE: 85S1-1 Shall be operated from: 94F-1.

85S1-2 Shall be operated from: 86F1-BU, 86TEE-1, 86CBF 1, 86CBF2 & PD Stage II.

85S2-1 shall be operated from: 94F-2

85S2-2 shall be operated from: 86F2-BU, 86TEE-2, 86CBF1, 86CBF2 & PD Stage II.

Inter-Trip Receive Relays:

855R1-1 Shall be operated from Signal receive from: 85S1-1 of the remote end.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
85R1-1 shall initiate:
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 32
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

DESCRIPTION

 Fault Recorder

 Alarm/Indication.

 Reset Timer

 SOE.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 85R1-2 shall be operated from: 85S1-2 of the remote end.

PREPARED BY: ARS
85R1-2 shall initiate:
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

APPROVED
 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Fault recorder.

 Alarm/Indication.
CERTIFIED

 Reset timer.

 SOE.
BY:

DATE: 85R2-1 shall be operated from: 85S2-1 of the remote end.

85R2-1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Fault recorder.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Alarm/Indication

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 33
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Reset timer.

 SOE.

85R2-2 shall be operated from: 85S2-2 of the remote end.

DESCRIPTION

85R2-2 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Bock Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
CHK’D BY:

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

APPROVED  Fault recorder.

 Alarm/Indication.

 Reset timer.

 SOE.

d. INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME S/S and FSC.

85S1[FSC] and 85S2[FSC] shall be activated from all Tripping Relays 94F1, 94F2, 86BU1, 86BU2,
86TEE1, 86TEE2, 86PD, 86CBF1 KX30, 86CBF1 KX10/50, 86CBF2 KX30 & 86CBF2
KX10/50.
CERTIFIED

85R1[FSC] shall be activated from 85S1 of the FSC. 85R2 shall be activated from 85S2 of
BY:

DATE:
remote end.

85R1[FSC] &85R2 [FSC] shall initiate

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1.

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2.

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Bock Auto Re-closure CBKX10/KX50.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
DATED

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 34
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 BCU.

 Fault Recorder

 Alarm/Indication.


DESCRIPTION

Reset timer.

 SOE.

85R1[FSC] & 85R2[FSC] shall be L/O Type Tripping Relay with H/E Rest. E/R shall be possible
from Remote CRCC through SCADA Gate Ways.
NO.

1
3

For communication Channels Requirements for the inter trip send receive functions shall be
REVISIONS
forwarded to the Telecommunication Department well before time so that these can be
PREPARED BY: ARS
arranged.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

There must be Soft Ware Interlock along with Hard wired interlock by Wiring L/O Relays
APPROVED contacts to BCU.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
D. In Bay Matrix.
Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 1.
CERTIFIED 2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > TEE Connection
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 2.

BY: 3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > CBF1 + CBF2
DATE:
CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > Spare
3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk > 1000 V, Im < 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
Rct < 5 ohms. 87 BB2
6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk > 1000V, Im < 25 mA Rct Bus-bar Protection
< 5 ohms 87BB2

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR E. CTs in the GIS For Line Protection OHTL Bays.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Designation CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 35
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Sr. No.

1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- MAIN-1
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
DESCRIPTION

2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- MAIN-2+FR
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
3. CT9 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- Spare
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
4. CT10 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
F. Out Door CTs for TEE connection protection for all additional Bays
Designation
APPROVED TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT12 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- TEE Connection
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 2.
a) Shunt Reactor Hybrid/GIS CB CTs.

Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

CERTIFIED

1. 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Reactor Connection Differential

ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection (87 R1).
BY:
2. 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 1.6-0.8 Reactor Connection Differential
DATE:
ohms, Vk ≥ 600-300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection (87 R2).
3. 3X600-300/1A, 60-30VA, 5P20 50/50N+51/51N+CBF1+CBF2+
FR
4. 3X600-300/1A, 30-15VA, 0.2 Fs5 Metering
5. 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, Vk ≥ TEE Connection Protection 2.
2100-1400V, Im ≤16-25 mA
6. 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, Vk ≥ TEE Connection Protection 1.
2100-1400V, Im ≤16-25 mA

b) Line Shunt Reactor & Grounding Reactor Bushing CTs

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR Bushing Designation CURRENT
CONSTRUCTION OR TYPE OF
Sr. No. TRANSFORMER
PROTECTION
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND DETAILS
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 36
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. L-C-1 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare

380kV ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA

2. 380kV L-C-2 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare

DESCRIPTION

Bushing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-

300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
3. 380kV L.C-3 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Spare
Bushing ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
4. Reactor CT as per Manufacturer Winding
winding Design Temperature
( 49)
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
5. Three Phase N.C-1 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Grounding
neutral ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Reactor
PREPARED BY: ARS Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Differential
DATE: (3CTs) Protection
CHK’D BY: 87GR
6. Three Phase N.C-2 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Reactor
neutral ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Differential
APPROVED Bushing 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection
(3CTs) Main 1 (87 R1)

7. Connector N.C-3 3X600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct Reactor

Design CT in ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600- Differential
neutral 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA Protection
Bushing Main 2 (87 R2)
(3CTs)

8. Reactor (RG C-1) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 50G/51G + FR.

Grounding CT 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
9. Grounding ( NRG-C1) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 51NGR,
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
CERTIFIED
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
BY: 10. Grounding ( NRG-C2) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 87GR
DATE: Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
11. Grounding ( NRG-C3) 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct ≤ Spare
Reactor 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
Grounding 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
connection
CT
12. Earthing CT-GR 1X 600-300/1 A Cl. X, Rct 64GR
Connection ≤ 1.6-0.8 ohms, Vk ≥ 600-
( Body Earth 300V, Im ≤ 30-60 mA
THIS DOCUMENT IS connection)
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
DATED
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 37
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor
of 1.2 at 55°.
DESCRIPTION

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
3phase GIS VT:
 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA

NO.

Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

2

1
3

REVISIONS  Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

PREPARED BY: ARS
For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

APPROVED
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-048. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

**END OF APPEDIX # E-27**

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 38
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

APPENDIX #: E-028

380 -230KV OVERHEAD LINE PROTECTIONWITH-OUT

DESCRIPTION

SHUNT REACTOR with Future FSC.

CONTENTS
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 1. INTRODUCTION
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION
CHK’D BY:

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

APPROVED 2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.1 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING.
2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.
2.2.4 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
2.2.5 PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME
2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

CERTIFIED
2.4 SHUNT REACTOR PROTECTION

BY:
3 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
DATE:
3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.
3.3 INTER TRIP SEND & RECEIVE SCHEME.

4 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
5 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
6 DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 39
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

1. INTRODUCTION

This document details the basic protection requirement for 380-230KV overhead line
DESCRIPTION

protection with line shunt Reactor & FSC.

Four numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main line protection Two for
FPFM and Two For FPSM and each Set must be from different manufactures. Each
Protection IED shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in the same
protection IED’s unit.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Two additional Multifunction Numerical Protection IEDs shall be provided for TEE

PREPARED BY: ARS

connection Protection as stated in section 2.3.
DATE: The Line Shunt Reactor Protection shall be provided as described in section 2.4. For
CHK’D BY:
integration of Mechanical Protection of the Shunt Reactor with SAS one I/O box shall be
provided in the Protection Panels of Shunt Reactor.
APPROVED

The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTS.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet

CERTIFIED the exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
BY: Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
DATE:
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then the
Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate conventional
type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through
Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The testing and commissioning of new protection Panels installed as stated above. Full
THIS DOCUMENT IS testing, commissioning and end to end commissioning and Energization of the 380-230kV
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING OHL shall fall the under the scope of this contract.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 2. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE OHL PROTECTION

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 40
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.1 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.

The 380kV OHL protection IED’s shall be facilitated with; but not limited to the following
Main multi functions: The Main 1 Comprises Protection IED Box 1 & 3 and Main 2
DESCRIPTION

Comprises Box 2 & 4.

Box # 1: MAIN-1 & Box #2: MAIN-2.

xxix. Phase segregated current Line differential protection as a main.
xxx. Distance protection
xxxi. Directional earth fault Protection.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS xxxii. Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS xxxiii. Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
DATE:
xxxiv. Circuit breakers fail Protection.
CHK’D BY:

xxxv. Under voltage /over voltage; protection.

APPROVED
xxxvi. Fuse failure supervision.
xxxvii. Direct Transfer trip
xxxviii. Auto Reclosing.
xxxix. Check synchronizing.
xl. FR & Fault Locator.
xli. Event Recorder.
xlii. Disturbance Recorder.

Box # 3: MAIN-1 & Box #4: MAIN-2.

CERTIFIED

xiv. Distance protection

xv. Directional earth fault Protection.
BY:

DATE: xvi. Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current
protection.
xvii. Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection.
xviii. Circuit breakers fail Protection.
xix. Under voltage /over voltage; protection.
xx. Fuse failure supervision.
xxi. Direct Transfer trip
xxii. Auto Reclosing.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR xxiii. Check synchronizing.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING xxiv. FR & Fault Locator.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED xxv. Event Recorder.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 41
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

xxvi. Disturbance Recorder.

The Box 1 & 3 shall be from one Manufacturer and Box 2 & 4 shall be from Other Manufacturer.
DESCRIPTION

Box # 5:
Under Voltage and Over Voltage protection IED having three independent settable
stages with adequate settable definite time delay for OV & three independent settable
stages for UV settings with adequate settable definite time delay . The UV & OV shall
NO.

1
3

have adequate Settable Range.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: 2.2 FIRST MAIN & SECOND MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
CHK’D BY:

2.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

APPROVED

 Both the first & second main protections shall be utilizing current differential protection
and Phase Selectable Distance Protection and DEF Protection as Main Functions ,

 Each of the current differential units shall use two dedicated fiber optic cores and one E
1 data channel to achieve the redundancy.

 Longitudinal differential protection shall be based on current differential principle using

'Fibber-optic' as protection-communication media. It shall be numerical type using
three single phase comparison scheme in coordination with remote end similar relay.

CERTIFIED
 The protection shall be designed for fast operation and suitable for protection of HV &
EHV O/H lines and U/G cables in solidly grounded power system. The protection shall be
BY:
designed to detect all kinds of phase to Ground faults, phase-phase faults and 3-phase
DATE:
faults with or without earth. It shall not work on summation CT principle to change
three single phase comparison to one single phase comparison.

 Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and
ratings. Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed
clearing of faults irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.

 Where required the protection version shall be suitable for Multi-terminal lines (3, 4

THIS DOCUMENT IS
and more terminals as required). Multi terminal versions shall take GPS input with its
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR own dedicated antenna & receiver system for time synchronizing and to provide reliable
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND protection not affected by transmission delays and communication switching etc. Multi-
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 42
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

terminal relays shall communicate with each end relay via SDH or Low density or
medium density MUX via Optical to electrical converter.

 The relay output for remote end relay communication shall be preferably optical type. It
DESCRIPTION

shall have its own optical interface/output module. External optical to G.703 conversion
and other means as required by the Communication terminal equipment shall be
standard device and recommended for interfacing with the Multiplexer {The details
and compatibility with the Multiplexer may be checked with concerned communication
department}.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally

PREPARED BY: ARS

or remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-
DATE: operate due to communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc
CHK’D BY:
disturbances/switching. All the required features to test the relay locally through relay
panel, computer and from remote location must be possible. The relay shall be
APPROVED

equipped with all optional features and charging current compensation. The relay shall
have back-up distance, directional phase & ground fault and directional comparison E/F
protection features.

 The protection shall have Distance Protection feature & DEF feature as well as
Directional/non-directional phase & ground O/C features (both TOC & Inst). The
features for these functions shall be similar those specified for such stand-alone
protection .

CERTIFIED
 The relay shall have dual slope percentage restraint characteristics. The relay shall have
self-monitoring feature (to ensure operation of microprocessors, I/O modules, memory
and other major components like power supply) as well as communication channel
BY:

DATE: supervision.

 The relay shall have front LEDs, display panel and have Fault and event recording
facility. All the information on the relay shall be accessible locally from a PC and
remotely through separate communication network/LAN/MODEM etc. Both end
information and fault data along various states of the input quantities from the start of
the disturbance to end shall be available for last 3 records on non-volatile memory and
alarm/event data for last 10 alarms/events shall also be on non-volatile memory.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  The relay shall have features to send and receive other external & internal inter-trips.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  The relay ratings and ranges:
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Rating (In) 1A or as required per S/S.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 43
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 125DC or as per the S/S.

 Bias current setting ranges: 0.2-2In (0.5 step)
 Bias threshold current: 1-30In (0.5 step)
 Bias K1: 30-150% (5% step)
DESCRIPTION

 Bias K2: 30-150% (5% step)

 Accuracy range up to 30In
 AC CT circuit burden ≤ 0.1VA

 The Phase Selectable Distance Protection, shall have Selectable Characteristic, the
NO.

1
3

minimum number of the characteristics to be given should be two, i.e. QUADRILATERL

REVISIONS
&, MHO characteristic.
ARS
PREPARED BY:
 Both the IED’s should be suitable for operation on a system with an X/R ratio of ≥40
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 The 2nd main BOX # 4 shall be independent of the 1st main BOX # 2 shall be wired from
a different CT, and it shall use a separate DC tripping Circuit. Separate trip relays and
APPROVED

separate inter trip receive relays.

 VT supply supervision to be used , fuse failure ( VT MCB Trip) shall block the operation
of the distance protection.

 Power Swing blocking to be used for blocking all Zones.

 Current reversal guard to be used to prevent unwanted operation due to current

reversal condition depending on the circuit configuration.

 The Distance protection included in the IED’s shall be five zones of protection suitable
CERTIFIED
for two or three terminal lines with or without tapped off lines /or transformers; each
zone shall be adjustable for Forward or reverse looking zone.
BY:

DATE:
 For the purpose of this scheme the zones shall be as given below:

 Zone 1 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic

 Zone 2 - Forward looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zone 3- forward /Reverse selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic
 Zones 4&5 – Forward/Reverse Selectable looking quadrilateral Characteristic

Tripping Time for all zones shall be settable including zone -1; the relay measuring time shall
not exceed one cycle.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  The distance protection scheme should include but not limited to the following additional
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING functions such as:
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Zone 1 ext. scheme
 Transfer trip scheme
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 44
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Switch-on-to-fault feature –External Triggering

 Voltage circuit supervision
 Acceleration communication schemes such as PUTT, POTT, and Blocking (including
reverse measurement elements).
DESCRIPTION

 All the additional logics in case of parallel lines (transient blocking) or week in-feed have
to be included ( current reversal guard), facility for single-pole trip, power swing blocking
function (with selectable zones)
 Out of step tripping function for facilitating islanding incase of requirement.
 Provision for setting the mutual compensation when applied on parallel lines is to be
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS made available.

PREPARED BY: ARS

 At least three setting groups shall be available for Distance function and shall be
DATE: suitable for activation by external binary.
CHK’D BY:
 The relay to be supplemented with positive sequence memory voltage for use in case
of close up three- phase faults and shall be active for more than 100ms.
APPROVED

 This appendix supports the use of permissive overreaching scheme, (however it should be
possible to choose any acceleration scheme or other scheme as the case may be) with the
following requirements:

Permissive over reach scheme shall be implemented with the permissive signal initiated
from the forward looking over reaching zones (zone2/others), also the carrier send signal
(CS) might be issued in parallel both from an overreaching zone and an under reaching,
independent tripping zone.

CERTIFIED
The carrier send signal from the overreaching zone must not be prolonged while the
carrier send signal from zone 1 can be prolonged. The receipt of the permissive signal
shall permit the Zone 2 instantaneous tripping.
BY:

DATE: Carrier guard logic with unblocking scheme to be used the carrier guard signal CRG, must
always be present, even when no CR signal is received. The absence of the CRG signal for
a time longer than the setting (time Security) time is used as a CR signal, This shall enables
a permissive scheme to operate when the line fault blocks the signal transmission or a
coincidence of signal loss and the fault time occurs .The carrier received signal created by
the unblocking function is reset (150 ms after the security timer has elapsed. When that
occurs an output signal is activated for signalling purpose. The unblocking function is
reset 200 ms after that the guard signal is present again.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING  Switch on to fault Feature:
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 45
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The scheme must cater for the possibility of three phase “solid” fault occurring at the
relay location, due to possibility of maintenance earth switch left on the line, such cases
to be cleared by the “Switch on to fault” feature (SOTF), It is to be noted that only
external triggering of this SOTF is acceptable either through the closing switch or breaker
DESCRIPTION

auxiliary contact in addition to any starting signal if seen necessary

 DEF as Built-in function in MAIN- 1 Box 2& MAIN-2 Box 4:

 Shall work with Teleportation scheme in POR mode shall also have back up element
NO.

settings.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
 Numerical design, with electro-mechanical auxiliary tripping contacts. The relay shall
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: have wide setting range. It shall not mal-operate due to the harmonics on the system or
CHK’D BY:
generated during CT saturation conditions.

APPROVED
Single-phase, sensitive, for directional comparison earth fault protection for high
resistance ground faults using permissive schemes via fibre optics, with echo-back feature
for open-end line and weak in-feed features for low fault level lines. The operating mode
shall be selectable for Permissive Over-reaching and Directional Comparison Blocking
Scheme. Features for preventing mal-operation of the relay under current reverse
conditions shall be provided. The protection, in cooperation with main distance
protection, shall provide faulted phase indication. The operating time of the relay shall
be such that transient faults do not get converted into permanent-faults. The protection,
in addition to providing instantaneous trip for 100% of the line length, shall provide
CERTIFIED definite time delayed trip (0.0 to 2 sec) such that remote backup trip facility shall be
available. However, above mentioned definite time delayed trip shall be wired through

BY: selectable link such that it can be removed or brought in as and when required by
DATE:
Company. The protection shall initiate 3-phase-trip to all respective breakers via electro-
mechanically operated trip relay whose operating time shall not be greater than 10 msec.
The protection and all associated timers shall be provided with various contacts for
following additional functions:
 Annunciation at Station HMI
 SOE Alarm
 SCADA Remote Alarm
 Station fault recorder
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
 Reclose initiation
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Reclose-Blocking
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Breaker failure initiation

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 46
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Carrier or Communication system signaling

Manually resettable type indication (flag or LED) shall be provided to indicate the
operation of the relay & faulted phase.
DESCRIPTION

The relay shall be provided with On-line testing facilities. The protection shall be suitable
for CT and PT secondary current and voltages respectively. The MTA or characteristics
angle of the relay shall be to match application and as approved by Company.

2.2.2 AUTO RECLOSING

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS  The Contractor shall install Multi-function Numerical Type Auto Reclose relay
PREPARED BY: ARS independent for Each Controlling CB or one common for two controlling CBs from
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
National Grid SA Latest Approved Relay List with approved ordering code.

 All 380 kV OHL Feeders shall be provided with Auto Reclosure feature.
APPROVED

 The scheme shall be tailored to meet the CB switching requirement associated with
Breaker and Half switchgear.

 The Reclosure of the line shall be through the Bus side CB (the leader) at first and after
the successful Auto Reclosing of the Bus side CB the middle CB (the follower) shall be
closed subsequently after the set time delay. If the Bus side CB failed to close the mid
CB shall automatically be blocked.

 Auto-Reclose of the specific circuit-breaker shall be enabled by protection provided that

immediately prior to the protection operation:
CERTIFIED

 The CB was closed,

 The “energy” input from respective CB’(s) indicate sufficient stored energy to
BY:

DATE:
perform auto Reclose cycle and
 Auto Reclose for respective CB is not switched out of service and is not lockout.
 In case of Double circuit fault Auto Reclosing on both the lines shall not be
allowed simultaneously.

 If the Auto Reclosure of Bus Side CB is out of service or the Bus side CB (X10/X 50) is
under maintenance and the line is energized only from the Mid CB(X30) then the first
Auto Reclosing sequence after the transient fault shall be switched to middle CB.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  The bus-side CB shall follow either live-bus/dead bus or Synchrocheck closing modes.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING The mid breaker shall follow the bus side breaker and close on synchronous check
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
condition. The Auto Reclosing of 2nd CB should have about 300-2000 m sec settable time
Delay.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 47
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 When two adjacent lines in the same bay of one-and-a-half circuit-breaker substation
arrangement are each controlled by auto-Reclosing relays, the auto-Reclosing schemes
of both lines shall be designed such that in the event of concurrent auto-Reclose cycles
DESCRIPTION

on both circuits, the middle CB shall Reclose only when the required conditions are
satisfied by auto-Reclosing relays of both the lines. IN case of 2nd Bay with other plant
primary equipment the AR of middle CB shall only be allowed when 2nd bay equipment
was in service prior to fault conditions on the OHL and not blocked from the protection
of 2nd bay.
NO.

1
3

 The Contractor shall install Auto Reclosure IN/OUT selection with While lamp for OUT
REVISIONS
indication at Protection Panel. AR IN/OUT selection shall also be possible from Station
PREPARED BY: ARS
HMI and from Remote CRCC, The IN/OUT indication shall also be available at Station
DATE:

CHK’D BY: HMI and at CRCC.

APPROVED
 Single IED for AR for two Controlling CBs in 1½ Breaker scheme can be accepted
provided it will Satisfy all the above stated requirements.

2.2.3 CHECK SYNCHRONIZING.

 Synch-check relay for Manual Closing shall be the built in feature of the BCU provided
BCU shall fulfil the Following conditions. If not then Independent Protection IED shall be
provided in the LCC Panel for manual check synchronizing.

 The BCU shall have the following features for Synch-Check for Manual Closing:

 Voltage Difference Settable in range5-35 Vs in steps of 5V or less.

CERTIFIED
 Frequency Difference settable in range 0.005 to 0.05 Hz. In steps 0.001 Hz.
 Angle Difference Settable in Range 5- 35 Degrees in steps of 5 Degree or less.
BY:
 Synchrocheck function shall satisfy the requirements of single or three pole fast or
DATE:

delayed closure of EHV lines.

 Selectable conditions LL/DB, DB/LL, LL/LB with Synchrocheck etc.
 Having UV /OV Blocking Selection.
 BCU shall have independent VT input for Measurement and independent VT input
for Coming Voltage & Running Voltage for Check Synchronizing.

 For Auto Reclosing the built in feature of the AR relay shall be adopted for Synchrocheck
function. No independent IED shall be required for check synchronizing.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
 The Contractor shall provide VT Selection Scheme in case of Two Lines on same
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Diameter or one bay connected to OHL/UGC and other to SGT/SUGT/SR/SVC such that
DATED
in case one circuit is under maintenance the proper VT shall be available to close the

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 48
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CBs of the Diameter in different scenario whether the Line is energized from remote
end first or from the local end first.

2.2.4PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

DESCRIPTION

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities through Bi-stable Relay shall be provided for each
protection relay MAIN-1, MAIN-2, 87TEE Conn.-1 and 87TEE Conn. -2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
and at remote CRCC.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
PREPARED BY: ARS
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
DATE:

CHK’D BY: SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
APPROVED

 All the inputs &out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT switch
except DC Auxiliary Supply.

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use after.

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.2.5PROTECTION IEDS COMMUNICATION SCHEME

CERTIFIED

e. Communication for Line Differential Protection 87L1 & 87L2

BY:
 The Communication between two ends 87L Relays shall be as per the attached 380kV
DATE:
Communication Diagram Fig.#2.

 Main Communication shall be through Pair of Dark Fibber with speed of communication
2Mps and redundant shall be through 2Mbps Data Channel (E1-SDH).

 The Contractor shall Provide Media Converter to convert Optical Relay Output Signal to
E1 SDH (2Mbps) Galvanic Signal.

 To avoid any electrical interference the Media Converters shall be installed in the
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
Communication Room and the Contractor will provide install connect and Commission
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING the F.O cable between the Protection IEDs in the Control Room to Media Converters in
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED the Communication Room.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 49
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The two end Relays shall communicate on main F.O Dark Pair connection in case of
failure of failure of main connection the Relays automatically switchover to Redundant
channel. In case of restoration of main connection the communication shall be switched
back to the main.
DESCRIPTION

 In case the line length is greater than the recommended line length for the Offered
87L protection IED to work on Pair of Dark Fibber without repeaters then the
Contractor shall adopt Media Converters for Main and Redundant Communication for
two end 87L Protection IEDs. In this case the RXTX1 and RXTX2 shall be E-1
NO.

1
3

connection through Media Converters.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

f. Protection Signaling Equipment.
DATE:

CHK’D BY: b.1 The Protection Signaling Between two End Substations.

APPROVED  The distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1) and
distance & directional earth fault protection of MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-2) shall operate in
accordance with protection philosophy described in National Grid SA , Standards.

 The Distance protection of MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall work in permissive Over reaching
scheme.

 The directional earth fault function associated with MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be used for
permissive over reaching using protection signalling equipment.
CERTIFIED

 The protection signalling associated with MAIN-1 (21-1 & 67N-1), MAIN-2 (21-2 & 67N-

BY:
2) and Intertrip Send/Receive system shall be arranged via sixteen channels using two
DATE: diverse OLS systems. The allocation of signalling channels shall be as follows:

 First Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1

Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-1

Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-1
THIS DOCUMENT IS Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-1
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND (21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-1
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 50
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-1

Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-1
Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-1
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-1
DESCRIPTION

 Second Optical Line System

(21-1 & 67N-1) FPFM Distance + DEF Protection
Channel-1 FPFM DIST 21-1(POR) OLS-2
Channel-2 FPFM DEF 67N-1(POR) OLS-2
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Channel-3 First Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPFM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2

PREPARED BY: ARS

Channel-4 First Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPFM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-2
DATE: (21-2 & 67N-2) FPSM Distance + DEF Protection OLS-2
CHK’D BY:
Channel-5 FPSM DIST 21-2(POR) OLS-2
Channel-6 FPSM DEF 67N-2 (POR) OLS-2
APPROVED

Channel-7 Second Inter-Trip (Fast Zones FPSM & Auto Reclose) OLS-2
Channel-8 Second Inter-Trip (Delayed Zones FPSM & No Auto Reclose) OLS-2

b.2 Signaling Between Substation and FSC.

Because FSC shall be installed in between the interconnectors hence communication shall be
required between the fixed Series Capacitors and the substations. Hence additional PSE with full
redundancy shall be installed between the substation and the FSC. On detection of the Fault in
FSC it will send trip signal to associated local to CBs and Inter Trip to the remote end to clear the
CERTIFIED
Fault. Local Tripping and the remote Tripping shall be through two independent sources. If the
fault detected by the line protection fault being on the line then the protection at FSC station
and the protection at remote end shall send signal to FSC to close the Bypass CB then Trip the
line from two ends as per National Grid SA standards, after confirming that Bypass is closed and
BY:
Capacitor is discharged
DATE:

First Optical Line System.

Channel-1 First Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-1

Channel-2 First Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-1
Channel-3 First Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-1

Channel-4 Second Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-1

Channel-5 Second Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-1
Channel-6 Second Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-1

THIS DOCUMENT IS Second Optical Line System

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Channel-1 First Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-2
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Channel-2 First Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-2
DATED
Channel-3 First Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 51
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Channel-4 Second Signal to FSC for Closing of By Pass CB OLS-2

Channel-5 Second Inter-Trip from FSC to Trip the CBs at remote ends. OLS-2
Channel-6 Second Signal to FSC for opening of By Pass CB OLS-2
DESCRIPTION

Tripping from each separate 380KV OHL feeder protection FPFM & FPSM shall be via
appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation
and the FSC. It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate
the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end
circuit-breakers, send signal to FSC Bypass CB to Discharge Capacitor, initiate/inhibit Auto-
Reclosure of associated CBs, initiate alarms, indication and SOE etc.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS For more Details for Communication Equipment the Contractor shall Refer to Telecommunication

PREPARED BY: ARS

Requirements Appendix VI of the PTS.
DATE: Both end relays shall communicate with one another and shall have same version and ratings.
CHK’D BY:
Both end relays must operate in coordination simultaneously for high-speed clearing of faults
irrespective of whether the in-feed is from both ends and single end.
APPROVED

The Relay shall have serial communication facility to interrogate the relay either locally or
remotely. The relay design shall consider the signal delay time & shall not mal-operate due to
communication system delays/failures or auxiliary dc disturbances/switching. All the required
features to test the relay locally through relay panel, computer and from remote location must be
possible.

2.2.6 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 The Contractor has to provide the following:

CERTIFIED

 MAIN-1 and associated equipment.

 MAIN-2, and associated equipment
BY:

DATE:
 AR , I/T SR, UV Relay and associated equipment.
 I/T S/R Panel between S/S and FSC.
 87TEE1 & 87TEE2 and associated equipment.

 As per the PTS- LCC panels shall be installed for each Bay matrix. Then Contractor has to
provide Annunciators in LCC panels as per National Grid SA standards and as detailed in the
National Grid SA Specifications 38-TMSS-05, TES-P-119-27, Rev.01 and as recommended by

THIS DOCUMENT IS the manufacturer. The Annunciators shall be subject to PED-C Approval. After allocation of all
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR alarms as per the scheme requirement there must be at least 20% spare windows for future
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND use after commissioning. For SF6 gas each phase of each gas compartment shall have
DATED
individual alarm for stage I and also for Stage II. It shall be noted that one Annunciator unit

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 52
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

shall not have more than 32 windows. From bay Control unit all signalling shall be through
Fibber optic/Ethernet switching communication as stated in the SAS Appendix XIV.

2.3 TEE CONNECTION PROTECTION

DESCRIPTION

 380kV GIS being a 1½ breaker scheme the bay matrix and the GIS portion shall be
covered under TEE connection protection.

 The TEE connection protection shall also be duplicated main I and main 2 and
connected to two different sets of CTs. The main one shall be fed from DC system 1 and
NO.

main two shall be fed from DC system 2.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 To cover the entire portion of the GIS including cable termination/Cable sealing ends
PREPARED BY: ARS for 380kV OHL bays one set of 2x 3 outdoor type CTs shall be provided at the end of GIS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
each CT has two cores one for TEE protection main one and 2nd for TEE protection main
two. Before these CTs set of CTs shall be provided in the GIS for Main-1 & MAIN-2. So
APPROVED that to achieve overlapping zones of the protection.

 For the bays to be connected with Transformers the Bushing CTs of the Transformer
shall be utilized for TEE connection protection.

 The CT connections shall be hard wired even under SAS system.

 The Contractor shall install TEE connection Protection for the 380kV OHTL Bays.

 The TEE-Connection Protection Zone for 380kV OHL Feeders shall include the two
controlling circuit breakers {CB KX10 or CB KX50} & CB KX30 of the associated bay and

CERTIFIED
the short section of bus to 380kV OHL. The contractor shall provide two sets of
dedicated unit protection for the above feeders. This shall necessitate the provision of
two(2) sets of 2 x 3-phase CTs in bay matrix overlapping the two line controlling CBs
BY:

DATE: and one(1) set of 2 x 3-phase out door CTs at each connection end of 380kV OHL which
shall also cover the line terminals Please refer to above CT table. These shall be
connected back to back via the CTs bus wire forming the unit zone. Two Numerical type
High Impedance differential protection IEDs shall be connected to the CTs bus wires and
shall operate into first DC tripping and second DC tripping systems. The complete CT
supervision and shorting and isolating on detection of CT open circuit shall be provided.

 These shall be Separate protection IEDs than the line protection IEDs stated above for
OHL protection and shall be installed in the independent protection cabinets.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  While using numerical type current calibrated protection IEDs converting in to High
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
impedance function using external series resistors. The variable external Series

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 53
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Resistors shall be of adequate size so that the Relay Operating current shall not be
more than 100mA when voltage developed across the Relay is of the order of 50-300 V.

 In addition to above to achieve required sensitivity as per the system requirements to

DESCRIPTION

avoid mall operation of the protection due to external faults the variable shunt resistors
of adequate rating shall be provided across each phase element of the protection IED.

 The labeling and indications for this protection at substation Annunciator panel/HMI
(Micro SCADA), for CRCC through gate ways, fault recorder and SOE shall be as under:
NO.

 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 Operated

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-1 Faulty
ARS
PREPARED BY:
 380kV TEE Conn.Protection-2 Operated.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:  380kV TEE Conn. Protection-2 Faulty

 TEE Conn. Protection 1 CT Open circuit.

APPROVED
 TEE Conn. Protection 2 CT Open circuit.

 The 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE Conn. Protection-1 shall be fed from
first protection supply distribution board via an MCB of appropriate rating with NC
contacts for remote alarm. Similarly, the 125 volts DC auxiliary supply for 380kV TEE
Conn. Protection- 2 shall be fed from second protection supply distribution board via an
MCB of appropriate rating with NC contacts for remote alarm.

 The tripping from each separate 380kV TEE Conn. Protection shall be via appropriate
tripping system & each relay shall operate a hand/electrically reset tripping L/O relay
CERTIFIED (86TEE-1 or 86TEE-2) which shall energise the associated trip coil of the local circuit-
breakers, block auto Reclosure, initiate the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the

BY:
associated circuit–breakers, send inter trip to remote end circuit-breaker, initiate
DATE:
alarms, indication and start the fault recorder and signal to SOE.

CT Supervision Relays for TEE Connection Protection.

The Contractor shall provide independent CT supervision Relay for each TEE connection
protection. In case of CT open Circuit Detection the CT Supervision Relay shall short and
isolate the CT circuit. The CT supervision relays shall have settable time delay of 1-15
Seconds.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
3. TRIPPING CIRCUITS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING 3.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 54
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Independent Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be provided for trip circuit supervision
for each Trip Coil of each phase such that the monitoring of the trip circuits is available
whether the breaker is open or closed and whether the trip signal is present or not
 Trip circuit failure should be locally and remotely alarmed.
DESCRIPTION

Trip Circuit Supervision Relays shall be installed in the respective Pole Discrepancy Panels.
3.2 TRIPPNG SCHEME

 Tripping from each separate 380KV OHL feeder protection MAIN-1 & MAIN-2 shall be
via appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at
NO.

1
3

the Substation.
REVISIONS
 It shall energize the associated trip coil/Trip coils of the local circuit-breakers, initiate
PREPARED BY: ARS
the circuit breaker fail protection 1 & 2 of the circuit–breakers, send inter trip to
DATE:

CHK’D BY: remote end circuit-breakers, initiate/inhibit auto-Reclosure of associated CBs, initiate
alarms, indication and start the fault recorder, SOE etc.
APPROVED  All tripping shall be hard wired.

Feeder Protection Tripping Relays:

The MAIN-1 (87L-1+ 21-1 Zone 1+ 67N-1 Fast operating Zone) shall activate oneself tripping
Relay (94F-1) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the contractor shall
install 2-3 Relays in parallel

94F-1 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1

CERTIFIED

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

BY:

DATE:  Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.

 Signal to FSC Bypass CB.

 Alarm/Indication.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
 SOE.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING One L/O Relay (86F1-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the delayed
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED zones of FPFM (21-1) & (67N-1).

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 55
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

86F1-BU Shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

DESCRIPTION

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.
CHK’D BY:

 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.

APPROVED  Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.

 BCU

 Alarm/Indication.

 Auto reset timer.

 Signal to FSC By Pass CB

 SOE.

The MAIN-2 (87L-2+ 21-2 Zone 1+ 67N-2 Fast operating Zone) shall activate one self tripping
Relay (94F-2) of adequate # of contacts. If one Relay is not enough then the contractor shall

CERTIFIED
install 2-3 Relays in parallel.

94F-2 shall initiate:

BY:
 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
DATE:
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S1-1 on OLS system 2.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR  Signal to FSC By Pass CB
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Alarm/Indication.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 SOE.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 56
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

One L/O Relay (86F2-BU) hand /electrical/auto Rest shall be activated from all the delayed
zones of FPSM (21-2) & (67N-2).

86F2-BU Shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1

DESCRIPTION

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

NO.

1
3

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

REVISIONS
 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
CHK’D BY:
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 1.

APPROVED
 Inter-trip send via 85S1-2 on OLS system 2.

 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip send via 85S2-2 on OLS system 2.

 BCU

 Alarm/Indication.

 Auto reset timer.

 Signal to FSC By Pass CB

 SOE.

CERTIFIED
The Self Reset Relays and L/O Relays shall be heavy duty and Relay capability is proven
according to the relevant circuit parameters and trip coil ratings. The L/O relays shall have
BY: Auto Rest Facility
DATE:

TEE Connection Protection Tripping Relays.

86TEE-1 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-1).

86TEE-1 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

THIS DOCUMENT IS  Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 57
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.


DESCRIPTION

BCU

 Alarm/Indication

 Signal to FSC By Pass CB

 SOE.
NO.

86TEE-2 shall be operated from: (87TEE Conn.-2).

2

1
3

REVISIONS
86TEE-2 shall initiate:
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.
CHK’D BY:
 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

APPROVED

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 1.

 Inter-trip sends via 85S1-2 OLS system 2.

 BCU

 Alarm/Indication

 Signal to FSC By Pass CB

CERTIFIED

 SOE.

86TEE 1and 86TEE 2 shall be Hand/Electrical Rest type.

BY:

DATE:

g. INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME Between Substations.

The independent Intertrip Send and Receive Relays shall be provided. The I/T send Relays
shall be designated as 85S1-1, 85S1-2, 85S2-1 & 85S2-2. Similarly I/T Receive relays shall be
designated as 85R1-1, 85R1-2, 85R2-1 & 85R2-2.

Inter-Trip Send Relays:

85S1-1 Shall be operated from: 94F-1.
THIS DOCUMENT IS 85S1-2 Shall be operated from: 86F1-BU, 86TEE-1, 86CBF 1, 86CBF2 & PD Stage II.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 85S2-1 shall be operated from: 94F-2
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 85S2-2 shall be operated from: 86F2-BU, 86TEE-2, 86CBF1, 86CBF2 & PD Stage II.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 58
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Inter-Trip Receive Relays:

855R1-1 Shall be operated from Signal receive from: 85S1-1 of the remote end.

85R1-1 shall initiate:

DESCRIPTION

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

NO.

1
3

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

REVISIONS
 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:  Fault Recorder
CHK’D BY:
 Alarm/Indication.

 Reset Timer
APPROVED

 SOE.

85R1-2 shall be operated from: 85S1-2 of the remote end.

85R1-2 shall initiate:

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 1.

 380 kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2.

 380 kV CBKX30 trip coil 2.

CERTIFIED
 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

BY:

DATE:

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Fault recorder.

 Alarm/Indication.

 Reset timer.

 SOE.

85R2-1 shall be operated from: 85S2-1 of the remote end.

85R2-1 shall initiate:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 trip coil 2
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2
DATED

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 59
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX10 or CBKX50

 Initiate Auto Re-closure of CB CBKX30.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Fault recorder.
DESCRIPTION

 Alarm/Indication

 Reset timer.

 SOE.

85R2-2 shall be operated from: 85S2-2 of the remote end.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
85R2-2 shall initiate:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1
CHK’D BY:

 380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2

APPROVED  380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Bock Auto Re-closure CBKX10 KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.

 CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 Fault recorder.

 Alarm/Indication.

 Reset timer.

CERTIFIED  SOE.

h. INTER TRIP SEND RECEIVE SCHEME S/S and FSC.

BY:

DATE:
85S1[FSC] and 85S2[FSC] shall be activated from all Tripping Relays 94F1, 94F2, 86BU1, 86BU2,
86TEE1, 86TEE2, 86PD, 86CBF1 KX30, 86CBF1 KX10/50, 86CBF2 KX30 & 86CBF2
KX10/50.

85R1[FSC] shall be activated from 85S1 of the FSC. 85R2 shall be activated from 85S2 of
remote end.

85R1[FSC] &85R2 [FSC] shall initiate

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 1.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  380kV CBKX10 or CBKX50 BB CB trip coil 2.
DATED

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 1

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 60
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 380kV CBKX30 trip coil 2

 Bock Auto Re-closure CBKX10/KX50.

 Block Auto Re-closure CBKX30.


DESCRIPTION

CBKX10 or CBKX50 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 CBKX30 Circuit breaker fail 1 & 2.

 BCU.

 Fault Recorder

 Alarm/Indication.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 Reset timer.

 SOE.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
85R1[FSC] & 85R2[FSC] shall be L/O Type Tripping Relay with H/E Rest. E/R shall be possible
CHK’D BY:
from Remote CRCC through SCADA Gate Ways.

APPROVED

For communication Channels Requirements for the inter trip send receive functions shall be
forwarded to the Telecommunication Department well before time so that these can be
arranged.

There must be Soft Ware Interlock along with Hard wired interlock by Wiring L/O Relays
contacts to BCU.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
G. In Bay Matrix.
CERTIFIED
Designation
CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
Sr. No. TYPE OF PROTECTION
BY:

DATE:

1. CT1-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > TEE Connection
CT 1-2 3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT2-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > TEE Connection
CT 2-2 3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 2.
3. CT3-1 & 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > CBF1 + CBF2
CT 3-2 3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
4. CT4 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > Spare
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
3600-2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING 5. CT 5 4000/1, Cl. X. Vk > 1000 V, Im < 25 mA Bus-bar Protection
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED Rct < 5 ohms. 87 BB2

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 61
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

6. CT6 4000/1, Cl. X; Vk > 1000V, Im < 25 mA Rct Bus-bar Protection

< 5 ohms 87BB2

H. CTs in the GIS For Line Protection OHTL Bays.

DESCRIPTION

Designation
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS TYPE OF PROTECTION

1. CT7 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- MAIN-1
NO.

2400V, Im < 25-35 mA

2

1
3

REVISIONS
2. CT8 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- MAIN-2+FR
PREPARED BY: ARS 2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
3. CT9 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- Spare
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA
APPROVED 4. CT10 3000-2000/1A CL: 0.2.FS5 and 30-20VA Metering

I. Out Door CTs for TEE connection protection for all additional Bays
Designation
TYPE OF
Sr. No. CURRENT TRANSFORMER DETAILS
PROTECTION

1. CT11 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- TEE Connection
CERTIFIED 2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 1.
2. CT12 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct < 7-5 ohms, Vk > 3600- TEE Connection

BY:
2400V, Im < 25-35 mA Protection 2.
DATE:

The CT characteristics for MAIN-1 MAIN-2 shall match with the remote end.
The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor
of 1.2 at 55°.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
DATED
3phase GIS VT:
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 62
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA

 Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
 Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
DESCRIPTION

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-048. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
NO.

1
3

attached with the PTS.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:

CHK’D BY:
**END OF APPEDIX # E-28**

APPROVED

APPENDIX #: E-29
CERTIFIED
EHV-HV/MV STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER FOR
SVC PROTECTION.
BY:

DATE:

CONTENTS

3. INTRODUCTION

4. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER FOR

THIS DOCUMENT IS
SVC PROTECTION
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING 6.1 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
6.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 63
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

6.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.

6.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.
6.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT
DESCRIPTION

7 TRIPPING SCHEME.

8 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

9 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE:
1- INTRODUCTION
CHK’D BY:

This document details the basic protection requirement for Step Down Transformers for
SVC.
APPROVED

The Rating of Transformer shall be not less than 150% of the Total SVC Rating. The No. of
windings and Vector Group shall be as per the SVC requirement and Manufacturer Design
subject to PED-C Approval. HV/EHV side shall always be Star. In case of MV Delta the
Earthing Transformer of adequate Size and Rating shall be provided satisfying the Nation
Grid SA specifications 53-TMMS-02 Rev 01. If Auxiliary Supply shall be derived from the
Grounding Transformer then rating factor 2.5 shall be taken in to account above total
Auxiliary load while designing the Earthing Transformer.

If required NER adequate size and rating shall be provided to limit the Earth fault current.

Two numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main Transformer protection and
CERTIFIED
must be from different manufactures shall be used with multiple protection functions,
included in the same protection IED’s unit. Two additional Protection IEDs for HVREF &
LVREF. The Back Up Protections IED shall be provided as stated bellow.
BY:

DATE:
The usage of the multi functions of the protection IEDs shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant substation protection requirement
(appendix VII), in the PTs and the project SOW.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
DATED
Company Future use. In addition to above Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 64
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

the Protection Panel to integrate Transformer Mechanical Protection signals with SAS.
The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through I/O Box in the Protection
Panel.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
DESCRIPTION

b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

The following Alarms shall be integrated with SAS through SVC General Alarm
interface panels
a) I/O Box Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the I/O Box fail.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
ARS
Standards.
PREPARED BY:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE PROTECTION FOR HV-

APPROVED
EHV/MVTRANSFORMER For SVC.
2.2 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
Box # 1:MAIN-1 & Box2:MAIN-2shall have the following functions:
 Biased low Impedance differential protection.
 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 HV instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
 LV Standby Earth Fault Protection.
 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.
 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
CERTIFIED
 Over voltage , Under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
BY:

DATE:
MAIN- 1 & MAIN-2 shall be from two different Reputed Manufacturers.

Box # 3: HV REF Protection High Impedance type

 Instantaneous & time delayed Definite time Earth Fault protection.

Box # 4: HV REF Protection High Impedance type

 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
Box # 5: SBEF Protection.
 Instantaneous & time delayed Earth Fault protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND Tertiary Winding Protection.
DATED

In case of Loaded Tertiary

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 65
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Box # 6 Tertiary Winding O/C Protection 50T /51T

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
DESCRIPTION

 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.

Box # 7 REF
Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with High Impedance
Protection as main function.
NO.

Box # 8 50/51 & 50N/51N

2

1
3

REVISIONS Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with 50/51 & 50N/51N
PREPARED BY: ARS Protection as main function for Grounding Transformer OC & E/F Protection .
Box # 9 51N
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with 51N Protection as

main function for Grounding Transformer Earth connection protection .
APPROVED

In case of Unloaded Tertiary

Box # 6 Tertiary Winding O/C Protection 50T /51T

 HV instantaneous & time delayed over current protection.

 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection.
 Over voltage, under voltage, residual over voltage.
 Under frequency, over frequency and over excitation.
Box # 7 51N
Multifunction Numerical type IEC 61850 compatible with 51N Protection as
CERTIFIED main function for Tertiary winding Earth connection protection .

BY: 2.3 MAIN & BACK UP PROTECTION SCHEME

DATE:

2.3.1 PROTECTION SCHEME

The Transformer main protection shall be a numerical IED working on biased low
Impedance differential principle; it shall be suitable for the protection of Two- or
Three-winding transformers.
The numerical transformer IED shall be designed to operate correctly over a wide
frequency range and to accommodate a wide frequency variations without mal
functioning. The necessary adaptation to the current transformer ratios as well as zero-
THIS DOCUMENT IS sequence current elimination and to the vector groups shall be realized by the software
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING and shall not require any external Auxiliary Transformers (Interposers).
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 66
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The differential protection functions shall be provided with a 2nd and 5th harmonic
restraints to avoid tripping during magnetizing inrush. Inrush and CT saturation shall
not influence the differential function. The differential protection shall have an
adjustable restraint characteristic and be provided with an adaptive differential feature
DESCRIPTION

to maintain stability in case of high through-fault currents, especially for multi-circuit

breaker arrangements.

The un-biased high set function is to be added in the biased Differential

Protection.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
EHV-HV REF & MV REF.

PREPARED BY: ARS  In addition to Built-in feature of 87T1 and 87T2 the Contractor shall provide
DATE: Independent Restricted earth-fault protections High Impedance type shall be
CHK’D BY:
provided for HV and MV sides of the transformer.
 MV REF CT shall be in the grounding connection of the Grounding Transformer
APPROVED
in case of Star-Delta.
 Thermal overloads protections to be provided.
 The Multi-version terminals, shall further including over voltage, under
voltage, residual Over voltage, under frequency, over frequency and over
excitation protection shall be included.

Buchholz protection & Bursting plate protection

 Buchholz & bursting plate protections to be provided as per the transformer.

CERTIFIED
 All Other mechanical protections as per Transformer Manufacturer
Recommendations.
 All mechanical protections shall be integrated with S/S SAS through I/O
BY:

DATE: modules IEC61850 compatible with dual active port for redundant
communication.
 In order to provide convenient means of taking gas samples, the test Block of
the design shall be situated near ground level.

Over temperature protection

 Over temperature protection shall include oil temperature thermometer a
winding temperature thermometer or equivalent.
 The thermal image of the winding hot spot temperature shall use as a base the
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR top oil temperature.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
 The temperature rise of the hot spot over top oil temperature shall be
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED produced by a bushing type CT.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 67
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The two stage oil temperature sensor shall be used to initiate two stages of
alarms.
 The winding temperature sensor shall be two stages one for alarm and one for
tripping.
DESCRIPTION

 The temperature protection shall trip the LV breaker only self rest Relay 94T1
via a cutoff timer as per the SEC-standard. As per the SEC standard the Winding
Temperature stage 2 for tripping shall be set at 125 Cº. The Transformer shall
be designed to with stand such high Temperatures
NO.

Over Current & Earth Fault Protection

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection shall
PREPARED BY: ARS be provided both on HV & LV sides of the transformer as the integral part
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
Multifunction box Main 1 & Main 2 protection as stated above and should have
instantaneous with time Delay, IDMT and the definite time settings.

APPROVED
 The Setting ranges shall be adequate for the application. HV O/C and E/F shall
operate through respective 86T trip L/O Relays.
 The LV O/C & E/F shall operate through 33kV LV CB only through self rest
Relay 94T2.

Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm

 Standby earth fault protection & a sensitive neutral current alarm shall also be
the integral part of multifunction box of Main 1 & Main 2 protection and shall
take input from the Neutral Grounding connection CTs mounted on the
transformer LV neutral. Stand by earth fault shall operate LV CB of the
CERTIFIED
associated Main Transformer if fault is cleared then the scheme shall reset
otherwise trip the EHV Controlling CBs after a suitable time delay 50-70ms.
BY: The Neutral Current have settings range of 0.025-0.2A Secondary and shall
initiate alarm only.
DATE:

 In addition to above independent Protection IED shall be provided for SBEF

Protection as stated above and connected with Independent CT.
 Stand by Earth fault function shall have the adequate range and multi
characteristic selection settings.
Over Excitation Protection

The Over Fluxing dV/df shall be activated in the Main Protection IED 87T1 and 87T2
and have settable stages and used for Alarm indications.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
The Fire Fighting protection.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  The firefighting system is provided separately by others; however it should be
DATED

integrated with SAS for alarm only.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 68
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.3.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
87T1, 87T2.
DESCRIPTION

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 All inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DFC Auxiliary
Supply.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
CHK’D BY:
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
through IN/OUT switch.
APPROVED
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

2.3.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

 GT Maim 1 (87T1 & HVREF) protection + I/O Box.

 GT Maim 2 (87T2 & LV REF & SBEF) protection.
CERTIFIED

5. TRIPPNG SCHEME
 Tripping from each separate Main 1, Mani 2 and Back Up protection shall be via
BY:

DATE: appropriate tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at
the Substation.
 The 87T1 and 87 T2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays. In addition to
above the two Self rest Tripping Relays 94T1 and 94 T2 in the Protection Panels shall
be Provided.

 The 87T1, 50P/51P Buchhalz Stage II, HV REF shall activate 86T1 While 87T2,, SGT
Tap changer Protection, Any other Transformer Mechanical Protection recommended
by Manufacturer , MV REF shall activate the 86T2
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  MV OC ( 50S/51S +50NS/51NS shall Operate through 94 T1
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
 Winding Temperature shall operate through 94T2 .

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 69
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Stand By Earth Fault Protection operate through 86T2 Tripping relays .
 All tripping shall be hard wired.
a) Transformer Tripping Relays:
DESCRIPTION

86T1 shall initiate:

 132kV CB trip coil 1
 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the CB.
 Signal to SVC Controller to Block all operations.
NO.

1
3

 BCU.
REVISIONS
 Alarm/Indication.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
 SOE.
94T1 Shall Initiate
CHK’D BY:

APPROVED  132kV CB trip coil 1

 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 Alarm/Indication.

 SOE.

86T2 shall initiate:

 132kV CB trip coil 2
 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection1 & 2.
 Close Block to the CB.
CERTIFIED
 Signal to SVC Controller to Block all operations.
 BCU.
BY:
 Alarm/Indication.
DATE:

 SOE.
94T2 Shall Initiate

 132kV CB trip coil 2

 132kV Circuit breaker fail Protection.
 SOE.

86T1 and 86T2 shall be Heavy Duty L/O Relays with H/E Reset while 94T1 and 94T2
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR shall be the Self Rest with Flag Hand rest heavy duty type.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 70
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

CTs in the Bushing of the Transformer.

A- for 132kV Connection
S. No. CT Particulars Purpose
In EHV/HV Bushings.
DESCRIPTION

1. CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ Main1 Protection 87T1

50mA at 1200/1A.
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ Main2 Protection 87T2
50mA at 1200/1A.
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ HV REF Protection
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 50mA at 1200/1A. 64HV

PREPARED BY: ARS 3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, Vk ≥ 2100- 380kV Connection
Protection 87C2
DATE:

CHK’D BY: 1400V, Im ≤ 16-25 mA

3000-2000/1A Cl. X, Rct ≤ 7-5 ohms, Vk ≥ 2100- 380kV Connection
APPROVED
1400V, Im ≤ 16-25 mA Protection 87C1

CT 3000-2000-1200-/1A, Cl: 0,2FS5 10 VA at Metering

1200/1A

Tertiary Winding & Grounding Transformer.

800-400-200/1A 5P20 15VA at 200/1CT Ratio Inside Delta
50/51 Tertiary
800-400-200/1A 15VA at 200/1A Ratio Out Side Delta
51N Tertiary.
CERTIFIED
800-400-200/1A 15VA at 200/1A Ratio Grounding Transformer
50/51 & 50N/51N
BY:
800/1A Class PX Vkp Vk≥500V, Rct≤1, Im ≤ 50mA Grounding Transformer
DATE:
at 800/1A
REF

EHV/HV Neutral connection with earth.

3 CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, For HV REF +SBEF
Rct≤3, Im ≤ 100mA at 1200/1A Protection (Box 1).
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ For HV REF + SBEF
100mA at 1200/1A Protection (Box 2).
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ For HV REF Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 100mA at 1200/1A (Box 3).
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
In MV Bushings.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 71
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

16000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤16, MV BB Protection Set

Im≤30 mA. one
16000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤16, MV BB Protection Set
Im≤30 mA. two
DESCRIPTION

16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, MV REF Box 4

Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A.
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, 87T2 & MV REF Built in
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. function
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, 87T1 & MV REF Built in
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. function

PREPARED BY: ARS

DATE: 16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.0.2 FS5 10VA at Metering
10000/1A
CHK’D BY:

APPROVED
In MV Neutral connection with /Grounding Transformer/NER).
4
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, For MV REF + SBEF
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. Protection (Box 1).
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, For MV REF + SBEF
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. Protection (Box 2).
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, MV REF Box 4
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A.
˚3000-1500/1A, CL 5P20 15VA @1500A SBEF+NCA
CERTIFIED

3000-1500/1A, CL 5P20 15VA @1500A Spare

B- for 380kV Connection

BY:

DATE:

S. No. CT Particulars Purpose

In EHV/HV Bushings.
1. CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ Main1 Protection 87T1
50mA at 1200/1A.
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ Main2 Protection 87T2
50mA at 1200/1A.
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ HV REF Protection
THIS DOCUMENT IS 50mA at 1200/1A. 64HV
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: 0,2FS5 10 VA at 1200/1A Metering
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 72
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

3000-2000-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥3600V-2400V, Rct≤7-5, 380kV Connection

Im ≤ 25-35mA. Protection 87TEE2
3000-2000-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥3600V-2400V, Rct≤7-5, 380kV Connection
Im ≤ 25-35mA.
Protection 87TEE1
DESCRIPTION

Tertiary Winding & Grounding Transformer.

800-400-200/1A 5P20 15VA at 200/1CT Ratio Inside Delta
50/51 Tertiary
800-400-200/1A 15VA at 200/1A Ratio Out Side Delta
NO.

1
3

51N Tertiary.
REVISIONS
800-400-200/1A 15VA at 200/1A Ratio Grounding Transformer
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 50/51 & 50N/51N
CHK’D BY:
800/1A Class PX Vkp Vk≥500V, Rct≤1, Im ≤ 50mA Grounding Transformer
at 800/1A
REF
APPROVED

EHV/HV Neutral connection with earth.

3 CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, For HV REF +SBEF
Rct≤3, Im ≤ 100mA at 1200/1A Protection (Box 1).
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ For HV REF + SBEF
100mA at 1200/1A Protection (Box 2).
CT 2000-1200-/1A, Cl: X, Vk≥1000V, Rct≤3, Im ≤ For HV REF Protection
100mA at 1200/1A (Box 3).

CERTIFIED
In MV Bushings.
16000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤16, MV BB Protection Set
BY:
Im≤30 mA. one
DATE:

16000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤16, MV BB Protection Set

Im≤30 mA. two
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, MV REF Box 4
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A.
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, 87T2 & MV REF Built in
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. function
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, 87T1 & MV REF Built in

THIS DOCUMENT IS Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. function

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND 16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.0.2 FS5 10VA at Metering
DATED
10000/1A

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 73
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

In MV Neutral connection with /Grounding Transformer/NER).

4
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, For MV REF + SBEF
DESCRIPTION

Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. Protection (Box 1).

16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, For MV REF + SBEF
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A. Protection (Box 2).
16000-12000-10000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤10, MV REF Box 4
Im≤25 mA at 10000/1A.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS ˚3000-1500/1A, CL 5P20 15VA @1500A SBEF+NCA

3000-1500/1A, CL 5P20 15VA @1500A Spare
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
CTs for Tertiary Winding and associated Grounding Transformer
‫ ٭‬Grounding Current shall be limited to 3000A by Grounding Transformer/NER
APPROVED

The above shall be considered a minimum requirement but in all cases the each and every
Protection core CT must be justified for the requirement in accordance with the Relay
Manufactures recommendations. The CT’s shall have adequate performance to enable the
associated protection to perform their intended functions without any limitation caused by
saturation and an X/R ratio up to 40. All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating
factor of 1.2 at 55°.

CERTIFIED
5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS the GIS.
a. For 132kv Bay
BY:

DATE: 132kV 3phase GIS VT:

Primary winging 132kV//√3 200VA
Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.

b. For 380kV Bay

380kV 3phase GIS VT:

Primary winging 380kV//√3 200VA
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
Secondary winding one 115V/√3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS Secondary winding Two 115V/√ 3 100VA Class. 0.2/3P.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 74
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

MV Side VT to be installed under this contract.

Rated Primary Voltage LV √3kV
DESCRIPTION

Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 110/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;

Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 110/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
Rated Output 40VA per each Secondary winding

For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:
The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
CHK’D BY:
OPDS-XXX-48. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
APPROVED

**END OF APPEDIX # E-29**

APPENDIX #: E-30
CERTIFIED

BY:
MV SVC BUS BAR PROTECTION
DATE:

CONTENTS

3. INTRODUCTION

4. THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
4.1 MAIN PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
4.2 MAIN PROTECTION SCHEME.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
4.2.1 PROTECTION SCHEME.
DATED
4.2.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 75
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

4.2.3 PANEL REQUIREMENT

5 TRIPPING CIRCUITS.
DESCRIPTION

5.1 TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION.

5.2 TRIPPING SCHEME.

6 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: 6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

1- INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for MV Side SVC BB Protection
This shall be high-impedance type differential protection covering

 Voltage Source Convertor (VSC) feeder

 Capacitor bank feeder of each of filters

 Thyristor Switched Capacitor(s) (TSC) feeder

CERTIFIED  Thyristor Controlled Reactors(s) (TCR) feeder

 SVC auxiliary transformer feeder

BY:

DATE:
 Grounding Transformer feeder

 Bushing of MV side of power transformers

The numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main BB protection shall be used
with multiple protection functions, included in the same protection IED unit.
There must be two Sets of protection 87BB1 and 87BB2 from two Different Manufacturers
and shall be connected on two Different Set of CTs.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA
DATED
specifications.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 76
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
DESCRIPTION

Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
NO.

1
3

a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)

REVISIONS
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
CHK’D BY:
Standards.

APPROVED

2- THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BUS BAR PROTECTION.

2.3 MAIN FEATURE OF PROTECTION IED FUNCTIONS

The Protection IED used for the double bus bar protection should be an intelligent,
phase selectable, numerical, electronic device, with multiple protection functions,
included in the same Protection IED unit and shall be facilitated with; but not limited to
the following Main multi functions:
The Box 1 and Box two shall be with following Functions but from two Different

CERTIFIED
Manufacturers.
 Phase segregated; circulating current high impedance protection.
 Multi Characteristic Stepped; Phase & Earth fault over current protection.
BY:

DATE:
 Instantaneous over current & Earth Fault protection (to be used on the bus
couplers for Energization)
 Circuit breaker fail Protection
 Sensitive earth fault protection
 Dead Zone Protection- (this feature to be used in case of existing system where no
CT’s overlap is provided, In new systems it shall be ensured that CT’s overlap is
provided).

THIS DOCUMENT IS 2.4 MAIN FEATURE OF PROTECTION SCHEME

NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
2.4.1 PROTECTION SCHEM
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 77
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Each phase of Bus section of the bus bar shall be individually protected by high
impedance bus bar protection relays.
The Class X CT shall be installed in Feeder covering the maximum portion of the
Switchgear preferably the cable termination. And CTs in the Either Side of the Bus
DESCRIPTION

Section CB of Single BB arrangement . These CTs for each Bus Section shall be connected
back to Back to Create unit zone of the protection. Each BS shall have independent BB
protection IED

The Protection IED ( High Impedance Type ) shall be used for the MV SVC bus bar
NO.

protection should be an intelligent, phase selectable, numerical, electronic device, with

2

1
3

REVISIONS multiple protection functions, included in the same Protection IED unit. Transfer of
PREPARED BY: ARS analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic communication
medium.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:

One bus bar protection box, to be used for each bus bar discriminative zone. Each box
shall have the following performance qualities.
APPROVED

Over and above the analog information, other parameters for differential function,
supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals, the Protection
System shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the automatic compensation
facility in the differential measurement.

Proper transient biasing shall be incorporated (to restrict the operating characteristics)
during CT saturation in the event of heavy faults in the adjacent sections or even very
close to the zone of protection.
CERTIFIED

IN ADDITION BUS BAR SCHEME SHALL FULFIL WITH FOLLOWIN REQUIRMNETS:

BY:

DATE:
 The Bus Protection shall remain stable for all kinds of external faults.
 The speed of operation of the bus protection shall not exceed 20ms at 2.5 times the
set magnitude.
 Over and above the analog information, other parameters for differential function,
supervision, CT saturation detection, synchronization of terminals, the Protection
System shall have the feature of continuously monitoring the automatic
compensation facility in the differential measurement.
 In all case, CT’s shall be class “X” as shall be detailed below in the CT requirement
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
sections.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  The IN/OUT selection of the Protection shall be accessible locally with Local & remote
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
Back indication.
 The Protection Scheme shall be adoptable for all future extension.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 78
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Independent CT supervision Relay shall be provided; On Detection of CT open circuit

shall initiate local & remote alarm & Short and Isolate the CTs.
 The protection shall be facilitated with Metrosil unit having a nonlinear resistance
characteristic to limit the peak voltage appearing across the secondary differential
DESCRIPTION

circuits.
 The Protections IED box, supporting the above functions, shall depend on the circuit
configuration as shall be detailed in the relevant Substation Protection Requirement
(Appendix VII), in the PTS and the project SOW.
 Transfer of analog and other relevant information shall be by the reliable fiber optic
NO.

1
3

communication medium.
REVISIONS
 The Sub Station Automation System shall include Bus Zone Discriminating Zone.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY: NOTES:

 The current transformer wiring for each zone shall be connected in a full ring
APPROVED configuration to minimize resistance, maximize its injection testing.
 The facilities shall be provided to disconnect each fault detecting relay and
supervision relay from the CT bus wires for secondary injection testing.
 If the earth switch of the SVC Equipment is inside the zone of MV SVC bus bar
protection then during maintenance of particular SVC Equipment Autofacility
through Bi-Stable Relay shall be provided such that when earth is applied to the
equipment the associated bus bar CT shall be shorted and isolated
CIRCUIT BREAKER FAIL PROTECTION (CBF)
The 86B the BB Tripping relays Operating through Main Controlling CBs shall initiate
CERTIFIED the CBF protection of the CBs.

DC SUPPLY
BY:

The DC supply for the bus bar protection shall be by a separate radial feed from the
DATE:

main DC board. The DC Feeder from DCDB System 1 for 87BB1 and the DC Feeder from
DC System 2 for 87BB2. It shall be wired and supervised in such a way that any fault is
detected by the appropriate supervision relay. Each protection supply supervision relay
alarm contact shall be connected in parallel to initiate alarm.
Supply to IN/OUT Relay shall be branched through respective DC Feeder of 87B
through MCB of Appropriate Size with Auxiliary Alarm contact.
Each Radially fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING The Following additional Protections shall also be provided for MV Bus.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 79
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Protection Category
Protection Element Main Backup
SVC MV Bus
59G Earthfault (open delta/Residual) X X
59 Overvoltage X X
DESCRIPTION

50/51/51G Overcurrent (see Trfr MV) X

General functions
86 Lock out (SVC CB) X X

Specific requirements for these protection elements are

NO.

a. SVC Over-Voltage Protection – (59)

2

1
3

REVISIONS
The over-voltage protection shall be 3-off-1 phase type and shall be either inverse time
PREPARED BY: ARS delayed or definite time over-voltage relaying. In case of definite time delayed relaying,
DATE: the protection shall be two stages, (low -set long-time & high set short time) type. The
CHK’D BY: IED shall be connected with MV Bus VT. Stage I shall give Alarm, Signal to AVC
Controller. And Stage II shall activate Trip L/O Relay to Trip the Main Controlling CB,
Give Signal to AVC Controller to Fault Recorder, to SOE and local indication at Station
APPROVED HMI at SVC & at Substation and to Remote CRCC.

Note:
Under voltage protection function shall (27) be provided by the SVC controller to
ensure that the secure operations under all SVC operating conditions.

b. SVC MV Bus Definite Time Delayed Earth Fault (Secondary open delta)

The SVC feeder shall be protected by definite time delayed open delta PT operated
Earth Fault relaying. The relay shall be tuned to fundamental and shall not be provided
with flag. The flag shall be provided with timer unit. The protection shall be blocked (if
required) by fuse failure relays/VT MCBs. Special approval of company shall be
obtained for relays and its relaying. All other relays, auxiliary PT’s, fuse failure
relays/VT MCB etc., as required by scheme shall all be provided. The protection shall
trip SVC MV bus lockout relays. which shall in turn trip and lockout all required CB's &
CERTIFIED

SVC etc.

BY: c. SVC Feeder Definite Time Delayed Earth Fault (Residual)

DATE:

The SVC feeder shall be protected by definite time delayed calculated residual operated
Earth Fault relaying. The relay shall be tuned to fundamental and shall not be provided
with flag. The flag shall be provided with timer unit. The protection shall be blocked (if
required) by fuse failure relays VT MCB. Special approval of company shall be obtained
for relays and its relaying. All other relays, auxiliary PT’s, fuse failure relays/VT MCB
etc., as required by scheme shall all be provided. The protection shall trip SVC feeders
lockout relays. which shall in turn trip and lockout all required CB's & SVC etc.

2.4.2 PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

THIS DOCUMENT IS  Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection FOR 87B.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING  These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm and
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station HMI
and at remote CRCC.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 80
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate when
each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI (Micro
SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways.
DESCRIPTION

 All the inputs & out puts from the protection shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay
except DC Auxiliary Supply.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall be
NO.

1
3

marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS 5. PANEL REQUIREMENT

DATE:

CHK’D BY:  MV SVC BB Set1 Protection Panel.

 MV SVC BB Set2 Protection Panel.
APPROVED

TRIPPING CIRCUITS

TRIPPNG SCHEME

Per each bus bar Protection Set 1 and Set 2 , hand /electrical reset trip relay to be
provided. The bus bar trip signal from the bus bar protection shall activate lockout relay
to trip the Controlling CBs and provide close block. Signal to SVC Controller to Block SVC
Operations. Local and remote Indication. Soft block to associated BCU of Controlling CBs.
CERTIFIED

The 87BB1 and 87BB2 shall Operate through their own independent Trip L/O Relays.
BY:

DATE: The 33kV BB Tripping Relays should have adequate # of spare contacts to be used for
future 33kV Bays Tripping and Close Blocking with 20% spare for future Use/Extension.

4. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
 16000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤16, I mag ≤30mA Set 1 BB Protection.
 16000/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥1000V,Rct≤16, Imag ≤30mA Set 2 BB Protection
 16000-12000-8000/1A Class 0.2Fs5 10VA at 8000A for Metering.
 All CTs shall have continuous thermal Current Rating factor of 1.2 at 55°.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR

In case of loaded Tertiary with 13.8kV Voltage.

FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 81
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

One set of independent BB Protection Shall be provided as stated above for MV Bus.
Complete BB scheme with 87BB protection IED and independent CT Supervision
relay. The CTs for 13.8kV BB Protection shall be
600/1A, Cl.PX,Vk≥800V,Rct≤1, I mag ≤30mA BB Protection.
DESCRIPTION

5. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
33kV 3phase GIS Bus VT:
NO.

 Rated Primary Voltage MV/√3 KV.

2

1
3

REVISIONS
 Rated secondary winding #1 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
PREPARED BY: ARS 40VA.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
 Rated secondary winding #2 -Voltage 120/√3 Volts; Accuracy class 0.2+3p;
40VA.
APPROVED For VT and CT specifications the bidder shall refer to respective TMMS.

6. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.

The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
OPDS-XXX-050. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.

CERTIFIED

BY:
Appendix E-31
SVC Components Protection
DATE:

1.0 INTRODUCTION
This document details the basic protection requirement for SVC Component Protection as
detailed bellow and as applicable for particular SVC installation. Actual equipment shall be
as per the PED-C approval during Bid Document.
 VSC Protection.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  TCR Protection.
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING  TSC Protection.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  Filters Branch Protection.
DATED

 Thyristor Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 82
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Grounding Transformer for MV Bus.

 Grounding Transformer for 13.8kV Tertiary Bus

The protection panels and schemes shall include (but not limited to) following:-
DESCRIPTION

 All protection relays and functions as specified.

 All protection schemes interface work between existing protection(s) provided

by other contractor and this contractor.

 Transient Fault Recorder (TFR) functions.

NO.

1
3

 Sequence of Events Recorder (SOE) functions.

REVISIONS

 Modifications of substation drawings schematics, control wiring diagrams,

PREPARED BY: ARS
switching device protection diagrams, bus bar protection diagrams, DC board
DATE:
drawings, AC board drawings, annunciation schemes, terminal wiring
CHK’D BY:
diagrams, cable connection diagrams and all other related drawing and all
other related work to facilitate inclusion and connection of SVC protection
APPROVED
schemes with those existing.

The numerical protection IED boxes shall be provided for main 1 & Main2/Back up
protection shall be used with multiple protection functions, included in the same protection
IED unit.

The Procurement of the Relays shall only be initiated after getting approval from the PED.

It is necessary to read this in conjunction with the relevant National Grid SA

specifications.

CERTIFIED This specification provides the necessary guide line for the vender helping them to meet the
exact National Grid SA projects requirement.

BY:
The integration of conventional type equipment with SAS shall be through the Main
DATE:

Protection IEDs of the same panel provided that there must be 20% spare points for
Company Future use. If the protection IED failed to fulfill the above requirement then
the Contractor shall have to install one I/O Box in the Protection Panel to integrate
conventional type equipment with SAS. The following Alarms shall be integrated with
SAS through Substation General Alarm interface panels.
a) Protection IED Faulty (Watch Dog Contact)
b) Main DC Supply to the Protection IED fail.

THIS DOCUMENT IS The testing and commissioning shall be done as per the National Grid SA Specifications and
NOT TO BE USED FOR

Standards.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED 2. SVC Components Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 83
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.1- VOLTAGE SOURCE CONVERTOR (VSC) PROTECTIONS

The following protections shall be provided in each protection set for the VSC together
with the general protection functions specified in 2 and3:
DESCRIPTION

Protection Category
Protection Element Main1 Main2
VSC protection
87VSC High Impedance Differential X X
49 Thermal Overload X X
50/51/51G Overcurrent (outside/inside delta) X X
Protection by SVC controller X X
NO.

General functions
2

1
3

REVISIONS 86 L/O trip unit (HV CB) X X

86 Lock out (branch disconnector) X X
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
The VSC, including its Power Electronic valves etc. shall be protected by separate
zone(s) of protection. This zone shall overlap with MV side SVC MV bus bar differential
APPROVED
protection and shall coordinate with main- transformer and its MV side feeder backup
overcurrent protections. The protections of both Main & Backup sets shall trip
respective lockout relays (86P in Main I and 86S in Main II).

Specific requirements for these protection elements are:

ii. Differential PROTECTION (87)

The differential protection shall be high-impedance circulating current type and shall
be provided to detect phase-to phase, 3-phase and phase-to-ground faults. The relay
shall be 3-off-1 phase relays. Since the VSC will be delta- connected, the CT's for this
protection shall be located to sense both (i) line-currents and (ii) phase- currents (i.e.
CT’s in delta connection between power electronic valve and reactors). Since high-
impedance protection shall be used, all CT's used in this protection must have matching
CERTIFIED characteristics in all respects. The sensitivity of protection shall be very high e.g., 5% or
so of rated delta phase current.

The CT’s located in the delta connection between the p valve over electronic and
BY:
reactors shall specifically be far away so that stray flux of the reactor shall not mal
DATE:
operate the relays due to proximity effect. CONTRACTOR shall furnish calculation to
prove that relay shall not mal operate due to proximity effect. In any case if relay mal
operates, it shall be contractor's responsibility to correct it. If required the Contractor
shall install equalizing winding to minimize the effect of Stray Flux. Since it will be
high-impedance protection, no other protection shall be connected in its CT secondary
side. The differential relay shall be similar to MV feeder & bus-work differential
protection relays.

The independent CT supervision relays shall be provided for CT Shorting & Isolation.

The 87VSC 1 shall operate through DC system one and 87VSC shall operate through DC
System 2. Each Radially Fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING The 87VSC1 shall operate through its own Trip L/O Relay 86VSC1 and 87VSC2 shall
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
Operate through 86VSC2.
DATED

The Tripping of Main Controlling CBs shall be through Main Trip L/O relays.
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 84
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

iii. THERMAL-OVERLOAD PROTECTION (49)

The reactor currents shall be monitored by thermal relays set to protect the reactor
coils from overheating due to valve-control or excessive harmonics. The relay shall
have memory action and its time constant should match with thermal overload
characteristics of reactor and other protected equipment (SCR's etc). The relay shall
DESCRIPTION

have multiple settings for alarm on low overloads which can be sustained the longer
periods and high-overload which require to trip VSC lockout relays (86P) in set-I. Both
(i) alarms and (ii) trip & alarm in relay stages shall be provided by contractor. This
protection shall be in addition to those provided (if any) in control systems (in SCR
overcurrent protection) by SVC manufacturer.

iv. PROTECTION BY SVC CONTROLLER

NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The controls of gating of power electronic valves shall be provided with various
protections and also checks for firing - malfunctions by comparing presence of valve-
PREPARED BY: ARS current with timing of its gating signals inside control systems. This feature in control
DATE: systems may provide additional unbalance protection then those specified in section
CHK’D BY: above.

Also additional VSC protections such as current limiting and D.C. off set monitoring etc
APPROVED shall be provided in control systems of VSC.

Each control system shall have independent CT cores.

v. INVERSE TIME OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION WITH HIGH SET UNIT

(50/51)

Each VSC branch of SVC shall be protected by increase time high-set instantaneous
overcurrent unit. The protection shall comprise of 3-off-1 phase relays connected to
CT's located near LV side bus-work of SVC in over lapped manner. The relaying shall be
for detection of phase-phase & 3-phase faults.

The inverse time relaying shall coordinate with main transformer MV, side inverse time
relaying energized from CT's located in LV side bushings of main- transformer. Each
phase of both high-set instantaneous overcurrent relays and inverse time-overcurrent
CERTIFIED

relays shall trip lockout relay (86S) located in set-II panel.

BY: vi. DEFINITE TIME EARTH FAULT PROTECTION WITH

DATE: DIRECTIONAL ELEMENTS

The Directional Earth Fault relay shall be provided to identify earth faults within the
VSC branch. This element shall be correctly discriminated with the definite time Earth
Fault relay provided on MV side bus.

PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
87VSC1, 87VSC.
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS HMI and at remote CRCC.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 85
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 All inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DC Auxiliary
Supply.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
DESCRIPTION

(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
through IN/OUT switch.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
NO.

1
3

 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
REVISIONS
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
PANEL REQUIREMENT

APPROVED  VSC Main 1 Protection and its associated equipment.

 VSC Main 2 Protection and its associated equipment.

TRIPPNG SCHEME
 Tripping from each separate Main 1, Mani 2 shall be via appropriate tripping system
as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation.
The 87VSC1 and 87 VSC2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays.
 The Over Load Protection shall operate through 94VSC

CERTIFIED
 All tripping shall be hard wired.
 86VSC1 86VSC2 shall give signal to Controller, Local & Remote indications, signal to
SOE & SAS & FR.
BY:

DATE:
 Tripping of the Controlling CB shall be through Main Trip L/O Relays.
 Soft interlock shall be provided by Wiring the L/O Relay contacts to Controlling BCU.
 The Volt free contacts shall be used for different functions to avoid any intermixing of
DC.

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
The CT Ratio Rating Characteristics shall be specified by the Manufacturer and shall be
subject to PED-C Approval. However while proposing CT characteristics following s
shall be taken in to account.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR  The selected CT Primary shall not be less than 1.5 times the rated
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING current of the object Protection.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  Selected ratio shall be from the IEC standard CT Ratios.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 86
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Vkp shall not be less than 500V.

 Rct shall not be more than 1Ω at 1000 Turns.
 CT shall be adequately sized such that the CT Saturation time shall at
least 2 times the Connected Protection IED Operating time, considering
X/R Ratio of 50 for MV Voltage and 60 for 13.8kV Voltage level.
DESCRIPTION

 Continuous thermal Current Rating factor of CT shall be 1.2 at55C˚.

 CT design shall comply with National Grid SA specifications 50-TMMS-01

2.2 THYRISTOR-CONTROLLED REACTOR (TCR) PROTECTIONS

The following protections shall be provided in each protection set for the TCR together
NO.

with the general protection functions specified in 2 and3:

2

1
3

REVISIONS
Protection Category
PREPARED BY: ARS
Protection Element Main Backup
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
TCR protection
87 High Impedance Differential X X
49 Thermal Overload X
APPROVED X (inside X (outside
50/51/51G Overcurrent(inside/outside delta) delta) delta)
67N DEF Protection X
Negative Sequence Current
46 Protection X
Protection by SVC controller X X
General functions
94 Self-reset trip unit (HV CB) X X
86 Lock out (branch disconnector) X X

The TCR, including its thyristor valves etc shall be protected by separate zone(s) of
protection. This zone shall overlap with MV side SVC MV busbar differential protection
CERTIFIED and shall coordinate with main- transformer and its MV side feeder backup
overcurrent protections. The protections of both Main1 Main 2 & Backup sets shall trip
respective lockout relays (86 in Main I and 86in Main II).
BY:

DATE:
Specific requirements for these protection elements are:

 Differential PROTECTION (87)

The differential protection shall be high-impedance circulating current type and shall
be provided to detect phase-to phase, 3-phase and phase-to-ground faults. The relay
shall be 3-off-1 phase relays. Since the TCR will be delta- connected, the CT's for this
protection shall be located to sense both (i) line-currents and (ii) phase- currents (i.e.
CT’s in delta connection between thyristors and reactors). Since high-impedance
protection shall be used, all CT's used in this protection must have matching
characteristics in all respects. Since reactor shall be dry type, the sensitivity of
protection shall be very high e.g., 5% or so of rated phase current.
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR The CT’s located in the delta connection between the Thyristors and reactors shall
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING specifically be far away so that stray flux of the reactor shall not mal operate the relays
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
due to proximity effect. CONTRACTOR shall furnish calculation to prove that relay shall
DATED not mal operate due to proximity effect. In any case if relay mal operates, it shall be
contractor's responsibility to correct it. If required equalizing winding shall be
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 87
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

provided to minimize the Stray Flux effect. Since it will be high-impedance protection,
no other protection shall be connected in its CT secondary side. The differential relay
shall be similar to MV feeder & bus-work differential protection relays.
DESCRIPTION

The independent CT supervision relays shall be provided for CT Shorting & Isolation.

The 87VSC 1 shall operate through DC system one and 87VSC shall operate through DC
System 2. Each Radially Fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.

The 87VSC1 shall operate through its own Trip L/O Relay 86VSC1 and 87VSC2 shall
Operate through 86VSC2.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS The Tripping of Main Controlling CBs shall be through Main Trip L/O relays.

PREPARED BY: ARS  THERMAL-OVERLOAD PROTECTION (49)

DATE:

CHK’D BY: The reactor currents shall be monitored by thermal relays set to protect the reactor
coils from overheating due to thyristor-control or excessive harmonics. The relay shall
have memory action and its time constant should match with thermal overload
APPROVED characteristics of reactor and other protected equipment (SCR's etc). The relay shall
have multiple settings for alarm on low overloads which can be sustained the longer
periods and high-overload which require to trip TCR lockout relays (86P) in set-I. Both
(i) alarms and (ii) trip & alarm in relay stages shall be provided by contractor. This
protection shall be in addition to those provided (if any) in control systems (in TCR
overcurrent protection) by SVC manufacturer.

 PROTECTION BY SVC CONTROLLER

The controls of gating of thyristor valves shall be provided with various protections
and also checks for firing - malfunctions by comparing presence of valve-current with
timing of its gating signals inside control systems. This feature in control systems may
provide additional unbalance protection then those specified in section above.

TCR thyristor valve over-temperature protection shall be provided.

CERTIFIED

Also additional TCR protections such as current limiting and D.C. off set monitoring etc
BY: shall be provided in control systems of TCR.
DATE:

Each control system shall have independent CT cores.

 INVERSE TIME OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION WITH HIGH SET UNIT (50/51)

Each TCR branch of SVC shall be protected by increase time high-set instantaneous
overcurrent unit. The protection shall comprise of 3-off-1 phase relays. The protection
in the main relay set shall be connected to CT's located near MV side bus-work of SVC
in over lapped manner. The backup overcurrent protection shall be connected to CTs
inside the TCR delta. The relaying shall be for detection of phase-phase & 3-phase
faults.

THIS DOCUMENT IS The inverse time relaying shall coordinate with main transformer MV, side inverse time
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR relaying energized from CT's located in MV side bushings of main- transformer. The
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
protection in the main relay set shall be connected to CT's located near MV side bus-
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
work of SVC. Each phase of both high-set instantaneous overcurrent relays and inverse
time-overcurrent relays shall trip lockout relay (86S) located in set-II panel for the

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 88
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Backup overcurrent relay and lockout relay (86S) located in set-I for the Main
overcurrent relay.

 DEFINITE TIME EARTH FAULT PROTECTION WITH DIRECTIONAL

ELEMENTS
DESCRIPTION

The Directional Earth Fault relay shall be provided to identify earth faults within the
TCR branch. This element shall be correctly discriminated with the definite time Earth
Fault relay provided on MV side bus.

PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS 87TCR1, 87TCR2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
CHK’D BY:
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 All inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DC Auxiliary
Supply.
APPROVED

 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
through IN/OUT switch.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
CERTIFIED
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

PANEL REQUIREMENT
BY:

DATE:

 TCR Main 1 Protection and its associated equipment.

 TCR Main 2 Protection and its associated equipment.

TRIPPNG SCHEME
 Tripping from each separate Main 1, Mani 2 shall be via appropriate tripping system
as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation.
The 87TCR1 and 87 TCR2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays.
THIS DOCUMENT IS  The Over Load Protection shall operate through 94VSC
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND  All tripping shall be hard wired.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 89
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 86TCR1 & 86TCR2 shall give signal to Controller, Local & Remote indications, signal
to SOE & SAS.
 Tripping of the Controlling CB shall be through Main Trip L/O Relays.
 Soft interlock shall be provided by Wiring the L/O Relay contacts to Controlling BCU.
DESCRIPTION

 The Volt free contacts shall be used for different functions to avoid any intermixing of
DC.

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
The CT Ratio Rating Characteristics shall be specified by the Manufacturer and shall be
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
subject to PED-C Approval. However while proposing CT characteristics following s
shall be taken in to account.
ARS
PREPARED BY:
 The selected CT Primary shall not be less than 1.5 times the rated
DATE:
current of the object Protection.
CHK’D BY:
 Selected ratio shall be from the IEC standard CT Ratios.
 The Vkp shall not be less than 500V.
APPROVED

 Rct shall not be more than 1Ω at 1000 Turns.

 CT shall be adequately sized such that the CT Saturation time shall at
least 2 times the Connected Protection IED Operating time, considering
X/R Ratio of 50 for MV Voltage and 60 for 13.8kV Voltage level.
 Continuous thermal Current Rating Factor shall be 1.2 at 55C˚.
 CT design shall comply with National Grid SA specifications 50-TMMS-01

2.3 THYRISTOR SWITCHED CAPACITOR (TSC) PROTECTION

The following protections shall be provided in each protection set for the TSC together
with the general protection functions specified in 2 and 3:
CERTIFIED

Protection Category
BY:
Protection Element Main1 Main2
TSC protection
DATE:

High Impedance
87 Differential X X
60 Capacitor Unbalance X X
59 Capacitor Overvoltage X
50/51/51G Overcurrent X
67N DEF Protection X
Current Unbalance
60 Protection X
General functions
Self-reset trip unit (HV
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
94 CB) X X
CONSTRUCTION OR Lock out (branch
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS 86 disconnector) X X
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 90
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Each of TSC including its Thyristor values etc., shall be protected by separate zone(s) of
protection for both Main1 & Main2 & Backup protection. This zone shall overlap with
MV side feeder differential protection and shall coordinate with main transformer and
its MV side feeder backup overcurrent protection(s). The protections of both set-I &
set-II shall trip respective lockout relays (86 in set-I & 86 in set-II) located in respective
set-I & set-II panels. In addition to various protections specified below for set-I & set-II
DESCRIPTION

various protections specified in 1 to 3 shall also be provided.

Specific requirements for these protection elements are:

 Differential Protection (87)

The differential protection shall be high impedance circulating current type and shall
NO.

be provided to detect phase to phase and 3-phase faults between capacitors etc. The
2

1
3

REVISIONS relay and its relaying scheme shall be similar to VSC differential protection specified in
set-I in section above. It shall trip TSC lockout relay 86 in Main I protection.
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: The independent CT supervision relays shall be provided for CT Shorting & Isolation.
CHK’D BY:

The 87 1 shall operate through DC system one and 87 shall operate through DC System
2. Each Radially Fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.
APPROVED

The 87VSC1 shall operate through its own Trip L/O Relay 86VSC1 and 87VSC2 shall
Operate through 86VSC2.

The Tripping of Main Controlling CBs shall be through Main Trip L/O relays.

 Unbalance Protection (60)

Note:
It is assumed the capacitors in each phase of TSC shall be in H connection. In case it is
not in H-connection, all required modification in CT location and connections &
material and relay(s) and relaying schemes shall be done and provided by the
contractor to achieve specified protections stated for H-connection of capacitor bank
Special approval of the COMPANY must be obtained and companies decision shall be
final.
CERTIFIED

The set-I unbalance protection In H-connection TSC banks shall be detected by low
BY: ratio CT's installed within cross-connection of H-connection of capacitor in each phase.
DATE: The definite time delay overcurrent relays fed from above low ratio CT's installed in
cross-connections to detect three levels of unbalance protection such as follows:

First Level
Definite time delayed alarm for low level of unbalance (over voltage on
remaining health units less than 110% of rated voltage,

Second Level
Definite time delayed tripping for higher level of unbalance (voltage on
remaining healthy units more than 110% of rated voltage; and

Third Level
THIS DOCUMENT IS High speed instantaneous tripping on very large unbalance etc., resulting for
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR arcing faults etc.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
The overcurrent relays shall be sharply tuned to fundamental to avoid operation on
harmonics flowing under normal and other conditions. The protection of each of 3-

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 91
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

above levels shall be 3-off-1 phase type (i.e., separate for each phase The protection of
above second stage & third stage shall trip TSC lockout relay (86P) of Main I. This
protection in H-connection shall automatically reset in case similar fuses are gone in
other xx of harm. Special care to avoid it in scheme should be provided.

 Over-Voltage Protection (59TSC)

DESCRIPTION

Over-voltage protection shall be provided by considering the impedance of the

capacitors and the current passing through the capacitors.

The over-voltage relays in this application shall be designed to operate on peak

voltages with adequate time delay which shall match the withstand capability of the
capacitors.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Note:
The over-voltage relays which are tuned and designed to operate on fundamental
PREPARED BY: ARS frequency of voltage should NOT be used/provided, because when harmonics are
DATE: present, peak voltage across the capacitor, even though fundamental component of the
CHK’D BY: voltage might be within 110% of rated voltage capacitor. The over-voltage relays in this
application shall be designed to operate on peak voltages with adequate time delay
which shall match with withstand capability of capacitance.
APPROVED

 Voltage Surge Protection

Protection shall be provided by controls by TSC manufacturer. This protection shall

provide protection to capacitor itself against excessive voltage surges while TSC is
conducting. It shall also provide protection for the TSC values due to immediate
blocking of TSC following the voltage surge. When protection is provided by controls,
voltage surges of excessive magnitudes may cause the protection to maintain
conduction of TSC until capacitor is discharged to a reasonable voltage. In such cases,
TSC shall be blocked. The setting of this protection shall take into account the voltage
rise due to flow of capacitive currents into SVC main transformer and current limiting
reactor connected in series with capacitors bank.

 Over Current Protection (50/51)

CERTIFIED

In addition to fuses provided with individual capacitors for over-current protection,

inverse time overcurrent (with high set units) protection (3-off-1 phase type) shall be
BY: provide for phase-to-phase and 3-phase faults etc. The high set unit shall be tuned to
DATE: fundamental (it shall have sharp filter). Both high set and TOC units of protection shall
be applied and set in such a manner (for both its magnitude and time delay) that
relaying will not provide any mal-operation due to inrush, outrush currents and high
currents due to TSC value miss-firing etc. since one for main causes of transient over-
current in capacitor bank is due to miss-firing TSC values while TSC is in blocked mode
and TSC miss-firing at system voltage wave of opposite polarity to the capacitor
trapped charge may produce high frequency high inrush currents.

From Protection point of view, the TSC valves should withstand single miss-firing i.e. in
effect the TSC valve should be able to withstand second miss-fire without damage to
valve. In any case, protection for miss-fire transient shall be provided in TSC valve
protection in TSC controls. In addition protection relay shall be provided external to
THIS DOCUMENT IS above protection in TSC controls. This protection shall be fed from CT's located near
MV bus work feeder(s) for each of TSC feeder(s). The TSC timer overcurrent 51/TSC
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING shall. Also provide overload protection(s) for respective current limiting reactors (if
UNTILCERTIFIED AND any). The 51 unit of protection relay shall measure over currents with appropriate time
DATED
delay so that relay will operate for fundamental as well as harmonics currents. The

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 92
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

relay shall be set to match with overcurrent capability of current limiting reactors as
well as capacitor fuses.

 Definite Time Earth fault protection with Directional elements

The Directional Earth Fault relay shall be provided to identify earth faults within the
DESCRIPTION

TSC branch. This element shall be correctly discriminated with the definite time Earth
Fault relay provided on MV side bus.

 Other Protection

CONTRACTOR shall provide all other protections as required by TSC and as required by
company (at detailed engineering stage) since exact TSC arrangement is not known at
NO.

specification stages. The CONTRACTOR shall take approval of all protections (in control
2

1
3

REVISIONS systems) provided by TSC manufacturer.

PREPARED BY: ARS Each control system shall have independent CT cores.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
APPROVED

87TSC1, 87TSC2.
 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 All inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DC Auxiliary
Supply.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
(Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
CERTIFIED
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
through IN/OUT switch.
BY:
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
DATE:

requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

PANEL REQUIREMENT

TSC Main 1 Protection and its associated equipment.

TSC Main 2 Protection and its associated equipment.

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
TRIPPNG SCHEME
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS  Tripping from each separate Main 1, Mani 2 shall be via appropriate tripping system
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED
as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 93
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The 87TSC1 and 87 TSC2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays.
 The Over Load Protection shall operate through 94VSC

 All tripping shall be hard wired.

DESCRIPTION

 86TSC1 & 86TSC2 shall give signal to Controller, Local & Remote indications, signal
to SOE & SAS.
 Tripping of the Controlling CB shall be through Main Trip L/O Relays.
 Soft interlock shall be provided by Wiring the L/O Relay contacts to Controlling BCU.
 The Volt free contacts shall be used for different functions to avoid any intermixing of
NO.

1
3

DC.
REVISIONS

PREPARED BY:

DATE:
ARS
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
CHK’D BY:

The CT Ratio Rating Characteristics shall be specified by the Manufacturer and shall be
subject to PED-C Approval. However while proposing CT characteristics following s
APPROVED shall be taken in to account.
 The selected CT Primary shall not be less than 1.5 times the rated
current of the ˚object Protection.
 Selected ratio shall be from the IEC standard CT Ratios.
 The Vkp shall not be less than 500V.
 Rct shall not be more than 1Ω at 1000 Turns.
 CT shall be adequately sized such that the CT Saturation time shall at
least 2 times the Connected Protection IED Operating time, considering
X/R Ratio of 50 for MV Voltage and 60 for 13.8kV Voltage level.
 CT shall have continuous thermal Current rating factor of 1.2 at 55C˚.

CERTIFIED
 Continuous Thermal Current Rating Factor of the CTs shall be 1.2 at 55C
˚.
 CT design shall comply with National Grid SA specifications 50-TMMS-01
BY:

DATE: 2.4 FILTER BRANCH PROTECTION

The following protections shall be provided in each protection set for the SVC feeder
together with the general protection functions specified in 2 and3:

Protection Category
Protection Element Main Backup
Filter protection
87 High-Impedance Differential X X
60 Capacitor Unbalance X X
59 Capacitor Overvoltage X
THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
50/51/51G Overcurrent X
CONSTRUCTION OR 67N DEF Protection X
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS 60 Current Unbalance Protection X
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED General functions
94 Self-reset trip unit (HV CB) X X
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 94
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

Lock out (branch

86 disconnector) X X

Specific requirements for these protection elements are:

DESCRIPTION

 Filter - Branch Differential Protection – (87)

The differential protection covering each of respective filter-branch feeder (from

respective MV side bus-work) up to neutral the capacitor - bank (covering all
equipment) of each phase shall be high- impedance circulating current differential
relaying. The protection shall, high impedance current operated relays along with xx
resisters etc with CT secondary supervisions.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: ARS The independent CT supervision relays shall be provided for CT Shorting & Isolation.
DATE:

CHK’D BY: The 87 1 shall operate through DC system one and 872 shall operate through DC
System 2. Each Radially Fed DC Supply shall be supervised at the end of the loop.

APPROVED
The 871 shall operate through its own Trip L/O Relay 861 and 872 shall Operate
through 862.

The Tripping of Main Controlling CBs shall be through Main Trip L/O relays.

 Filter Unbalance Protection – (60)

The protection shall be energized by core-1 of multi-ratio CT located between two

neutral star-connections of each of filter(s). The protection shall be 3 level type. Each
level shall be independent and shall be time delayed current operated type. Each of
above 3 level of protection shall be as follows:-
CERTIFIED
First-level - Definite time delayed "alarm" for low levels of unbalance (over
voltage on remaining healthy units less than 110% of rated voltage.

BY:
Second-level – Definite time delayed "tripping" for higher levels of unbalance
DATE:
(voltage on remaining healthy units more than 110% of rated voltage.

Third high-speed level - High speed instantaneous tripping on very large

unbalance etc resulting from faults. The overcurrent relays shall be sharply
tuned to fundamental to avoid operation due to harmonics flowing under normal
conditions.

The protection of each of above 3 levels shall be by use of 3-off-1 phase O/C relays &
timers etc. The protection of second and 3rd levels shall trip respective filter lockout
relay 86PFn (n = 1, 2,…).

 Over-voltage Protection – (59)

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR Over-voltage protection shall be provided by considering the impedance of the
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS capacitors and the current passing through the capacitors.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 95
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

The over-voltage relays in this application shall be designed to operate on peak

voltages with adequate time delay which shall match the withstand capability of the
capacitors.

Both relay & relaying scheme shall be similar to one specified in section 4.5 above but
its settings shall be different to suit the applications. Application check calculations
DESCRIPTION

shall be provided by contractor to company for its approval.

 Instantaneous overcurrent Protection – (50FLTR (**)-I

The protection shall be provided for each of filter branches. The instantaneous
overcurrent protection shall be be 3-off-1 phase relays energized from core-1 located
near of the MV bus-xx branch of each of the respective filters. The relay shall be tuned
NO.

to fundamental and shall be harmonically stabilized so that relay will not maloperate
2

1
3

REVISIONS for all harmonics and inrush and outrush currents etc. The relay shall protect for phase
to phase and 3 phase faults the relay shall trip lockout relay - (86PFn (n = 1, 2,…)).
PREPARED BY: ARS
DATE: Where H-type capacitor bank configuration is allied, the protection co-ordination shall
CHK’D BY: be able to detect fuse failures in any or both legs of the H correctly.

 IDMT Overcurrent Protection (51 FLTR(**)-I)

APPROVED

The protection shall be provided for each filter banks. The inverse time overcurrent
protection shall be energized from same CT core-1 on which 50FLTR(**)-I relays shall
be connected. The relay shall not be tuned to fundamental. It shall operate on rms
current magnitude such that even filter over loadings due to excessive harmonic
currents can also be detected by this relay in addition to detection of phase-to-phase &
3 phase fault currents the protection shall trip lockout relay (86PFn (n = 1, 2,…)).

 Definite Time Earth Fault Protection with Directional Elements

The Directional Earth Fault relay shall be provided to identify earth faults within the
Filter branch. This element shall be correctly discriminated with the definite time Earth
Fault relay provided on MV side bus.

PROTECTION IN/OUT FACILITY

CERTIFIED

 Protection IN/OUT switching facilities shall be provided for each protection relay
BY:

DATE: 87Filt1, 87Flit2.

 These facilities shall remove the tripping outputs, inhibit the protection faulty alarm
and shall be operable from the Protection Panel only with Back indications at Station
HMI and at remote CRCC.
 All inputs & out puts shall be routed through IN/OUT Relay except DC Auxiliary
Supply.
 A white lamp shall be provided for each protection on the relay panel to indicate
when each protection is out of service. This indication shall also be available at HMI
THIS DOCUMENT IS (Micro SCADA station) at substation level and at Remote CRCC via SCADA through
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
FOR
OR
ORDERING
communication gate ways. All the out puts from the protection shall be routed
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND through IN/OUT switch.
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 96
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.
DESCRIPTION

PANEL REQUIREMENT

Filter Main 1 Protection and its associated equipment.

Filter Main 2 Protection and its associated equipment.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS TRIPPNG SCHEME

PREPARED BY: ARS  Tripping from each separate Main 1, Mani 2 shall be via appropriate tripping system
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation.
The 871 and 87 2 shall Operate through their Own Trip L/O Relays.

APPROVED
 The Over Load Protection shall operate through 94FILTER

 All tripping shall be hard wired.

 861 & 862 shall give signal to Controller, Local & Remote indications, signal to SOE
& SAS.
 Tripping of the Controlling CB shall be through Main Trip L/O Relays.
 Soft interlock shall be provided by Wiring the L/O Relay contacts to Controlling BCU.
 The Volt free contacts shall be used for different functions to avoid any intermixing of
DC.

CERTIFIED

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
BY: The CT Ratio Rating Characteristics shall be specified by the Manufacturer and shall be
DATE: subject to PED-C Approval. However while proposing CT characteristics following s
shall be taken in to account.
 The selected CT Primary shall not be less than 1.5 times the rated
current of the ˚object Protection.
 Selected ratio shall be from the IEC standard CT Ratios.
 The Vkp shall not be less than 500V.
 Rct shall not be more than 1Ω at 1000 Turns.
 CT shall be adequately sized such that the CT Saturation time shall at
least 2 times the Connected Protection IED Operating time, considering
X/R Ratio of 50 for MV Voltage and 60 for 13.8kV Voltage level.
THIS DOCUMENT IS

Continuous Thermal Current Rating Factor of the CTs shall be 1.2 at 55C
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR 
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
˚.
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  CT design shall comply with National Grid SA specifications 50-TMMS-01

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 97
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

2.5 THYRISTOR PROTECTION

NOTE:
Since conditions of misfiring combined with an overload will produce the most serious
stress on the Thyristor valves and since Thyristor values are usually designed to
withstand specific fault conditions and sending trigger or not properly synchronized
DESCRIPTION

with the waveform of the system may damage the Thyristor so, detailed system studies
must be conducted by the CONTRACTOR to determine worst case conditions.
Protection strategies shall be established in relation to value capability and the
required system conditions at site.

Thyristor electronics (e.g. resistors & break-over diodes etc) shall be mounted directly
on Thyristor valves to provide required protections; which shall be providing to
NO.

Thyristor valves.
2

1
3

REVISIONS
Various protections in control equipment shall all be provided by monitoring current
PREPARED BY: ARS and voltages and triggering the Thyristor appropriately.
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
When control system is also provided to assist protections etc, protection gate trigger
pulses shall override the firing required for normal system voltage control conditions.
APPROVED
All the protection requirements for the Thyristor valves are described in the main SVC
specification document. It shall be integrated and coordinated with the relay and other
protection requirements provided here.

2.6 GROUNDING TRANSFORMER FOR MV & 13.8kV Bus for Auxiliary

Supply

The Capacity & Design of Grounding Transformer shall be calculated on the bases of
the National Grid SA specifications 52-TMMS-01.

The following protections shall be provided for the Grounding transformers:

Protection Category Current
CERTIFIED Protection Element Main Backup Transformers
Grounding Transformer
87 Low impedance diff protection X *Class PX
BY:
51G Earth fault X X *Class 5P20
DATE: 64 Restricted earth fault X *Class PX
50/51/51G Overcurrent X *Class 5P20
63B Buchholz X
49O Oil Temperature Stage I Alarm
Stage II
Critical
Alarm
49W Winding Tempetrature Stage I Alarm
Stage II Trip
General functions
86 L/O Branch Disconnector X X
86 L/O trip unit (HV CB) X X
THIS DOCUMENT IS
86 Lock out Relay for CBF X X
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
94 Winding Temperature X
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 98
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

*The CT Ratio Rating Characteristics shall be specified by the Manufacturer and shall be
subject to PED-C Approval. However while proposing CT characteristics following s
shall be taken in to account.
 The selected CT Primary shall not be less than 1.5 times the rated
current of the object Protection.
DESCRIPTION

 Selected ratio shall be from the IEC standard CT Ratios.

 The Vkp shall not be less than 500V.
 Rct shall not be more than 1Ω at 1000 Turns.
 CT shall be adequately sized such that the CT Saturation time shall at
least 2 times the Connected Protection IED Operating time, considering
X/R Ratio of 50 for MV Voltage and 60 for 13.8kV Voltage level.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS Specification requirements of each of above functions are as follows:

PREPARED BY: ARS i. Differential Protection- (87)

DATE:

CHK’D BY: The Transformer main protection shall be a numerical IED working on biased low
Impedance differential principle; it shall be suitable for the protection of Two- or
APPROVED Three-winding transformers.
The numerical transformer IED shall be designed to operate correctly over a wide
frequency range and to accommodate a wide frequency variations without mal
functioning. The necessary adaptation to the current transformer ratios as well as zero-
sequence current elimination and to the vector groups shall be realized by the software
and shall not require any external Auxiliary Transformers (Interposers).

The differential protection functions shall be provided with a 2nd and 5th harmonic
restraints to avoid tripping during magnetizing inrush. Inrush and CT saturation shall
not influence the differential function. The differential protection shall have an
CERTIFIED
adjustable restraint characteristic and be provided with an adaptive differential feature
to maintain stability in case of high through-fault currents, especially for multi-circuit
BY: breaker arrangements.
DATE:

The un-biased high set function is to be added in the biased Differential

Protection.

ii. HV IDMT Earth Fault Relay with High-Set (50G/51G HV)

The neutral of the grounding transformer shall be protected by 1-phase Earth

Fault definite time relay.

iii. Restricted - Earth-Fault Protection (64) (High Impedane)

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
REF protection shall be provided to detect phase to earth transformer faults
CONSTRUCTION OR within the protective zone of the protection (including faults close to the star
point of the windings to earth)
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED It shall be provided to cover HV windings of the main transformers. (Refer to
section 5.10).
[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 99
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

iv. MV IDMT Over current Relay (50/51 MV)

The MV side of the grounding transformer shall be protected by 3-off-1 phase

inverse-time over current (with high-set unit) protection. The inverse-time over
current relay (with high-set units) shall be as specified in 5.5 of this
specification.
DESCRIPTION

It shall be possible to block instantaneous protection in the relay at site. The

time-current characteristics of the relays shall coordinate with transformer
through fault protection curves over the calculated range of fault currents as
required by ANSI/IEEE standard. C37.91- 1985 for required fault duty (e.g. faults
more than 10 in life) and type of service. The relay shall also coordinate with
other outgoing equipment from respective "SVC" feeder bus. The time-dial
setting range shall be provided accordingly.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
v. MV Side Earth Fault Protection
PREPARED BY: ARS
Earth fault protection by residual connection from the CT’s located on the MV
side of the Grounding transformer shall be provided. The residual connection
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
may be calculated within the protection relay.
vi. For SVC grounding transformer branch, containing current limiting reactor,
APPROVED grounding transformer and neutral earth resistor, overall 87 REF protection
shall be provided.
Note: Above Protections are Applicable for MV Grounding Transformer & the 13.8kV
tertiary Bus Grounding Transformer.
 The Relays selected shall have adequate # of contacts after utilizing for all function
requirements there must be at least 20% spare contacts for future use.
 All used contacts shall be designated for their functionality and spare contacts shall
be marked as spare and wired to terminal blocks with proper labelling.

CERTIFIED
PANEL REQUIREMENT

 Maim protection with associated Auxiliary equipment.

BY:  Back up Protection with associated Auxiliary Equipment.
DATE:
TRIPPNG SCHEME
 Tripping from each separate Main and Back Up protection shall be via appropriate
tripping system as detailed bellow and shall be integrated with SAS at the Substation.
 Main Protection shall Operate through its Own Trip L/O Relay. Back up protection
shall operate through its own Trip L/O Relay.

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.

THIS DOCUMENT IS The CT Ratio Rating Characteristics shall be specified by the Manufacturer and shall be
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
subject to PED-C Approval. However while proposing CT characteristics following s
FOR ORDERING shall be taken in to account.
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED  The selected CT Primary shall not be less than 1.5 times the rated
current of the object Protection.

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 100
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101
 CERT.
CHK’DAPP’D

 Selected ratio shall be from the IEC standard CT Ratios.

 The Vkp shall not be less than 500V..
 Rct shall not be more than 1Ω at 1000 Turns.
 CT shall be adequately sized such that the CT Saturation time shall at
DESCRIPTION

least 2 times the Connected Protection IED Operating time, considering

X/R Ratio of 50 for MV Voltage and 60 for 13.8kV Voltage level.
 Continuous Thermal Current Rating Factor of the CT shall be 1.2 at 55C˚
 CT design shall comply with National Grid SA specifications 50-TMMS-
01.
NO.

1
3

REVISIONS
. DETAILED PROTECTION SCHEME.
PREPARED BY: ARS The details of the Protection scheme shall be as shown in the Optimized Panel Design #
DATE:

CHK’D BY:
OPDS-XXX-051. Where XXX stands for Particular Manufacturer Design. The Document is
attached with the PTS.
APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTILCERTIFIED AND
DATED

[ARS-PTS-XXXXXXX- XX-XX-XXXX]

PLANT NO. INDEX DOCUMENT NO. PAGE NO. REV.

PROTECTION REQUIREMENT FOR NEW SAS 380/132-
115-110/33-34.6/13.8KV BSP ( ) IN ( )
APPENDIX-VII 101
JOB ORDER NO.
C XXX A PTS OF 04
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXX 101